2026 SMALL GROUP JOURNEYS - ASIA

Letter from Our Chairmen

What began as a daring new kind of safari into the East African bush, pairing a love of pure adventure with a penchant for the finer things in life, is today — more than 60 years later — the world’s leading luxury travel company, Abercrombie & Kent.

Every itinerary in our portfolio of Small Group Journeys for 2026 carries on that pioneering vision, from the Mediterranean to Mongolia, Botswana to Budapest, Japan to Jaipur and far beyond. There are over 15 new journeys to choose from, such as Norway’s Wild Lofoten Islands as well as Mountains and Myths in China and Tibet. They join dozens more of your returning favorites — including our lauded African safari adventures — each led by a Resident Tour Director® and local guides who excel at revealing hidden wonders.

Our Small Group Journeys not only offer the type of access most travellers do not realize is possible, they bring together like-minded people with whom to share the experience — all in the utmost style and comfort. Imagine learning to make authentic paella on Spain: Madrid, Valencia and Mallorca, cruising remote Lake Titicaca by hydrofoil on new Ultimate Bolivia, or witnessing a once-in-a-lifetime spectacle of rhythm, color and dance from the comfort of your VIP box on new Brazil: Ultimate Rio Carnival Experience.

Plan your unforgettable journey for 2026, and let A&K’s experts take you on the travel experience of your dreams.

GEOFFREY KENT

Founder & Chairman Emeritus, Abercrombie & Kent

MANFREDI LEFEBVRE

Our Story

Abercrombie & Kent’s founder Geoffrey Kent was born on safari and grew up barefoot in the bush of Kenya, his beloved homeland. In the 1960s, he and his parents launched our company and pioneered the first modern luxury safari, a bespoke mobile camp unprecedented in its sophistication. This inimitable combination of adventure and extravagance became the blueprint not just for Abercrombie & Kent, but for the entire concept of experiential travel.

Six decades on, now under the ownership of Geoffrey Kent’s long-time friend and travel partner Manfredi Lefebvre d’Ovidio, A&K is a global company, renowned for creating thrilling, innovative and ultra-luxurious travel experiences all over the world. From unique Tailormade Journeys created for individual guests to Expedition Cruises plying remote waters and continenthopping Private Jet Journeys aboard our luxurious, customized Boeing 757, everything we do exudes a spirit of adventure — including the Small Group Journeys in this brochure, proof that travelling with a constituency of curious, like-minded people opens the way to shared experiences you will never forget.

ALL TOGETHER NOW

There are group journeys, and then there are Small Group Journeys with A&K. With us, travelling in the company of others who share your curiosity and love of discovery is a switched-on, sociable and rewarding way to explore a destination. As well as being convivial, our Small Group Journeys are convenient, sidestepping the time-consuming hassle of working out logistics and dealing with language barriers — freeing you up to enjoy an adventure you will remember for the rest of your life.

Track the fabled Big Five in the Maasai Mara, marvel at Michelangelo’s David in Florence or savor a unique culinary experience at a private gastronomic club in San Sebastian, and you might return with new friends — people with whom to swap stories about a shared moment, such as observing the timehonored ritual of a Japanese tea ceremony in a Kyoto temple or stargazing at a Bolivian salt flat. On many of our Small Group Journeys, free time is also included so you can head out by yourself, if you wish, for some personalized exploration.

With A&K, travelling in a group — of no more than 18 people in most cases, and often fewer — opens doors to extraordinary places that might otherwise be off limits. You might stay in a rustic cabana at a boutique eco-lodge high in the Colombian Andes or in a traditional-style ger on the windswept Mongolian steppes. In Morocco, you may travel by 4x4 to a private nomadic camp in the Sahara Desert. Private art galleries can be revealed; hidden chapels unlocked.

Whatever your shared interest — hiking, wine, wildlife, ancient civilizations — the guides who accompany you every step of the way illuminate the subject with their expertise. Our Small Group Journeys bring together people from different backgrounds, united by curiosity. They are communities of travellers, if you like, which can give you the confidence to try new experiences, to reinvent yourself a little. Quite simply, an A&K Small Group Journey is one of the most rewarding ways to travel — and wherever you go, there will always be someone to take your photograph.

WHY JOIN A SMALL GROUP JOURNEY WITH A&K?

For more than 60 years, Abercrombie & Kent has led the way in crafting luxury journeys for discerning travellers. Our founding principles — that travel should be awe-inspiring, exciting and memorable — remain our motivation today. We are tireless in seeking out authentic experiences, always taking those routes less travelled and heading away from the crowds to find the wonder around every unexpected corner. Holidays are precious, and we understand how important it is to make every trip extraordinary, which is why our guests book with us time and time again. Here are five reasons to follow them.

GO TOGETHER, EXPERIENCE MORE

In the hands of A&K’s expert journey planners, travelling in a small group unlocks the doors to exclusive cultural experiences and private properties that large groups or individuals might struggle to access. Our itineraries keep things intimate — most groups number fewer than 18 guests, and the average is 14 — so you benefit from the individual attention of guides and a strong relationship with your Resident Tour Director. Every traveller is unique, which is why leisure time and customizable activities are woven into most itineraries. Guests can book with confidence knowing that most of our journeys are guaranteed to depart with a minimum of two guests.

UNRIVALED CONNECTIONS

Our network of contacts is unparalleled. We have built up a family of destination specialists, local guides, cultural trailblazers and super-fixers who can arrange exclusive experiences beyond the reach of most travellers. We can open doors to private palaces, arrange cooking masterclasses at

the homes of star chefs and take you to monuments when not another soul is there. A&K sets the gold standard for luxury group travel.

UNBEATABLE LOCAL INSIGHT

We have forged lasting relationships in local communities, drawing insights from the likes of artisans, elders and conservationists, to ensure that your itinerary goes far beyond any guidebook. To be an A&K guest is to experience each place from a local perspective, pairing authentic adventure by day with awe-inspiring luxury by night.

EXTRAORDINARY STAYS

We choose the best hotels in the most thrilling locations. They might include a city grande-dame, famed for its history as well as its hospitality, or an exquisite royal residence unlocked just for A&K guests. So special are they, many have been recognized in the Condé Nast Traveler Gold List and Travel + Leisure World’s Best Awards. Raising the bar for exceptional stays are the safari lodges, camps and riverboats in our A&K Sanctuary portfolio, featured in over 10 of the Small Group Journeys here. The strikingly contemporary Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, makes the perfect base for witnessing the Great Migration in Kenya’s Maasai Mara, while Sun Boat IV, an A&K Sanctuary, with its Art Deco-inspired interior, conveys you down the Nile in vintage style.

TRAVEL WITH CONFIDENCE

However you travel with A&K, you are in the best possible hands. Behind every journey is an international network of more than 2,500 staff, in 60 offices, in 35 countries, on all seven continents. Our family of experts, from historians, naturalists, archeologists and geologists to well-connected local guides, bring together their spark, knowledge and care to make every A&K journey remarkable. The safety and security of our guests is at the heart of what we do, meaning you can step outside your comfort zone knowing that we are never out of ours.

We’ve set an unbeatable standard in luxury travel since 1962 — and once you’ve experienced one of our Small Group Journeys, you’ll agree that we go the extra mile

WHAT’S INCLUDED ON AN A&K SMALL GROUP JOURNEY?

While our itineraries are as varied as they are superlative, we can  always promise the following:

Stays in the finest accommodation, from our A&K Sanctuary properties in Kenya and Botswana to the magical A&K Private Desert Camp in Morocco

Insights, support and guidance from Englishspeaking Resident Tour Directors who have lived in your destination for years

English-speaking local guides

Airport meet and greet with private transfers

A Travelling Bell Boy service to transfer your bags between hotels when you move on

A mid-journey Traveller’s Valet Laundry Service, so you can pack lighter but always look your best

Daily breakfast, along with many meals

Round-the-clock, on-call support from A&K’s experts

Guaranteed departures with a minimum of two guests, meaning you can book your dates with confidence

Entrance fees, taxes and all gratuities (except Resident Tour Director)

A fleet of luxury boats, the finest gastronomy, familyfriendly features … we have ways of making your travel experience perfect

From snowshoeing through the woods in Finnish Lapland to snorkeling with penguins in the Galápagos Islands and visiting the private home and gallery of a local artist in New Zealand, the experiences we organize make our Small Group Journeys unique. Just as important are the modes of travel we offer, the exceptional food and drink along the way and accommodation specially chosen to match your tastes and family.

CRUISE IN STYLE

Whether you are sailing aboard one of our sleek, stylish A&K boats or a first-class vessel operated by a trusted partner, your voyage will always offer the same exceptional service and style as on land. Our boats range from timeless classics to stateof-the-art beauties, with features such as plunge pools, gyms and deckside cocktail bars, while onboard dining speaks to the fresh produce and culinary heritage of the landscape. Discover the beauty of life on the world’s most iconic waterways, from the Danube and the Mekong to the Yangtze and the Nile, aboard a vessel set apart from others by its comfort and craftsmanship.

TASTE THE WORLD

Our itineraries are interwoven with memorable culinary occasions — from celebratory welcome and farewell dinners to haute cuisine experiences — that will linger in the mind long after the last bite. Expect a well-balanced menu of planned group meals and time set aside for independent dining, as well as chef-led cooking demonstrations and refreshing drinks served in breathtaking settings.

FAMILY FEATURES

On journeys geared toward family travel, A&K experts can often select hotels that pair five-star style with family-friendly amenities — balancing the intimacy of a family holiday with the cultural and social rewards of our Small Group Journeys.

MAKE YOUR JOURNEY YOUR OWN

On most of our Small Group Journeys, one day is set aside for you to choose from at least three experiences or activities crafted by our experts — from visits to local villages and encounters with artisans to classes, workshops, museum tours and outdoor pursuits. Design Your Day with the option that suits you best.

A&K SANCTUARY

Our unbeatable collection of chic retreats

The A&K Sanctuary safari lodges and luxury camps scattered across Africa are as diverse as the continent itself. On the acaciastudded plains of Kenya, in the shadow of Mount Kilimanjaro, Kitirua Plains Lodge is our stylish new addition to Amboseli National Park, opening to guests next year. In the emerald-green mountains of Uganda, Gorilla Forest Lodge has 10 stunningly reimagined villas and is the most luxurious place to stay within the gorilla-trekking haven of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park itself. While A&K Sanctuary retreats feature individual designs, they share a single aim: to give guests an authentic experience that is luxurious and reflects our commitment to conservation and communities.

Our four A&K Sanctuary riverboats on the Nile are worthy successors to the elegant vessels of another century. If Agatha Christie were to take a Nile voyage today, she would do it aboard one of these boats – consistently voted the best on the river. Waistcoated waiters mix martinis in the bar; on the top deck, parasols and daybeds are arranged around a small pool. Days are spent exploring Egypt’s extraordinary open-air museum on the banks of the Nile, led by our brilliant guides and eminent Egyptologists. In Peru, meanwhile, A&K’s state-of-the-art riverboat Pure Amazon cruises the glassy tributaries of that great river as our experts shed light on the region’s diverse wildlife.

When you book one of our Small Group Journeys featuring an A&K Sanctuary property or vessel — such as Olonana Lodge on Ultimate Great Migration Safari, Sun Boat IV on Egypt and the Nile or Chief’s Camp on Southern Africa Safari and Rail Adventure — you can look forward to a peerless balance of personal comfort and authentic immersion in your chosen destination.

A&K SANCTUARY AT A GLANCE

A&K Sanctuary is our collection of safari lodges, luxury camps and stylish riverboats

Together with our nonprofit network A&K Philanthropy, A&K Sanctuary properties support local communities to improve lives and protect the environment

A&K Sanctuary safari camps are responsible, authentic and deeply experiential, inspired by our founder’s ethos of “adventure by day, luxury by night”

Our new Gorilla Forest Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, is the most luxurious in Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, with unrivaled access to its mountain gorilla population

A&K Sanctuary lodges and camps are located in Africa’s most iconic wildlife habitats, setting the stage for unforgettable encounters

All A&K Sanctuary riverboats can be chartered privately, with bespoke itineraries that give you the freedom to go where the mood takes you

A&K PHILANTHROPY

From training women in Zambia as bicycle mechanics to funding lessons in English and Quechua at a school in Peru’s Sacred Valley, the projects supported by A&K Philanthropy (AKP) are rooted in our belief that the best way to protect our planet’s remaining wilderness is to invest in the communities who live there. That’s why we have integrated visiting our outreach projects into many of our Small Group Journeys.

In alignment with United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, our projects focus on education, enterprise, health and environment. Through these initiatives, we aim to support local communities in protecting their surroundings, and to ensure that the people in the places where we travel also benefit directly from tourism.

OUR LATEST PROJECTS

The A&K Philanthropy nonprofit network spans 24 countries on all seven continents and, in 2024, spent over US$3 million on programs. That year, we opened a second bike shop in Uganda (adding to four others in Zambia, Tanzania, Jordan and Egypt), providing 12 women with mechanical training and six with jobs. In Nakatindi, Zambia, AKP has over the past decade supported the growth of the village primary school into a secondary school and, in 2024, began funding a science laboratory as the final step in transforming education in the rural hamlet.

With the help of a guest inspired by our work in Peru, we have paid for English and Quechua classes for all 200 students at the Children of the Rainbow School in the Sacred Valley. What began as one classroom for six children with special needs in Arusha, Tanzania, has evolved into a learning environment for 200. Other projects include providing clean well water to communities around Angkor Wat, Cambodia, and — with the help of donations from A&K guests — funding children’s heart surgeries at the Magdi Yacoub Foundation’s Aswan Heart Centre in Egypt.

GET INVOLVED

On A&K Small Group Journeys, every one of our guests takes away meaningful memories, life-changing perspectives, new friends and a deeper connection to their destination — and on select itineraries, they have the opportunity to give something back, too, particularly to the communities that welcome them, lift the lid on local life and make these trips extra special. Speak to our team to find out how you can make the biggest impact when you travel: we make sure every dollar you put toward AKP projects goes directly to the projects we support.

The best way to protect our planet’s remaining wilderness is to invest in the communities who live there

OUR GLOBAL IMPACT IN NUMBERS

6,000

Approximate number of students provided with school lunches by AKP every day

800,000

Value, in US dollars, of medical equipment we supplied to hospitals and clinics in 2024

111,481

Children with access to clean water through AKP’s Safe Water for Schools program

501

Mothers provided with a safe place to give birth in the maternity ward at Nakatindi Health Clinic, Zambia — all babies were born HIV-free

20,000

Bicycles shipped to East Africa, Egypt and Jordan as part of our Bike Enterprise program

WITH US, ANYTHING IS POSSIBLE

GO FURTHER

Whether you want to arrive in Buenos Aires early for an in-depth city tour, explore Jordan ahead of your Egypt and the Nile journey, or top off 10 days in Patagonia with a visit to the Atacama Desert in Chile, extending your adventure is always an option. Wherever you want to go, A&K’s knowledgeable team can recommend a seamless addition to complement your main itinerary. Elevate your extension further with stays in exclusive hotels and chic villas, private air travel or journeys on skippered sailing boats.

GO PRIVATELY

Whether you are flying solo or with your whole extended family group, A&K understands that some guests may prefer to travel privately. Look for itineraries marked “Private Travel” to book the same incredible journey, hotels and expert guides as a private experience.

Our guided Small Group Journeys are just the beginning. Customize your adventure by topping or tailing it with one of our extensions or by travelling with just your family or friends or on your own

THE A&K DIFFERENCE

Our Small Group Journeys go the extra mile and set the gold standard. Here, at a glance, are some of the advantages of travelling the A&K way.

A&K’s unrivaled network of contacts worldwide can arrange anything, from visits to private palaces to master classes at the homes of top chefs

With 2,500 staff in 35 countries on all seven continents, A&K is there to support you all the way

A&K’s links with local communities and resident experts, from elders and artisans to conservationists, mean your experience goes far beyond any guidebook

Travelling in a small group unlocks the doors to exclusive cultural experiences that large groups or individuals cannot access

We choose only the best hotels in the most thrilling locations, many of them recognized with prestigious awards from top magazines

We use a fleet of sleek, stylish ships and boats, so your A&K cruise will be just as exceptional as your experience on land

Wherever you travel, your journey will be enhanced by exquisite food and drink, haute cuisine experiences and memorable group meals

In many locations, you get the chance to visit A&K Philanthropy projects that support local communities

We offer a chance to extend your Small Group Journey with a city break, cruise or sightseeing experience to make your adventure go further

Many of our Small Group Journeys can be adapted for those who wish to travel privately

AFRICA

This continent is the cradle of humanity, culture and wildlife. It has spawned millions of species, from thumb-sized frogs to elephants. Africa is also the birthplace of Abercrombie & Kent, which began in 1962 as a pioneering luxury safari company. Beyond its thrilling wildlife encounters, Africa has fascinating cultures, cuisines and histories, both ancient and modern. East Africa’s wilderness of grasslands is buffered only by sky, plains of rust-red earth and vast deserts. Cape Town’s wine and fine dining scenes are legendary, the neon-spangled streets of Nairobi and Johannesburg point to a bright future, while Victoria Falls and Botswana’s lush Okavango Delta speak to nature’s raw majesty.

Victoria Falls

AFRICA

ULTIMATE GREAT MIGRATION SAFARI

One of the great wildlife spectacles of the world, from migrating zebras and wildebeest to the predators that shadow them, is on magnificent display in Kenya and Tanzania, and there’s no better way to experience it than on A&K’s flagship safari. Fly or drive between the region’s most abundant parks for unrivaled animal sightings with expert tracker-guides, ending each day in our best camps and lodges.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $19,995 per person

$5,695 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Experience six nights in the heart of Great Migration country, three each in the Serengeti and the Maasai Mara

Our custom-made vehicles offer an unobstructed view from every seat, ensuring memorable views of the Big Five and other species

Handpicked safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters

Immerse yourself in both the modern and traditional aspects of daily local life, with visits to a Maasai village as well as a typical town, for a unique, culturally immersive experience

Spend more time spotting game thanks to convenient, time-saving flights between game regions

Finish with a three-night stay on the Mara River at enchanting Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary, the ultimate safari lodge

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

TANZANIA

KENYA

From Victoria Falls

DAY 1

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

Your adventure begins in Nairobi, a microcosm of the African continent and the capital of Kenya. It serves as your gateway to a dramatic procession of natural spectacles here and in Tanzania, two thrilling safari destinations.

Hemingways Nairobi (1 night)

DAY 2

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK AT THE FOOT OF KILIMANJARO

Drive to Amboseli National Park, home to prolific herds of elephants. Spanning 150 square miles of Kenyan savanna, woodlands, wetlands and ephemeral lakebed — with Mount Kilimanjaro’s distinctive profile as its centerpiece — this iconic park also harbors giraffes, zebras, cheetahs, lions and hundreds of bird species. After viewing game roam the dusty plains by day, join fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Tawi Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 3

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK A FULL DAY IN THE BUSH

Watch elephants up close from a safari vehicle

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

that seats just six (giving every guest a window seat), and view other game such as Cape buffalo, wildebeest, hippos and hyenas. After lunch back in camp, head out again to seek out more of East Africa’s natural wonders.

Meals: B L D

DAY 4

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK, TANZANIA ELEPHANT HAVEN

After crossing the border into Tanzania and stopping for lunch in Arusha, fly to Tarangire National Park and settle into your luxurious accommodations. Set among vast, baobablined savannas, the park boasts a large population of elephants. Life here revolves around the Tarangire River, which draws large concentrations of wildlife — a cornucopia for safari enthusiasts and birdwatchers alike.

Meals: B L D

Swala Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 5

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK GAME VIEWING AND CULINARY DISCOVERY

Embark on morning and afternoon game drives to explore Tarangire National Park and

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS SAFARI LODGE SERENGETI

Travel + Leisure World’s Best lodge in Serengeti National Park.

OLONANA LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Superb luxury safari lodge with 14 spacious suites with king-size beds.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

View Africa’s living icons, like this cheetah looking over the Maasai Mara; view impalas in the savanna; and visit members of the Maasai to see traditional arts like this beadwork.

GIBB’S FARM

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel located on the outer slopes of the Ngorongoro Crater..

TAWI LODGE

Thirteen cottages, each with a view of Mount Kilimanjaro, on a private conservancy.

HEMINGWAYS NAIROBI

Exclusive boutique, all-suite hotel looking out over the rolling landscape and Ngong Hills.

SWALA CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Twelve elegant pavilions near a waterhole, with panoramic vistas. ▼

its stunning concentration of animals — herds of elephants, impala and zebra. Look, too, for pythons and the twitching tail of a leopard hiding in high branches. This afternoon, partake in a chef-led cooking demonstration of local dishes such as ugali, makande and kachumbari. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

NGORONGORO CRATER

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Learn how Tanzanians live today, exploring a local village and strolling the local market to see the colorful produce on display. Head to your restful lodge, set near the Ngorongoro Conservation Area, for lunch. Ngorongoro Crater is the largest unbroken ancient caldera in the world and a likely place to view lions, elephants, hyenas and gazelles. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Walk with a Maasai Healer, discovering the uses of over 20 different indigenous plants in the Ngorongoro forest.

Bicycle Village Streets and Back Roads, getting a feel for life as the locals live it. Enjoy a Traditional High Tea on the veranda overlooking the gardens at Gibb’s Farm; meet the artist-in-residence. Meals: B L D

Gibb’s Farm (2 nights)

DAY 7

NGORONGORO CRATER A LOST WORLD OF WILDLIFE

Descend into Ngorongoro Crater to explore the panoramic, game-rich prairies of this ancient volcanic caldera. With its crater walls nearly 2,000 feet high, Ngorongoro offers the safari experience of a lifetime. Observe profuse and diverse wildlife roaming freely in an authentic “Lost World,” where it’s possible to encounter every member of the Big Five in a single day. Pause for a picnic lunch in this UNESCO World Heritage Site. Meals: B L D

DAYS 8-10

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK EVER-CHANGING SPECTACLE OF UNTAMED AFRICA

Fly to Serengeti National Park, a vast Tanzanian landscape that during part of the year hosts one of earth’s greatest wildlife spectacles: the annual Great Migration. Spanning some 5,700 square miles of rolling, golden grassland, the park supports one of the largest concentrations of wildlife in the world, including antelopes, hyenas, leopards, giraffes, lions and buffalo. Over the next three days, immerse yourself in this incredible setting, with camera at the ready for flash encounters with the circle of life, such as

a cheetah bolting after its agile prey. One morning, you may opt to view game from the serene aerial perspective of a hot air balloon (for an additional cost). Meals: B L D

Four Seasons Safari Lodge Serengeti (3 nights)

DAY 11

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA

CROWN JEWEL OF AFRICAN CONSERVATION

Fly to the Maasai Mara, Kenya’s finest wildlife experience, offering excellent game viewing year-round. The unending landscape hosts some 450 bird species, 95 animal species and many of the great predators, including the country’s largest lion population. At your safari lodge, set on a private stretch of the Mara River, head out on an afternoon game drive, watching for crocodiles basking in the sun, hippos as they wallow in muddy water and monkeys sparking mischief overhead. Toast day’s end with a refreshing sundowner, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D

Olonana Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights)

DAY 12-13

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE

TWO MORE DAYS OF PURE ADVENTURE

Rise early if you wish for an optional hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost), floating peacefully above the game-dotted plains of the Mara. Today and tomorrow, explore the open savanna, woodlands and tree-fringed rivers of the Maasai Mara on morning and afternoon game drives. Amid the stunning scenery, you may view Maasai tribesmen traversing the plains or herding goats and cattle. Connect with local residents on a village visit and stop by a primary school (when in session) supported by A&K Philanthropy to learn how our partnership with LifeStraw is changing lives by providing locals access to safe, clean drinking water. On your final night of safari, gather for a sumptuous farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 14

DEPART NAIROBI, KENYA

Fly back to Nairobi with a comfortable dayroom at your disposal before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight or starting your Post-Tour Extension to Uganda. Meals: B

Hemingways Nairobi (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left:

See how life is supported by the winding Mara River; watch wildebeest herds cross land and water; and enjoy the option to walk with a Maasai healer on our Design Your Day feature.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 7-20

Jan 14-27

Jan 28-Feb 10

Feb 11-24

Feb 18-Mar 3

Feb 25-Mar 10

Mar 4-17

Mar 11-24

May 27-Jun 9

Jun 3-16

Jun 10-23

Jun 17-30

Jun 20-Jul 3

Jun 24-Jul 7

Jun 27-Jul 10

Jul 1-14

Jul 8-21

Jul 15-28

Jul 22-Aug 4

Jul 29-Aug 11

Aug 1-14

Aug 5-18

Aug 12-25

Aug 19-Sep 1

Aug 26-Sep 8

Sep 2-15

Sep 9-22

Sep 16-29

Sep 19-Oct 2

Sep 23-Oct 6

Sep 26-Oct 9

Sep 30-Oct 13

Oct 7-20

Oct 14-27

Oct 17-30*

Oct 21-Nov 3*

Dec 13-26

Dec 21-

Jan 3, ‘27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs. Each guest will receive an A&K

GO FURTHER

VICTORIA FALLS PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Experience epic Victoria Falls from both sides, and stay in a luxurious tree house beside the Zambezi River in Zambia.

4 days from $4,995 per person

UGANDA POST-TOUR EXTENSION

Encounter endangered mountain gorillas up close during your trek into lush Bwindi Impenetrable Forest.

4 days from $7,295 per person

ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI

Arrive a day early and explore the city.

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

safari duffel. *Days 8-10 at Serengeti Explorer by Elewana.

KENYA AND TANZANIA SAFARI ADVENTURE

For a classic East African safari experience offering up-close encounters with wild game roaming vast, sun-drenched panoramas, as well as restful stays in spacious lodges with ideal locations in the region’s greatest parks and reserves, this journey checks all the boxes.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $13,495 per person

$2,395 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Observe Africa’s astoundingly diverse wildlife up close, including the iconic Big Five, from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

Handpicked safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters

When you’re exploring wildlife-rich Ngorongoro Crater in the morning hours, ahead of the crowds and while the animals are most active, you’ll be glad for the privileged location of your lodge on the nearby crater rim

Privately visit Olduvai Gorge, where the Leakey family discovered fossils linking man to his distant ancestors

The customs and traditions of the nomadic Maasai come to vivid life as you visit their village

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

TANZANIA

KENYA

DAY 1

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

Arrive in Nairobi, a microcosm of the African continent and the capital of Kenya. It serves as your gateway to a dramatic procession of natural spectacles here and in Tanzania — two of the most thrilling destinations in the world.

Nairobi Serena Hotel (1 night)

DAY 2

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK GAME AND MOUNTAIN VISTAS

Iconic safari country where impressive herds of elephants roam freely in the shadow of snowcrested Mount Kilimanjaro, Amboseli National Park is a world-renowned wildlife conservation area. Its stunningly rich biodiversity means anything from lions to zebras to leopards might cross your path on an expert-led game drive. Countless bird species call its swamps and wetlands home and up-close game viewing makes it a prime destination for safari-goers. Arrive at your lodge on a drive from Nairobi that showcases East Africa’s soaring natural beauty, then head out on a game drive through woodland, swamps and scrub brush. A special welcome dinner with your fellow guests marks the start of an amazing adventure. Meals: B L D

Amboseli Serena Safari Lodge (2 nights)

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK CYCLES OF PREDATOR AND PREY

Set out on early morning and afternoon game drives, crisscrossing the landscape in search of the park’s large herds of elephants, as well as zebras and wildebeest, along the salt pan trails. Prepare for predator sightings as opportunistic animals begin roaming the plains in search of prey. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

ARUSHA, TANZANIA VISIT AKP-SUPPORTED PROJECT

Cross the border into Tanzania, where vast buffalo herds, elephants, giraffes, leopards, impala and the endangered Eastern black rhino can all be found. It’s a land of exceptional topography as well, from the wildlife-rich Ngorongoro Crater to Olduvai Gorge, site of historic fossil discoveries. Continue to your hotel on the picturesque slopes of Mount Meru. En route, visit Kafika House, which provides transformative healthcare to local children living with a disability, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy. Finish with a refreshing cocktail as the sun sets over Lake Duluti. Meals: B L D

Arusha Serena Hotel, Resort & Spa (1 night)

Clockwise from far left:

Watch for elephants roaming through Amboseli near Mount Kilimanjaro; visit a Maasai village for insights into daily life in their community; and view the incredible birdlife, such as these crowned cranes.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

NGORONGORO SERENA SAFARI LODGE

Luxury lodge set on the crater’s rim for superb views and easy access.

MARA INTREPIDS

Classic safari tents in the heart of fine yearround game viewing.

AMBOSELI SERENA SAFARI LODGE

Secluded safari lodge with Maasai-inspired guest rooms.

ARUSHA SERENA HOTEL, RESORT & SPA

Boutique hotel set on the slopes of Mount Meru, beside Lake Duluti.

NAIROBI SERENA HOTEL

An oasis of serenity amid the hustle and bustle of Nairobi.

MELIA SERENGETI LODGE

Boutique safari lodge set amid the wilds of Serengeti National Park.

DAY 5

NGORONGORO CRATER LAKE MANYARA NATIONAL PARK

Drive from Arusha to Lake Manyara National Park for a morning game drive, searching for nonchalant baboons, dik-diks that forage for food beneath acacia trees, and large herds of buffalo, wildebeest and zebras that gather on the grassy, sun-drenched plains. Along a narrow belt of acacia woodland, you may even spot the region’s storied tree-climbing lions, ascending branches for a cool breeze. After lunch, travel to the Ngorongoro Crater, ascending its outer wall through dense vegetation. The crater is the largest unbroken ancient caldera in the world and a likely place to view lions, elephants, hyenas and gazelles. This afternoon, join a chef for a hands-on demonstration in preparing — and sampling — local dishes before dinner. Meals: B L D

Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 6

NGORONGORO CRATER NATURAL WILDLIFE HAVEN

This morning, descend into the crater ahead of most visitors — thanks to your lodge’s ideal location on the crater’s rim — to view the resident wildlife at its most active time of

day. Watch for buffalo and elephants as well as the countless other species that roam this 100-square-mile “Lost World.” You may even sight flamingos (when in season) or rare black rhinos. After lunch, visit a Maasai village to gain a better understanding of the nomadic cattle herders’ daily lives and culture. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK IN ANCIENT FOOTSTEPS

Drive to vast, wildlife-rich Serengeti National Park and through its spectacular mix of savanna grassland and volcanic hills, stopping en route for a privately guided tour of Olduvai Gorge, where renowned paleontologists Mary and Louis Leakey made many notable finds. Visit the on-site museum, take in views from the lookout point and examine the excavations, which revealed 3.7-million-year-old footprints of an early human. Then set out on an afternoon game drive at Meliá. Meals: B L D

Meliá Serengeti Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 8

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK ICONIC SAFARI COUNTRY

Roam through true safari country, searching for iconic species such as lions, leopards,

Cape buffalo and elephants, as well as giraffes, gazelles and zebras. Along the rivers and rocky outcrops, you may also spot some of the Serengeti’s more diminutive denizens, such as leopard tortoises and rhinoceros beetles. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA

KENYA’S CROWN JEWEL

Fly to the vast Maasai Mara Game Reserve, Kenya’s finest wildlife spectacle, offering excellent game viewing year-round. The unending landscape hosts some 450 bird species, 95 animal species and many of the great predators, including the country’s largest lion population. After familiarizing yourself with your classic tented accommodations, ideally situated at the confluence of the Mara’s four game-viewing regions, drive through the famed reserve. Meals: B L D

Mara Intrepids (3 nights)

DAY 10

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE ENDLESS DISCOVERY

Explore a region bestowed with over 500 square miles of savannas, woodlands and treefringed rivers on morning and afternoon game drives. You may observe crocodiles basking in the sun, see ever-alert hippos wallowing in muddy water or catch the antics of mischievous monkeys overhead. Watch, too, as African elephants rumble along the forest edge and giraffes snatch leaves from branches high above. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE A FINAL DAY IN THE MARA

Venture forth on a morning game drive or enjoy an optional hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost), viewing the Maasai Mara and its wild inhabitants from a new perspective. After lunch back at camp and time to relax, head out on a late afternoon game drive for a final look at the Mara’s treasures. Tonight, gather with your fellow guests for a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 12

DEPART NAIROBI

Return to Nairobi and relax in a reserved dayroom before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight Meals: B Nairobi Serena Hotel (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left: Take in the spectacular array of species, like these flamingos that dwell in Ngorongoro Crater; observe wildlife in Serengeti National Park; watch for towering giraffes; and see wildebeest rumble across the Maasai Mara.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 13-24*

Jan 27-Feb 7

Feb 10-21*

Feb 24-Mar 7

Mar 3-14

May 12-23

Jun 9-20*

Jun 16-27*

Jun 23-Jul 4

Jun 30-Jul 11*

Jul 7-18

Jul 10-21*

Jul 14-25

Jul 17-28*

Jul 21-Aug 1*

Jul 24-Aug 4*

Jul 28-Aug 8*

Jul 31-Aug 11

Aug 4-15*

Aug 7-18

Aug 11-22*

Aug 18-29

Aug 25-Sep 5*

Sep 1-12

Sep 8-19*

Sep 15-26

Sep 22-Oct 3*

Sep 29-Oct 10

Oct 6-17*

Oct 13-24*

Oct 20-31

Nov 3-14*

Nov 10-21

Dec 8-19

Dec 23-

Jan 3, ‘27*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 9-11 at Little Zebra River Camp.

GO FURTHER

ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI

Arrive a day early and explore the city.

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

KENYA AND TANZANIA: EPIC GREAT MIGRATION SAFARI

Every year, East Africa’s sun-soaked plains bear witness to the Great Migration, one of the world’s greatest natural spectacles. Witness its majesty firsthand on this extraordinary journey, setting out on thrilling game drives among the legendary Big Five and herds of other fascinating animals by day and camping in refined comfort each night beneath sparkling African skies.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $17,595 per person

$4,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Experience Hemingway-style adventure with a modern flair, including stays in luxurious, updated camps that boldly reimagine the classic tented safari

Venture into the heart of Great Migration country, spending three nights each in the Serengeti and the Maasai Mara

Stay on a private conservancy on the Laikipia Plateau amid wildlife that includes the Big Five as well as cheetahs, jackals, hippos and hyenas

Watch iconic species roaming free from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb A&K safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive

On an engaging visit to a Maasai village, discover how traditional and modern influences shape the daily life of locals

Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

TANZANIA

KENYA

Serengeti National Park Maasai Mara Game Reserve

Ol Pejeta Conservancy

Nairobi

DAY 1

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

Arrive in Nairobi, the capital of Kenya and gateway to East Africa’s vast natural treasures. Settle into your luxurious hotel overlooking the Ngong Hills, their pastoral beauty evoking the romance of a vintage safari.

Hemingways Nairobi (1 night)

DAY 2

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY GRASSY PLAINS AND BREATHTAKING

VALLEYS

Fly to Ol Pejeta Conservancy, a private reserve encompassing 90,000 acres of unspoiled African landscape where the Big Five roam, and arrive at your stunning tented camp. Your tent is large and airy, with a private veranda and an en-suite bathroom featuring a walk-in shower. After lunch, set out on a game drive. Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Tambarare Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 3

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY DESIGN

YOUR DAY

Embark on a game drive highlighted by an up-

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

close visit with the world’s last northern white rhinos in their heavily guarded enclosure. Then enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Take a Guided Bush Walk accompanied by a ranger, getting up close to life in the African bush.

Interact with the Dogs of an Anti-Poaching Unit and test their skills as you hide and let them sniff you out.

Visit a Chimpanzee Sanctuary to observe rescued and orphaned chimpanzees up close while learning about protection and rehabilitation efforts.

Later, enjoy dinner in camp on a relaxing evening under the stars. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE WHERE LIONS ROAM

Fly to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve, set in a vast plain teeming with animals, easily the greatest concentration of wildlife in the country, including some 450 bird species. The action never seems to stop, and the chain of command begins with the Mara’s lion population, the largest in Kenya. After settling in, embark on a thrilling game drive followed by a refreshing drink. Meals: B L D

Olare Mara Kempinski Masai Mara (3 nights)

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

OLARE MARA KEMPINSKI MASAI MARA

Permanent tented safari camp with 12 luxury rooms.

NIMALI MARA

Ten tented suites set in a remote part of Serengeti National Park.

▼

LAKE DULUTI LODGE

Boutique lodge offering 19 luxury chalets in the shadow of Mount Meru.

HEMINGWAYS NAIROBI

Luxurious hotel set between Nairobi National Park and the Ngong Hills.

TAMBARARE CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Boutique safari camp with 10 luxury tents and one private villa.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

See wildebeest roaming the Serengeti’s grasslands; observe rare reticulated giraffes in Ol Pejeta; and watch for the stately secretary bird in the Maasai Mara.

DAY 5

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE INTO THE BUSH

Over the next two exciting days, drive across the sprawling savanna in search of abundant game in one of Kenya’s most spectacular reserves. Running along the Tanzanian border, the Mara forms a vital part of the Serengeti ecosystem. Each year, more than a million zebras, wildebeests and gazelles march north to graze on the Mara’s lush grasses as part of the Great Migration’s annual cycle. Follow the Mara River to see crocodiles basking in the sun, hippos wallowing in the water or monkeys swinging madly overhead. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE UNMATCHED WILDLIFE

In place of a morning game drive, opt for a hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost). Then, visit a school (if in session) on the edge of the Maasai Mara for an A&K-exclusive experience, viewing a recently installed LifeStraw Water filter that purifies drinking water for students and teachers — a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy and funded by each departure of this journey. Then, visit a nearby Maasai village for firsthand insight into their unique way of life. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK, TANZANIA VAST VISTAS

Fly south to Tanzania’s Serengeti National Park. Covering 5,700 square miles, the park is home to dozens of species including antelope, hyenas, leopards, giraffes, lions, buffalo and cheetahs. After arriving at your camp, take part in a late afternoon game drive (time permitting). Then, return to camp for a chef-led cooking demonstration and tasting of a local dish before dinner. Meals: B L D

Nimali Mara (3 nights)

DAY 8

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK SPECTACULAR GAME VIEWING

Explore the Serengeti for two days, enjoying morning and afternoon game viewing in this vast, sun-drenched region. Rivers flow through the park, providing habitats for a variety of birds, mammals and reptiles, while antelope can be seen feeding on the plains. Cap off this afternoon’s exciting game drive with a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK SEEKING THE BIG FIVE

Search for Africa’s iconic Big Five (lions, leopards, elephants, rhinos and Cape buffalo) as well as the lesser-known but fascinating Little Five (ant lions, leopard tortoises, elephant shrews, rhinoceros beetles and buffalo weavers), which may be hiding behind a stone or resting on an acacia branch. Return to your camp under a golden sunset and celebrate your unforgettable safari adventure with your fellow guests at a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 10 DEPART ARUSHA

Fly to Arusha. Upon arrival, enjoy the use of a dayroom at your lodge, which shares the site of a working coffee farm. This evening, privately transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B L

Lake Duluti Lodge (dayroom)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 12-21* Feb 2-11*

Mar 2-11*

Jun 22-Jul 1

Jul 6-15

Jul 20-29

Jul 27-Aug 5

Aug 3-12

Aug 10-19 Aug 24-Sep 2

Sep 7-16

Oct 5-14

Dec 20-29*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 7-9 at Nimali Serengeti.

GO FURTHER

ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI Arrive a day early and explore the city.

Clockwise from far left: Scan the open vistas for zebras in the Serengeti; view crocodiles living in the Mara River; watch for the lithe cheetah in the Maasai Mara; and admire the grace of grazing impalas.

AFRICA

FAMILY SAFARI IN KENYA AND TANZANIA

East Africa’s Kenya and Tanzania are the definition of classic safari country, home to the vast Maasai Mara and Serengeti. Experience them both at their most inspiring on this family-friendly adventure, witnessing abundant wildlife — from baby elephants to the big cats — roaming vast, sun-drenched panoramas. By night, share the thrill of discovery and relax during stays at spacious, comfortable lodges in the region’s greatest parks and reserves.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $15,995 per person

$3,595 single supplement

Children 17 and under from $15,495

HIGHLIGHTS

Discover Africa’s astounding animal life from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive

Feed giraffes by hand and watch elephants at play on visits to the Giraffe Center and the Sheldrick Wildlife Trust in Nairobi

Younger guests will engage with the A&K Child Activity Coordinator, who joins you from start to finish to arrange fun activities

Be there as the legendary wildlife of Ngorongoro Crater springs into action on an early morning visit ahead of the crowds, made possible by the privileged location of your lodge on the crater rim

Privately visit Olduvai Gorge, where the Leakey family discovered fossils linking mankind to its distant ancestors

A visit with an elder of a Maasai village and time devoted to listening to Nairobi folk tales are two special cultural experiences that round out your immersive experience in East Africa

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

TANZANIA

KENYA

Migori

Tarime

Maasai Mara Game Reserve

Nairobi

Serengeti National Park

Ngorongoro Crater Manyara Arusha

Amboseli National Park

DAY 1

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

Begin in Nairobi, a microcosm of the African continent and the capital of Kenya. It serves as your gateway to East Africa’s natural wonders. At your hotel, meet your Child Activity Coordinator, who may greet you with a friendly “jambo” (that’s Swahili for “hello”).

Nairobi Serena Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 2

NAIROBI

MAGICAL MEETINGS WITH GIRAFFES AND ELEPHANTS

Visit the Giraffe Center to hand-feed Rothschild’s giraffes. Next, at Sheldrick Wildlife Trust, watch elephants at play with the keepers, who help reintroduce them into the wild. Proceed to Oloolua Forest for an A&K-exclusive folklore experience, listening to folktales handed down for generations. Tonight, enjoy a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK ON THE PROWL

Depart for Amboseli National Park, home

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

to prolific herds of elephants. Spanning 150 square miles of Kenyan savanna, woodlands, wetlands and ephemeral lakebed — with Mount Kilimanjaro’s distinctive profile as its centerpiece — this iconic park also harbors giraffes, zebras, cheetahs, lions and hundreds of bird species. After lunch at your lodge and perhaps a lesson in spear throwing with your Child Activity Coordinator, set out on a game drive in search of elephants, zebras and wildebeests. Meals: B L D

Ol Tukai Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 4

AMBOSELI NATIONAL PARK INTO THE MIDST OF WILDLIFE

Discover more of this spectacular wildlife haven on morning and afternoon game drives through acacia woodlands, lush marshes and open plains. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

NGORONGORO CRATER, TANZANIA THE LOST WORLD

Drive into Tanzania, stopping at Kafika House, which provides transformative healthcare to local children living with disabilities, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy. Then eat lunch in Arusha before flying to Manyara and

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

NGORONGORO SERENA SAFARI LODGE

Luxury lodge set on the crater’s rim for superb views and easy access.

MARA INTREPIDS

Award-winning camp ideal for families, featuring modern tents in the Maasai Mara Game Reserve and at the confluence of four game-viewing regions.

▼

OL TUKAI LODGE

Stylish and comfortable guest rooms with wetland or Kilimanjaro views.

NAIROBI SERENA HOTEL

An oasis of serenity amid the hustle and bustle of Nairobi.

SERENGETI SERENA SAFARI LODGE

Clockwise from far left:

See how elephant families go about their day in Kenya; watch for wildlife on morning and afternoon game drives; and perhaps witness how young members of a lion pride get along in the Serengeti.

Stylish, world-class lodge offering commanding Serengeti views.

▼

AFRICA

continuing overland to your lodge, perched on the rim of the Ngorongoro Crater. This ancient, UNESCO-listed volcanic caldera encircles panoramic prairies with crater walls nearly 2,000 feet high. Inside them, a diverse profusion of wildlife roams freely through an authentic “Lost World,” where you can encounter every member of the Big Five in a single day. Meals: B L D

Ngorongoro Serena Safari Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 6

NGORONGORO CRATER IDEAL EARLY ACCESS

This morning, descend into the crater, arriving ahead of most visitors — thanks to the ideal location of your accommodations on the crater’s rim — to view the resident wildlife at its most active time of day. Later, visit a Maasai village, where you meet with the village elder and learn how to make the tribal community’s unique beaded jewelry. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK TRACES OF EARLY HUMANKIND

Depart for Serengeti National Park. Stop for a privately guided visit at Olduvai Gorge, a historic archaeological site. Arrive at your lodge

and, time permitting, set out on a rousing game drive. Spanning 5,700 square miles of golden grassland, the park supports one of the world’s largest concentrations of wildlife, such as antelopes, hyenas, leopards, giraffes, lions and buffalo. During part of the year, it also hosts the awesome spectacle of the annual Great Migration. Meals: B L D

Serengeti Serena Safari Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 8

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK FAR MORE THAN THE BIG FIVE

Set out on thrilling morning and afternoon game drives, seeking out Africa’s Big Five: leopards, Cape buffalo, elephants, rhinos and lions, among other plentiful wild species. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE, KENYA RIFT VALLEY

Journey by air and overland to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve, Kenya’s finest wildlife experience, offering excellent game viewing year-round. The unending landscape hosts some 450 bird species, 95 animal species and the country’s largest lion population. After

settling into your camp near the Mara River, set out on a game drive. Meals: B L D

Mara Intrepids (3 nights)

DAY 10

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE FAMILY FUN

Set out on morning and afternoon game drives. In camp, join your Child Activity Coordinator on a bush treasure hunt, and watch your chef make a local dish. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE ON SAFARI

On a final day of game drives, you may witness the daily life of members of the colorful Maasai tribe. Learn about the LifeStraw Project that brings safe drinking water to local residents, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy Tonight, savor a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 12

DEPART NAIROBI

Fly to Nairobi and enjoy a reserved dayroom. Transfer to the airport and depart. Meals: B Nairobi Serena Hotel (dayroom)

Clockwise from far left:

Observe diverse species of birds such as gray crowned cranes; share stories from your day on safari around a campfire in the bush; view the sheer majesty of Amboseli National Park; admire the intricate traditional beadwork of the Maasai people.

AFRICA

ULTIMATE KENYA SAFARI

From the wide grasslands of the Maasai Mara to the iconic wildlife that roams within it, there is no place like Kenya, where A&K began, for an unforgettable safari. Set out on a week-long adventure on this, our flagship Kenya safari, viewing spectacularly diverse species — including the fabled Big Five — roving through a premier private concession on the Laikipia Plateau and in the Maasai Mara Game Reserve.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,395 per person

$2,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Capture the essence of a Hemingway-style adventure that boldly reimagines the classic safari by enhancing it with modern amenities “Papa” scarcely could have imagined

Expert safari guides lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters

Custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat offer the perfect vantage point for up-close observation of Kenya’s untamed wonders

Explore and stay on a private conservancy on the Laikipia Plateau that abounds with wildlife: the Big Five (including over 130 black rhinos), cheetahs, jackals, hippos, hyenas and more

At the A&K Exclusive Tented Camp in the Maasai Mara, revel in a three-night private stay for just your group, relaxing in eco-friendly tents, each attended to by a personal butler — a fitting finish to your amazing adventure

Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

KENYA

Maasai Mara Game Reserve

Ol Pejeta Conservancy

Nairobi

DAY 1

ARRIVE NAIROBI, KENYA

Touch down in Nairobi, the capital of Kenya, which serves as your gateway to safari adventure. Kenya is classic safari country featuring vast national parks and reserves brimming with the iconic wildlife most associated with an African safari. These include the fabled Big Five — lions, elephants, leopards, rhinos and Cape Buffalo — along with countless other species, from zebras and wildebeests to cheetahs and giraffes. It’s also home to the pastoral Maasai people who live in harmony with the land.

JW Marriott Hotel Nairobi (1 night)

DAY 2

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY INTIMATE LUXURY CAMP

Begin your luxury safari adventure with a drive from Nairobi to Nanyuki, crossing the equator as you go. Continue to Ol Pejeta Conservancy, a private reserve encompassing 90,000 acres of unspoiled African landscape where the Big Five roam, and arrive at your stunning tented camp in time for lunch. Nestled among fever trees in the shadow of Mount Kenya, Tambarare Camp in Laikipia looks out across a grassy plateau. Your tent is large and airy, with

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

a private veranda and an en-suite bathroom that features a walk-in shower. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Tambarare Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights)

DAY 3

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY INTO THE BUSH

Set out on a morning game drive highlighted by an up-close visit with the world’s last northern white rhinos in their heavily guarded enclosure. Then, make a late afternoon game drive in this biodiverse home to black rhinos, reticulated giraffes and Grévy’s zebras. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

OL PEJETA CONSERVANCY DESIGN YOUR DAY

This morning, set out on an exhilarating game drive, before enjoying one of these Design Your Day activities.

Take a Guided Bush Walk accompanied by a ranger, getting up close to life in the African bush. Interact with the Dogs of an Anti-Poaching Unit and test their skills as you hide and let them sniff you out.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

JW MARRIOTT HOTEL NAIROBI

Contemporary luxury hotel offering an urban haven, overlooking the Kenyan capital.

A&K EXCLUSIVE TENTED CAMP, MAASAI MARA Classic movable safari tented camp — set and taken down just for your group, and featuring modern touches that make your stay both authentic and comfortable — for the private use of your A&K group.

▼

TAMBARARE CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Boutique safari camp with 10 luxury tents on the Laikipia Plateau, overlooking the wildliferich Ol Pejeta Conservancy.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Venture near rare black rhinos in Ol Pejeta Conservancy; relax in the A&K Exclusive Tented Camp; head out on a bush walk with an armed guide at Tambarare Camp.

Visit a Chimpanzee Sanctuary to observe rescued and orphaned chimpanzees up close while learning about protection and rehabilitation efforts.

Later this afternoon, head out on a game drive, followed by dinner in camp. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE WILDLIFE ABOUNDING

Fly to the Maasai Mara Game Reserve and your private tented camp — set up exclusively for you and your fellow A&K guests and taken down right after you leave — occupying a secluded location in the heart of the wilderness. This afternoon, set out on a game drive that introduces you to the Maasai Mara. The action never seems to stop, and the chain of command begins with the Mara’s lion population, the largest in the country. The delicate ecosystem of the Mara is the focus of a major conservation effort to preserve one of Africa’s last true game strongholds. During your time in the Maasai Mara, enjoy the peace of mind that comes with staying at A&K Exclusive Tented Camp. Meals: B L D

A&K Exclusive Tented Camp, Maasai Mara (3 nights)

DAY 6

MAASAI MARA GAME RESERVE ENDLESS DISCOVERY

On morning and afternoon game drives, observe crocodiles basking in the sun, hippos wallowing in muddy water, elephants rustling along the forest edge and graceful giraffes snatching leaves from high branches. Enjoy the option, today or tomorrow, to lift off on a hot air balloon ride (at an additional cost), gliding over the plains and taking in the game-rich landscapes from a low-level aerial perspective. After today’s activities, return to camp, where a chef demonstrates how to cook the local dish ugali (a porridge similar to polenta). Then learn hands-on how to scoop up beans, cooked greens and condiments with the ugali and sample your concoction. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

MAASAI

MARA GAME RESERVE VISIT A MAASAI VILLAGE

Set out on morning and afternoon game drives. On an A&K-exclusive experience, stop at a Maasai village and visit a local school on the edge of the Mara (when in session) to see a LifeStraw Water Filter that purifies water for teachers and students — like the ones funded by each departure of this journey — a project

supported by A&K Philanthropy. Later, sip a refreshing cocktail before your farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

DEPART NAIROBI

Fly to Nairobi, where you relax in a reserved dayroom before transferring to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

JW Marriott Hotel Nairobi (Dayroom)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 6-13

Jan 30-Feb 6

Feb 13-20 Mar 6-13 Jun 19-26 Jul 3-10

GO FURTHER

SERENGETI PRIVATE EXTENSION

Explore Tanzania’s sprawling wildlife-rich plains and Indigenous culture on your own. 4 days from $6,795 per person

ADD A NIGHT IN NAIROBI

Arrive a day early and explore the city.

Clockwise from far left:

Celebrate a day on safari with a traditional sundowner at A&K Exclusive Tented Camp; view hippos in their favorite element; watch as zebras and cape buffalo roam the stunningly diverse Maasai Mara; observe chimpanzees at a sanctuary in Ol Pejeta Conservancy.

ULTIMATE TANZANIA SAFARI

The timeless sights and sounds of the Serengeti, incredible wildlife roaming Ngorongoro Crater and the enduring culture of the Maasai people are all part of what makes Tanzania one of the greatest East African safari destinations. Experience it in classic tented comfort on this spectacular adventure, exploring the country’s most game-rich parks on an itinerary designed for phenomenal wildlife viewing.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,295 per person

$2,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the wonders of Tarangire National Park, Ngorongoro Crater and Serengeti National Park, savoring unforgettable game sightings across Tanzania’s northern circuit

Watch iconic species roaming free, including prides of lions and herds of elephants, giraffes and gazelle, from custom-made vehicles with an unobstructed view from every seat

The in-depth tracking expertise of your superb A&K safari guides sets the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters on every game drive

Be there as the legendary wildlife of Ngorongoro Crater springs into action on an early morning visit ahead of the crowds, made possible by the privileged location of your lodge on the crater rim

Discover daily life on the sprawling plains, visiting a Maasai village to learn about the tribe’s long-cherished customs and riding by tuk-tuk to a local market

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

TANZANIA

Serengeti National Park

Tarangire National Park

Ngorongoro Crater

Manyara Arusha

DAY 1

ARRIVE ARUSHA, TANZANIA

Your adventure begins in Arusha, where you settle into your lodge, set on a working coffee plantation. Your private chalet near Mount Meru features a log fireplace and a balcony. Arusha is Tanzania’s gateway to exploring the natural wonders of Serengeti National Park and Ngorongoro Crater.

Elewana Arusha Coffee Lodge (1 night)

DAY 2

TARANGIRE

NATIONAL PARK DESIGN YOUR DAY

Kick off your explorations in Arusha by enjoying one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit Ilboru Primary School, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy, to meet students facing special challenges. Explore Arusha on a Walking Tour, meeting resident entrepreneurs on an active introduction to local culture.

Tour the Shanga Workshop with a private guide to learn about the handmade jewelry and homeware created there.

Return to your lodge for lunch before flying to Tarangire National Park, a wild landscape

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

with open grasslands, acacia trees and the Tarangire River. Set out on a game drive and later enjoy a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Swala Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 3

TARANGIRE NATIONAL PARK A LESSON IN LOCAL CUISINE

Today, enjoy morning and afternoon game drives in search of eland, oryx, wildebeest and zebra as well as the park’s large elephant population. Your local expert driver-guide draws on years of experience in the bush to locate the best wildlife viewing opportunities right as they happen. Later, this afternoon, learn how to prepare local dishes like ugali and kachumbari as part of a chef-led culinary experience. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

NGORONGORO CRATER AMPHITHEATER OF ANIMALS

As you cross the Great Rift Valley, stop for a market visit in a local village where stalls brim with vibrant local produce. Then, see the village from a different perspective as you ride by tuk-tuk, viewing the local community and rice fields as you go. Next, take a scenic drive to tranquil Gibb’s Farm,

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ELEWANA ARUSHA COFFEE LODGE

Set on a coffee plantation, featuring quiet cabins with private verandas.

SWALA CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Twelve exquisitely furnished, luxurious canvas pavilions, complete with a tent attendant, for an elegant safari experience.

▼

KICHAKANI CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

All-under-canvas camp featuring 10 tents with personal butlers.

NGORONGORO CRATER CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Ten tents with personal butler for the crater’s ultimate safari experience.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

In the Serengeti, where the lion is still king; relax at Swala Camp; watch for elephants and other iconic African species in the Ngorongoro Crater.

where you stop for a lunch made with organic, just-picked ingredients. Later, arrive at the natural amphitheater of Ngorongoro Crater, a 2,000-foot-deep caldera. A fascinating microcosm of East African wildlife — including buffalo, flamingoes, lions and leopards — resides inside. Climb the outer wall, passing through dense vegetation until a breathtaking view across the crater floor appears. Arrive at your camp, nestled in a wooded area with easy access to the crater floor and featuring elegant, tented accommodations adorned with handwoven rugs, comfortable beds with crisp linens and en-suite bathrooms. Relax on your veranda to view a gathering of acacia trees akin to an enchanted forest, watching in awe as late afternoon light peeks through the woodland and a campfire crackles in front of the main lounge, creating an almost magical atmosphere. Meals: B L D

Ngorongoro Crater Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 5

NGORONGORO CRATER

NATURAL WILDLIFE HAVEN

Descend into the crater, arriving ahead of most visitors — thanks to the closer proximity of your ideally located accommodations — to

view the resident wildlife at its most active time of day. This afternoon, visit with an elder at a Maasai village, where you learn about the tribe’s traditional, nomadic lifestyle and coexistence with wildlife. Sense the spirit of this pastoral, nomadic people who have kept their tribal traditions alive through countless generations of life in East Africa. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK SEARCHING THE VAST PLAINS

Fly to the fabled Serengeti National Park and settle into your remote, authentic camp. Then, set out in the boundless Serengeti, one of the oldest and least-changed ecosystems on earth, where the circle of life plays out every day. It is home to one of the world’s largest concentrations of wildlife, with lions, hyenas and leopards all roaming free. For a portion of each year, dictated by weather patterns and the unpredictable nature of wild animals, vast herds of wildebeest and zebra move through the Serengeti in search of grass and water as part of the year-round Great Migration cycle. This evening, sip a cocktail and reflect on the majesty of Africa, a relaxing experience that harkens back to safaris of yore. Meals: B L D

Kichakani Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 7

SERENGETI NATIONAL PARK INTIMATE BUSH LUNCH

Venture out on a morning game drive in the protected Serengeti refuge, where flowing rivers support a plethora of species. In addition to lions, elephants, Cape buffalo and leopards, keep your camera handy for sights such as a cheetah bolting after a fleet-footed Thomson’s gazelle. Take a break for a private lunch in the bush — an A&K luxury safari specialty — savoring fine food and drink as a symphony of wildlife sounds envelops you. On this afternoon’s game drive, once again enjoy ideal game viewing as your highly experienced driver-guide strives continually to keep you in the heart of the action. Tonight, gather for a memorable farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

DEPART ARUSHA

Fly to Arusha and enjoy lunch. Relax in a comfortable dayroom before transferring to the airport for your flight home. Meals: B L

Elewana Arusha Coffee Lodge (dayroom)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 20-27

Feb 10-17

Feb 24-Mar 3

Mar 10-17

Mar 17-24

Jun 2-9

Jun 16-23 Jul 1-8 Jul 7-14

Jul 14-21

Jul 21-28

Jul 28-Aug 4

Aug 11-18

Dec 21-28

GO FURTHER

MAASAI MARA PRIVATE EXTENSION

Discover the natural wonders of Kenya’s vast Maasai Mara, encountering iconic African species and local culture on your own.

4 days from $5,795 per person

Clockwise from far left:

Visit with an elder of the Maasai people; watch for giraffes in Tanzania; observe plentiful birdlife, such as white-fronted bee-eaters, in Tarangire National Park; explore the Serengeti with the finest expert guides.

AFRICA

CLIMB KILIMANJARO: THE MACHAME ROUTE

Mount Kilimanjaro rewards those who summit it with a sense of accomplishment that lasts a lifetime. Here, on the slopes of the world’s tallest freestanding mountain, the difference between success and failure lies in ironclad preparation and expertise. Climb in confidence with top guides and porters, as you set out to summit Kilimanjaro. The Machame Route affords you more time to acclimatize, rest and take in the sprawling lava-forged landscapes en route to achieving this bucket-list feat.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 12 GUESTS

From $9,495 per person

$2,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Sleep in spacious and comfortable tents with cots on the mountain, with access to toilet facilities for your group

Premium camping gear and safety equipment are provided

Chefs prepare healthy, satisfying meals to fuel your ascent

Our over 30 years of experience as an operator on Mount Kilimanjaro back every step of your climb

Three extra days afford more time to acclimatize, a key component to a successful summit

Porters transport your luggage and equipment throughout the climb and descent, leaving you with only a daypack of essentials to carry

Your expedition leaders all have up-to-date Wilderness First Responder Certificates, undergo annual training and have no less than 200 summits each

TANZANIA

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE ARUSHA, TANZANIA

DAY 3

MOUNT KILIMANJARO, 10,000 FEET GIANT-FIG FORESTS

DAY 4

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 12,500 FEET VOLCANIC LANDSCAPES

DAY 5

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 13,000 FEET GRAND BARRANCO CANYON

DAY 6

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 13,000 FEET ACCLIMATIZATION DAY

DAY 7

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 15,980 FEET PREPARING FOR THE SUMMIT

DAY 8

MOUNT KILIMANJARO: 19,341 FEET SUMMIT DAY

DAYS 9-10

DEPART ARUSHA

Jan 20-29

Feb 3-12

Mar 3-12

May 12-21

May 29-Jun 7

Clockwise from far left: Meet the challenge of summiting Mount Kilimanjaro; camp under the African stars; follow the experts along ever-rising slopes.

Jun 9-18

Jul 14-23

Aug 4-13

Aug 11-20

Aug 25-Sep 3

Sep 8-17

Sep 22-Oct 1

Oct 7-16

Nov 3-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 16 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. This journey is strenuous with steep ascents and high altitudes.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best accommodations in each location, including:

LAKE DULUTI LODGE

Boutique lodge set on a working coffee farm in the shadow of Mount Meru.

CAMPS

Tenting sites include Machame, Shira, Barranco, Karanga, Kosovo and Mweka Camps.

UGANDA: GORILLA TREKKING

AND SAFARI ADVENTURE

Few things rival the thrill of encountering a gorilla in the wild. On this incredible Ugandan journey, our expert guides lead the way with the know-how, experience and ecological responsibility it takes to make this dream a reality. Along the way, they also reveal the Nile’s secrets, mist-shrouded Murchison Falls, evergreen rainforests, beguiling chimpanzees and rare tree-climbing lions.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS

From $18,945 per person

$3,595 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Under the canopy of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, trek through mist-covered hillsides to encounter mountain gorillas in their natural surroundings

Cruise up the Nile River to the misty base of Murchison Falls, spotting wallowing hippos, wading elephants and fearsome Nile crocodiles

Trek the lush, tropical trails of Kibale National Park in search of chimpanzees

In Queen Elizabeth National Park, set out on game drives in search of tree-climbing lions, elephants, Cape buffalo and Ugandan kob

Visit a project supported by A&K Philanthropy

UGANDA

Murchison Falls National Park

Kibale National Park

Queen Elizabeth National Park

Bwindi Impenetrable National Park Entebbe

DAY 1

ARRIVE ENTEBBE, UGANDA

Arrive in Entebbe, Uganda, a nation of stunning greenery, deep lakes, soaring mountains and rich biodiversity. Settle into your hotel with your evening free to relax.

Protea Hotel Entebbe (1 night)

DAY 2

MURCHISON FALLS NATIONAL PARK

THE NILE’S JEWEL

Depart Entebbe and fly to Murchison Falls National Park, one of the most scenic spots along the Nile and the location of the classic Humphrey Bogart film The African Queen. After settling into your lodge on the banks of the Victoria Nile, set out on a fascinating evening game drive before returning to your lodge for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

Nile Safari Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 3

MURCHISON FALLS NATIONAL PARK

NILE SAFARI

Set out on a game drive along the northern bank of the Nile, in Murchison Falls National Park. You may see giraffes, buffalo, elephants,

warthogs, leopards, lions and antelope. Later, embark by boat to the base of the falls, where invigorating spray showers the narrow ravine, with camera at the ready for hippos, crocodiles and other species. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

KIBALE NATIONAL PARK MISTS OF MURCHISON FALLS

Ascend to the top of Murchison Falls with your guide to take in the lush panoramas. This afternoon, fly to Kibale National Park and settle into your lodge. Meals: B L D

Kyaninga Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 5

KIBALE NATIONAL PARK FOREST OF CHIMPANZEES

Kibale Forest is home to 11 species of primates, including chimpanzee and mangabey, and 300 types of birds. Rise early for the start of your chimpanzee trek, listening to the forest’s silence as you go. After the trek, stop for a picnic lunch and then head out on a walk through the Bigodi wetlands, where you visit members of the local community. Return to your lodge for the rest of the afternoon at leisure. You may opt to go canoeing before dinner. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PROTEA HOTEL ENTEBBE

Contemporary resort gracing the glistening shores of Lake Victoria.

GORILLA FOREST LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Remote, atmospheric camp featuring 10 luxury tents, tucked amid jungle-like vegetation in Uganda’s Bwindi Impenetrable National Park.

▼

KYANINGA LODGE

Nine cottages set amid Lake Kyaninga and the Mountains of the Moon, on the Lake Kyaninga crater rim.

ISHASHA WILDERNESS CAMP

Exclusive, idyllic camp with 10 permanent tents on the Ntugwe River.

NILE SAFARI LODGE

Clockwise from far left:

Come face to face with mountain gorillas in Bwindi; view the rolling hills of Uganda near Gorilla Forest Lodge; and watch for hippos in Queen Elizabeth National Park.

Luxury eco-friendly lodge on the Nile River with eight secluded bandas.

▼

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 6

QUEEN ELIZABETH NATIONAL PARK NATURE ANEW

Drive to Queen Elizabeth National Park, home to elephants, lions, hippos and baboons, any of which you may see on an afternoon game drive. Featuring diverse habitats, including lakes, savannah grasslands, forests and wetlands, the park supports the biggest variety of large mammals in the country. Meals: B L D

Ishasha Wilderness Camp (2 nights)

DAY 7

QUEEN ELIZABETH NATIONAL PARK WILDLIFE SIGHTINGS

Keep exploring, watching for tree-climbing lions, and then pause to toast your day in the bush with a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE

NATIONAL PARK

AKP-SUPPORTED NURSING SCHOOL

Set out for a morning game drive through Queen Elizabeth National Park. Make your way out of the Rift Valley and on to the mountains of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park, a

UNESCO World Heritage Site. After lunch at your lodge, visit Uganda Nursing School Bwindi and Hospital, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy. Learn how the school invests in promising local students who will become the region’s future healthcare workers. Meals: B L D

Gorilla Forest Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights)

DAY 9

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK

GORILLA ENCOUNTERS IN THE WILD

Dreamily misty and lushly foliated with some 200 species of trees, the high-altitude mountain terrain of Bwindi Impenetrable National Park provides ideal cover for one of the rarest animals on earth. Devote your day to tracking endangered mountain gorillas, spending up to an hour among them. See mothers keeping infants close as they knucklewalk on three limbs. Watch scampering toddlers reined in by an attentive father. Come eye to eye with a fellow soul. Each visit with these extraordinary primates is different, and you’re sure to come away with meaningful tales to tell of your encounter. Return to your lodge, where you partake in a chef-led culinary experience, savoring the results beneath the sparkling African night sky. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

BWINDI IMPENETRABLE NATIONAL PARK

A LAST VISIT IN THE FOREST

Today, once again bask in the bond that exists between primate and man as you set out on your final gorilla trek. Return to your lodge for a farewell dinner with fellow guests, sharing the best moments of your incredible journey. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

DEPART ENTEBBE

Fly to Entebbe and return to your hotel, where a dayroom awaits until your international flight home. Meals: B

Protea Hotel Entebbe (dayroom)

Jul 10-20

Aug 3-13

Aug 16-26

Sep 8-18

Oct 11-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 15 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain. Primate permits (valued at $1,850 per person) are included in the journey price, paid at time of deposit and non-refundable.

Clockwise from far left: Spot a bronze sunbird in Bwindi; behold Murchison Falls; watch for chimpanzees in Kibale National Park; and look for Rothschild’s giraffes in Murchison Falls National Park. AFRICA

ULTIMATE BOTSWANA SAFARI

This is our flagship Southern African adventure, the evolution of the safaris that put us on the map. It’s all here: Victoria Falls, the Big Five, the mighty Zambezi, classic safari tents, premier lodges, helicopter flightseeing, gin & tonics at sunset, and game drives on land and by river. Come experience what we do best.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS

From $14,895 per person

$2,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Track iconic wildlife on game drives, guided bushwalks and scenic river safaris

Botswana’s finest handpicked safari guides lead the way to exceptional wildlife encounters

A professional photographer shows you how to capture it all

Experience the power of Victoria Falls and float along the Zambezi River on a sunset cruise

Take off on a flightseeing adventure by helicopter over the Okavango Delta

Stay two nights at the Okavango Delta’s premier property, Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

An energetic urban hub for finance with a dynamic arts scene and on-trend café culture, Johannesburg is your journey’s jumping-off point. Start with a gourmet welcome dinner and enjoy tips from a pro photographer on nailing great game shots. Meals: D

Saxon Hotel, Villas and Spa (1 night)

DAY 2

LIVINGSTONE, ZAMBIA SUNSET RIVER CRUISE

Fly to Livingstone in Zambia, where elephants, hippos and other iconic African species roam. Journey overland to settle into your luxurious tree house lodge. As the sky dims, cruise the Zambezi River, sipping cocktails and taking in the wild night. Meals: B L D

Sussi & Chuma Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 3

LIVINGSTONE

DESIGN YOUR DAY

This morning, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Venture Up Close to Rhinos during a game drive in Mosi-oa-Tunya National Park, visiting the giants on foot.

Set Out on a Walking Safari to experience and better understand Africa’s wildlife, bush country and ecosystems.

Visit The Livingstone Museum, Zambia’s oldest and largest museum, and learn more about the country’s history and heritage.

Tour Nakatindi Village with a local village guide and visit community projects supported by A&K Philanthropy, including a women-owned bike shop, locally owned glass bead-making operation, school and medical clinic. Tonight promises a chef’s demonstration of traditional Zambian fare, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE THE SMOKE THAT THUNDERS

Drive to Zimbabwe, with its rolling highveld landscapes, to join your private guide on an awe-inspiring exploration of Victoria Falls. Its cascades plummet over 350 feet to cast up the mist that inspired their original name, Mosi-oaTunya (The Smoke That Thunders). After lunch at a local restaurant, continue to your lodge just outside Botswana’s Chobe National Park, taking in panoramic views across the islands and floodplains of the Chobe River. Later, set out

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

CHOBE CHILWERO LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Fifteen incredibly luxurious guest suites and a full-service spa.

CHIEF’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Award-winning camp with 10 luxurious, airconditioned bush pavilions, each with a private dining area, plunge pool and outdoor shower.

▼

STANLEY’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY

An intimate, classic camp with 10 tents on a large private concession.

SAXON HOTEL, VILLAS AND SPA

Travel + Leisure World’s Best all-suite hotel with six pools, set on 10 acres.

SUSSI & CHUMA LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Clockwise from far left:

Seek out the abundant wildlife of the Okavango Delta from sunrise to sunset; stay at incomparable Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary; and cruise the Chobe River, watching for hippos, elephants and other wild residents.

Twelve romantic, air-conditioned tree houses set in a riverine forest.

▼

on a river cruise or game drive that includes the opportunity to see elephants — some 120,000 live in the park — along with impala, buffalo and possibly lions. Gather for an A&K-exclusive cultural experience with a local dance group. Meals: B L D

Chobe Chilwero Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 5

CHOBE NATIONAL PARK, BOTSWANA SERENE RIVER SAFARI

From the floodplains of the Okavango Delta to the woodlands of Chobe National Park, Botswana’s diverse habitats provide the perfect settings for extraordinary safari excursions. A sunrise game drive catches the animals at their most-active time of day while a Chobe River safari cruise ushers you into the realm of crocodiles, hippos and the elephants that come down to drink and play in the water. The park’s beautiful wetlands also lure a wealth of birdlife to the region, and you may glimpse many of the 460 species. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

OKAVANGO

DELTA

WONDERS OF A PRIVATE CONCESSION

Fly to a vast private concession in the Okavango Delta, the largest inland delta in the

world. A watery haven spread across more than a million acres of permanent swamp and seasonally flooded plains, the Okavango Delta is a UNESCO World Heritage Site that attracts countless animals from throughout Southern Africa to its thriving ecosystem. The afternoon is yours to enjoy at leisure with a choice of activities, such as a seasonal ride by mokoro (dugout canoe) or a nighttime game-viewing drive. Meals: B L D

Stanley’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 7

OKAVANGO DELTA

4X4 SAFARI AND BUSH WALK

Continue exploring the teeming delta on guided morning and afternoon game drives in a customized 4x4 vehicle. You may opt to safari on foot, taking a bush walk with an armed, expert guide instead of a drive. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

OKAVANGO DELTA AFRICA’S PREDATOR CAPITAL BY AIR

Fly over the Okavango Delta by helicopter to your next amazing safari camp, the panorama of the delta spread out before you. Widely acknowledged as the “Predator Capital of Africa,” this is one of the best places in

Botswana to see big game — lions, leopards, elephants and Cape buffalo — drawn here by the lush delta. Cheetahs and spotted hyenas also make the scene. View game with your experienced guides or watch life unfold from your private viewing deck. Meals: B L D

Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 9

OKAVANGO DELTA

WILDLIFE EVERYWHERE YOU LOOK

Great predators, including rare wild dogs, as well as elephants, buffalo, red lechwe, giraffes and impala roam the Okavango Delta, as you discover on an early morning game drive. Listen for roaring lions on the hunt or spy nocturnal animals as they start out for the night on your choice of game drives. Back in camp, gather for a farewell dinner beneath African skies. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Fly to Johannesburg for your flight home. Relax in the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight or starting your PostTour Extension to Cape Town. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left:

Keep an eye out for the elusive leopard in the Okavango Delta; feel the power of mighty Victoria Falls; and watch for the amazing bird life along the Chobe River, such as this African skimmer.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 9-18

Feb 7-16

Feb 23-Mar 4

Mar 5-14

Mar 13-22*

Mar 24-Apr 2

Apr 9-18

Apr 12-21*

Apr 17-26

May 1-10

May 9-18*

May 12-21

May 17-26*

May 22-31

May 31-Jun 9

Jun 4-13

Jun 7-16

Jun 10-19

Jun 19-28

Jun 26-Jul 5*

Jul 3-12*

Jul 8-17

Jul 16-25

Jul 23-Aug 1

Jul 26-Aug 4*

Jul 31-Aug 9

Aug 12-21

Aug 15-24

Aug 21-30

Aug 24-Sep 2*

Sep 5-14*

Sep 10-19

Sep 14-23

Sep 23-Oct 2

Sep 27-Oct 6*

Oct 10-19

Oct 24-Nov 2

Oct 31-Nov 9

Dec 3-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. *Days 8-9 at Eagle Island Lodge, A Belmond Safari, Botswana.

GO FURTHER

CAPE TOWN POST-TOUR EXTENSION

Discover the best of Cape Town. 4 days from $4,495

ADD A NIGHT IN JOHANNESBURG

Arrive a day early and explore the city.

SOUTH AFRICA AND VICTORIA FALLS

South Africa is a nation of diverse appeal, from the rich culinary and cultural treasures of cosmopolitan Cape Town to the wildlife-rich expanse of the Greater Kruger National Park. Add an up-close, guided visit to thunderous Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe and you have an unforgettable adventure encompassing the region’s amazing variety.

9

DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $13,995 per person

$4,795 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

South Africa’s vibrant “Mother City,” Cape Town invites you to experience it in depth. Ascend Table Mountain, explore the historic Bo-Kaap District, traverse scenic Cape Point and mingle with penguins at Boulders Beach

Stay for three nights on a premier private concession in Greater Kruger, which, together with neighboring Kruger National Park, forms one of the best game-viewing regions in South Africa, where the Big Five as well as cheetahs roam

Sharp-eyed safari guides and trackers lead you on every game drive, their in-depth tracking expertise setting the stage for unforgettable wildlife encounters

Explore magnificent Victoria Falls on a privately guided walking tour and cruise the Zambezi River, viewing crocodiles, hippos and diverse birdlife while enjoying great photo opportunities

Explorer and missionary David Livingstone was the first westerner to reach Victoria Falls, as you learn from an exclusive talk with a local historian

Observe gentle elephants up close during a visit to a sanctuary near Victoria Falls

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

ZIMBABWE

ZAMBIA

SOUTH AFRICA

Victoria Falls Johannesburg

Greater Kruger National Park

DAY 1

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

Arrive in Cape Town, a breathtaking harbor city perched on the southwestern tip of the African continent, where old and new converge in history, architecture and cultural pursuits. Afro-chic decor graces the city’s trendy restaurants and bars, while art and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by towering, flat-topped Table Mountain.

One&Only Cape Town (3 nights)

DAY 2

CAPE TOWN

TABLE MOUNTAIN AND HISTORIC CITY SITES

Ascend to the top of Table Mountain via cable car and walk the summit, taking in an inspiring, 360-degree panorama of the city and bay. In the Bo-Kaap neighborhood, formerly known as the Malay Quarter, stroll cobblestone streets amid charming multi-colored buildings and spice shops. Listen as your expert guide explains the rich local history and sample some Cape Malay food as you go. The afternoon is yours for exploring on your own, gathering tonight for a welcome dinner. Meals: B D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

CAPE TOWN SPECTACULAR VIEWS FROM CAPE POINT

Discover scenic Cape Point, journeying past the “bikini beaches” at the base of the towering Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, along bucolic Hout Bay and over the famous Chapman’s Peak Drive. Explore the stunning Cape Peninsula and Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, home to rare bonteboks and chacma baboons. The “Flying Dutchman” funicular takes you to the great pinnacle at blustery Cape Point. At Boulders Beach, visit its colony of endangered African penguins. The rest of the day is yours. Meals: B L

DAY 4

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK PRIVATE GAME RESERVE

Fly to a privately owned, wildlife-rich game reserve that shares an open boundary with Kruger National Park, an area renowned for game viewing. The Greater Kruger area sprawls across an unfathomably vast expanse of bushveld, granite hills, mountains, savanna and tropical forests comprising an extraordinarily biodiverse habitat for elephants, lions, leopards, cheetahs, rhinos, buffalo, giraffes, hippos and zebras. After settling into your

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE PALM RIVER HOTEL

Luxury hotel set beside the Zambezi River near Victoria Falls.

THORNYBUSH GAME LODGE

Travel + Leisure World’s Best luxury lodge with 20 elegant suites, located in the teeming Thornybush Game Reserve in the Greater Kruger National Park.

▼

ONE&ONLY CAPE TOWN

Contemporary luxury hotel with Table Mountain views.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

View zebras and other wild residents of Greater Kruger National Park; bask in Cape Town’s many vistas; visit the harbor in Cape Town; and stand in awe of mighty Victoria Falls.

elegant accommodations, set off in search of the Big Five, accompanied by two safari professionals: a driver guide, trained to safely maneuver you up close to big game, and a tracker who follows their signs and predicts where they’re likely to be found. Meals: B L D

Thornybush Game Lodge (3 nights)

DAY 5

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK GAME DRIVES AND BUSH WALKS

Begin two days of immersion in your private game reserve, embarking on game drives in open safari vehicles for optimal viewing and exploring on early morning game walks with your ranger. In between safari activities, participate in a chef-led culinary experience, sampling South African cuisine. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

GREATER KRUGER NATIONAL PARK DIVERSE FLORA AND FAUNA

Head out for another full day of exploration that includes morning and afternoon game drives, learning fascinating details about the flora and fauna as well as basic tracking skills. At dusk, toast your adventure with a refreshing cocktail, and then search for nocturnal animals. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE THUNDERING CASCADES

Fly to Victoria Falls, Zimbabwe, settle in to your hotel and enjoy some free time. This evening, cruise on the Zambezi River, viewing hippos, crocodiles and exotic birdlife. After an unforgettable African sunset, as a magical charm settles over the river and lanterns are lit, a delicious dinner is served on board to the sounds of the African night. Meals: B D

The Palm River Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 8

VICTORIA FALLS DESIGN YOUR DAY

Begin with a guided morning walk of breathtaking Victoria Falls, one of the world’s greatest natural wonders. See rainbows and clouds of spray as the mile-wide Upper Zambezi plummets into the Lower Zambezi. In 1855, famed Scottish explorer David Livingstone named the falls in honor of his queen, but its unrestrained mist gave rise to the much older Kololo name of Mosi-oa-Tunya (The Smoke that Thunders). Afterward, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Privately Bike the Area, cycling the town of Victoria Falls and stopping at scenic viewpoints along the way.

Tour the Victoria Falls Wildlife Trust Headquarters and learn about their clinic, rehabilitation center and ongoing research.

Meet with a Member of the Monde Community for a tour of a local homestead and visit their community school, supported by A&K Philanthropy

Experience an interactive animal adventure as you privately visit an elephant sanctuary to meet the gentle giants living there. Watch them up close as they eat and socialize during a hands-on encounter led by a naturalist.

Before your farewell dinner, a special guest speaker shares tales of celebrated explorer David Livingstone — an A&K-exclusive experience. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Fly to Johannesburg, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight or starting a private extension. Meals: B

from far

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 16-24

Feb 13-21

Mar 8-16*

Mar 25-Apr 2

Apr 7-15

Apr 21-29

May 2-10

May 14-22*

May 21-29

May 28-Jun 5*

Jun 8-16

Jun 15-23*

Jun 22-30

Jul 2-10

Jul 16-24

Jul 23-31*

Aug 1-9

Aug 6-14*

Aug 20-28*

Aug 24-Sep 1*

Sep 1-9

Sep 6-14*

Sep 17-25*

Sep 26-Oct 4

Oct 3-11

Oct 12-20

Oct 17-25

Nov 7-15

Dec 3-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Note: Table Mountain may be unavailable due to weather conditions or cableway maintenance. In such an instance, alternative sightseeing will be provided. *Days 1-3 at Cape Grace, A Fairmont Managed

and

GO FURTHER

WINELANDS PRIVATE EXTENSION

Discover the charming Cape Winelands, savoring tastings at top wine estates and sampling the region’s superb cuisine.

3 days from $2,995 per person

HWANGE PRIVATE EXTENSION

Fly round-trip from Victoria Falls to lesserknown Hwange National Park, Zimbabwe’s largest game reserve, to view its large population of elephants as well as Cape buffalo, giraffes, kudu, zebras, lions, leopards and wildebeest on two days of game drives in the bush.

4 days from $3,995 per person

Clockwise

left: Mingle with the endangered African penguins at Boulders Beach; absorb the rugged beauty of Cape Town’s rugged coast; and seek out lions in Greater Kruger National Park.

Hotel

Days 4-6 at Kapama Southern Camp.

SOUTHERN AFRICA SAFARI AND RAIL ADVENTURE

Experience timeless elegance on a spectacular luxury adventure, travelling by glamorous Rovos Rail and safari-going in Chobe National Park and the lush Okavango Delta, following a wide-ranging itinerary that also features cosmopolitan Cape Town and magnificent Victoria Falls.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $19,995 per person

$7,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Discover Cape Town, taking in stunning views from Table Mountain, walking the colorful Bo-Kaap neighborhood, visiting the Constantia Winelands and exploring rugged Cape Point

Traverse majestic mountain ranges and grassy savannas on a three-day train journey by elegant Rovos Rail

Stay at the only safari lodge inside Chobe National Park, a privileged location that affords you the opportunity to start game watching ahead of other visitors

Observe Botswana’s amazing animals up close, as handpicked safari guides use their in-depth tracking skills to lead you to exceptional wildlife encounters

Set out on a privately guided tour of Victoria Falls, one of the Seven Natural Wonders of the World

Finish your journey at Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary — one of Africa’s finest — located in the Okavango Delta’s premier Moremi Game Reserve

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE CAPE TOWN, SOUTH AFRICA

Touchdown in Cape Town, a cosmopolitan city perched at the southwestern tip of Africa that is a vibrant tapestry of life, culture and diversity. Trendy restaurants, bars and design studios imbue the atmosphere with a hip, creative vibe, all overlooked by Table Mountain.

Mount Nelson, A Belmond Hotel, Cape Town (3 nights)

DAY 2

CAPE TOWN STORIES OF A BEACON OF HOPE

Make your way to the top of Table Mountain via cable car to take in an inspiring panorama of the city. Proceed to the colorful and distinctive Bo-Kaap neighborhood for a walking tour. After lunch, view other historical landmarks such as the Castle of Good Hope, St. George’s Cathedral and the District Six Museum. Take in the richness of the Constantia Winelands, nestled below Table Mountain, with a visit to Constantia Glen. Tour their cellar and vineyards with a winemaker followed by a tasting. A captivating storyteller then shares inspiring stories of the region over a drink before your welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

CAPE TOWN

CAPE POINT AND BOULDERS BEACH

Cape Point unfurls around you as you journey past the “bikini beaches” at the base of the towering Twelve Apostles Mountain Range, along Hout Bay with its bustling fishing harbor and over the famous Chapman’s Peak Drive. Explore the stunning Cape Peninsula and Cape of Good Hope Nature Reserve, home to rare bonteboks and chacma baboons. Ride the “Flying Dutchman” funicular to the great pinnacle at blustery Cape Point. At Boulders Beach, visit its raucous colony of endangered African penguins. Take some free time to explore on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 4

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL THE ROMANCE OF AFRICA BY RAIL

Recapture the romance of a bygone era as you board the wood-paneled coaches of the luxurious Rovos Rail. Depart Cape Town Station as you settle into your suite and eat lunch on board. Wind through mountains and rolling green hills of the Cape Winelands as the sun sets, and sip South African vintages as the stunning scenery scrolls by. Meals: B L D

Rovos Rail (3 nights)

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Clockwise from far left:

Witness the familiar bonds of elephants in Chobe National Park; ride in luxury by Rovos Rail through the South African wilderness; and roll through the countryside in winelands near Cape Town to enjoy a wine tasting at a local vineyard.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ROVOS RAIL

Beautifully restored train that takes you back to a bygone era of travel.

CHIEF’S CAMP, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning camp with 10 secluded and luxurious bush pavilions.

▼

THE PALM RIVER HOTEL

Luxury boutique hotel set beside the Zambezi River near Victoria Falls.

FAIRLAWNS BOUTIQUE HOTEL & SPA

Chic Johannesburg hotel with 40 suites.

CHOBE GAME LODGE

The only luxury lodge located inside wildliferich Chobe National Park.

MOUNT NELSON, A BELMOND HOTEL, CAPE TOWN

Luxury resort set in lush gardens in the heart of the city.

▼

DAY 5

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL VINTAGE VICTORIAN CHARM

This morning, stop for a charming look at Matjiesfontein, an authentically preserved Victorian village. Roll on to the Great Karoo, admiring its arid beauty. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

RIDING THE ROVOS RAIL DIAMOND MINE MUSEUM

Arrive in Kimberley to tour the Diamond Mine Museum and view the large, hand-dug excavation site. Proceed into the grasslands of gold-rich Highveld landscape. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

JOHANNESBURG

HEART

OF SOUTH AFRICA

Disembark and visit the Nelson Mandela Foundation for an after-hours tour and a talk hosted by a foundation member. Continue to your hotel near Johannesburg, a vital hub for finance with a dynamic arts scene that also witnessed pivotal historic events. Meals: B L

Fairlawns Boutique Hotel & Spa (1 night)

DAY 8

VICTORIA FALLS, ZIMBABWE TALES OF DAVID LIVINGSTONE

Fly to the town of Victoria Falls in Zimbabwe. Check into your hotel on the Zambezi River, very near the famous falls. Before dinner, hear from a special guest speaker who shares tales of celebrated Scottish explorer and missionary David Livingstone on an A&K-exclusive experience. Meals: B D

The Palm River Hotel (1 night)

DAY 9

VICTORIA FALLS AND CHOBE NATIONAL PARK, BOTSWANA DESIGN YOUR DAY

Set out on a guided walking tour of breathtaking Victoria Falls, and then enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Walk the Victoria Falls Bridge, an engineering marvel spanning the Zambezi River, for stunning views of the waterfalls and gorge. Meet with a Member of the Monde Community for a tour of a local homestead and visit their community school, supported by A&K Philanthropy

Join the Take Action Trust for an interactive canine anti-poaching demonstration.

Drive to your safari lodge, the only one located inside Botswana’s world-renowned Chobe National Park, and settle into your spacious, river-facing accommodations. Set out on a Chobe River safari, watching as elephants line the water’s edge, hippos congregate in lagoons and predators come down to quench their thirst. Meals: B L D

Chobe Game Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 10

CHOBE NATIONAL PARK PLENTIFUL WILDLIFE VIEWING

Enjoy morning and afternoon game viewing, starting with an early morning safari in Chobe National Park to see wild animals at their most active, arriving ahead of most visitors thanks to your lodge’s ideal location. Explore along the Chobe River as your guide interprets the bush signs and tracks resident wildlife such as wild dogs and leopards. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

OKAVANGO DELTA AFRICA’S PREDATOR HUB

Fly to the Okavango Delta via Kasane Airport and arrive at amazing Chief’s Camp in the vast Moremi Game Reserve. Often called the “Predator Capital of Africa,” this reserve is home to only a handful of camps, which makes for a unique and highly prized gameviewing experience, free of crowds. Observe how the lush delta draws remarkable birds and wildlife on a late-afternoon game drive capped by a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B L D

Chief’s Camp, an A&K Sanctuary (2 nights)

DAY 12

OKAVANGO DELTA GAME DRIVES IN THE LUSH DELTA

Rise early for a game drive on the reserve where the game viewing is magnificent. Afternoon activities include a chef-led experience offering you a taste of traditional local cuisine. Set out on another safari with your expert guide, whose well-honed tracking skills may lead you off the beaten trail for an up-close look at a cheetah with a fresh kill or a glimpse of a leopard emerging from the dense foliage. Gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

DEPART JOHANNESBURG, SOUTH AFRICA

Flly to Johannesburg via Maun, where you enjoy access to the Premier Lounge, compliments of A&K, before being privately transferred to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

AFRICA

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Mar 10-22

Apr 4-16

Apr 18-30

May 16-28

May 30-Jun 11

Jun 13-25

Jul 11-23

Aug 5-17

Sep 5-17

Sep 22-Oct 4

Oct 10-22

Oct 17-29

Dec 18-30*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Note: Table Mountain may be unavailable due to weather conditions or cableway maintenance. In such an instance, alternative sightseeing will be provided. *This departure operates with slightly revised sightseeing. Please contact A&K for details.

GO FURTHER

ADD A NIGHT IN JOHANNESBURG

Remain an extra day and explore the city.

Clockwise from far left:

Absorb all the best of wine country near Cape Town; view herds of Cape buffalo, arguably Africa’s most dangerous animal, in Chobe National Park; and watch wildlife roaming the Okavango Delta, chilled sundowner in hand.

A DESERT SAFARI IN NAMIBIA

In a landscape of otherworldly beauty, Namibia’s towering sand dunes stretch toward the horizon, while elephants, cheetahs and other hardy wildlife roam the arid plains. On this immersive journey with chartered flights and stays in the remote African desert, track species in premier game-viewing and marine habitats and go off the beaten path to meet the Himba, the last nomadic peoples in Namibia.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS

From $16,995 per person

$6,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the ultimate in comfort and adventure with stays at desert camps and lodges in four remote locations, flying from one to the next by chartered air

Walk among the spectacular dunes of Sossusvlei, a salt-and-clay pan surrounded by ever-shifting sands

Desert dunes meet ocean waves in stark Walvis Bay, where you embark on a marine safari and explore Sandwich Harbour by 4x4 vehicle

Explore a rare wilderness in the Purros Conservancy, home to desert-adapted elephants, giraffes and springbok

Connect with the vibrant traditions of Namibia’s last nomadic tribe through authentic interactions with members of a Himba village

Track diverse, desert-adapted wildlife in the Onguma Private Game Reserve and Etosha National Park, Namibia’s renowned gameviewing destination

NAMIBIA

ARRIVE/DEPART

Onguma (Etosha National Park)

Purros Conservancy

Swakopmund

Sossusvlei

Windhoek

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE WINDHOEK, NAMIBIA

DAYS 2-3

SOSSUSVLEI

UNDER THE DESERT SKY

DAY 4

SWAKOPMUND

GERMAN COLONIAL LEGACY

DAY 5

WALVIS BAY

WHERE DUNES AND OCEAN MEET

DAYS 6-7

PURROS CONSERVANCY

DESERT-DWELLING ELEPHANTS

DAYS 8-9

ONGUMA PRIVATE GAME RESERVE REALM OF THE LION AND CHEETAH

DAYS 10-11

DEPART WINDHOEK

Apr 10-20

May 8-18

Clockwise from far left: Sossusvlei’s soaring dunes frame your amazing adventure; watch for flamingos and other desert-adapted wildlife in Swakopmund; stay in style at Okahirongo Elephant Lodge, an A&K Sanctuary.

Jun 5-15 Jul 24-Aug 3

Aug 7-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 12 years. Each guest will receive an A&K safari duffel. Includes travel in remote regions and walking over steep, uneven terrain.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

KWESSI DUNES

Safari camp secluded deep within NamibRand Nature Reserve.

ONGUMA TENTED CAMP

Luxury tented camp set in a private reserve of Etosha National Park.

▼

OUR HABITAS NAMIBIA

Luxury camp set on a private reserve just outside the capital.

STRAND HOTEL SWAKOPMUND

Unique beachfront hotel flanked by the ocean.

THE WEINBERG HOTEL

Boutique hotel located in a quiet suburb close to central Windhoek.

OKAHIRONGO ELEPHANT LODGE, AN A&K SANCTUARY

Tranquil wilderness lodge with eight luxury chalets on the Skeleton Coast.

◀

AFRICA

NATURAL WONDERS OF MADAGASCAR

Enchanting Madagascar is home to a wide variety of animals found nowhere else on earth. Explore the national parks of this biodiversity hot spot for firsthand encounters with playful lemurs, colorful chameleons and countless species of birdlife. Immerse yourself in panoramic landscapes, from lush rainforests to arid spiny forests, and meet with locals on this welcoming island off Africa’s southeast coast.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS

From $13,995 per person

$2,195 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Fly point to point by time-saving private charter air between most destinations on this wide-ranging itinerary

Endemic lemurs, chameleons, rare birds and many other species are on display as you explore some of the island’s most renowned national parks and reserves

Experience highland rainforests, sandstone canyonlands and arid spiny forests firsthand as you explore the island’s varied topography

Visit local communities, interact with indigenous tribes and learn about traditional customs and lifestyles

Watch the sunset as it casts its entrancing glow over a forest of more than 100 baobabs in the southeastern region of Madagascar

MADAGASCAR

Antananarivo

Andasibe-Mantadia National Park

Isalo National Park Ifotaka

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE ANTANANARIVO, MADAGASCAR

DAYS 2-3

ANDASIBE-MANTADIA

NATIONAL PARK

RAINFOREST REALM OF THE LEMUR

DAY 4

ANTANANARIVO

LUSH CANOPIES AND LOCAL FLAVORS

DAYS 5-6

ISALO NATIONAL PARK INTO THE CANYONLANDS

DAYS 7-9

IFOTAKA

SUNSET OVER THE BAOBABS

DAY 10

DEPART ANTANANARIVO

Departures

Clockwise from far left:

Take in the stunning views of Isalo National Park; observe daily life in Antananarivo; watch the lively antics of the many species of lemur that populate Andasibe-Mantadia National Park.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MANTADIA LODGE

Boutique wilderness lodge in the hills of Andasibe-Mantadia National Park.

JARDIN DU ROY MADAGASCAR

Boutique luxury lodge set amid sandstone cliffs near Isalo National Park.

MANDRARE RIVER CAMP

Luxury tented camp with seven tents offering views of the Mandare River.

RADISSON BLU HOTEL, ANTANANARIVO WATERFRONT

Contemporary luxury hotel located in the heart of Madagascar’s capital.

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

This sun-drenched swath of the planet enchants at first sight. Glorious ancient monuments carved from rock and stone are oases of wonder in deserts crossed by nomadic tribes, their ways of life unchanged for centuries. Hospitality is both an art and a disposition here, whether by the flicker of a campfire or served with white gloves in hotels fit for royalty. Swing between the quiet sanctuary of a mosque or a richly ornamented palace and the thrill of desert adventures or cruising past temples and pyramids on the River Nile, between cities as old as time or visions for the future, growing skyward as if in a race to reach heaven itself.

The Great Sphinx

EGYPT AND THE NILE

The mysteries of Egypt have captivated travellers for centuries. Now it’s your turn to explore the Land of the Pharaohs with an expert A&K Egyptologist at your side as you discover its quintessential archaeological treasures and cruise for four nights along the Nile aboard Sun Boat IV, an A&K Sanctuary.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $10,295 per person

$3,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Embark on a four-night Nile river cruise, gliding in comfort through stirring desert landscapes and going ashore to discover ancient Egypt’s most awe-inspiring sites

Be among some of the first visitors to the Grand Egyptian Museum in Giza, viewing its spectacular galleries and the treasures from King Tut’s tomb

The enigmatic Great Sphinx awaits you on the Giza Plateau,where you step from the light of day into the shadowy confines of a pyramid for an unforgettable visit

Descend into the tomb of Tutankhamun (King Tut) and the tomb of Seti I, father of legendary Ramses II, in the Valley of the Kings

Nefertari was one of Egypt’s most famous queens, whose colorful tomb you enter to admire the still-vivid color of its walls

The imposing twin temples of Ramses II and Queen Nefertari in Abu Simbel are wonders to behold, especially when your group’s Egyptologist explains their history to you firsthand

DAY 1

ARRIVE CAIRO, EGYPT

Cairo conjures images of monuments that truly stand outside of time: the Pyramids of Giza, the Great Sphinx, the treasures of Tut’s tomb. Beyond the remnants of ancient glories lies a bustling, bursting metropolis, with spacious tree-lined boulevards and souks fragrant with cinnamon and sumac.

Marriott Mena House Hotel (3 nights)

DAY 2

CAIRO THE TREASURES OF THE PHARAOHS

Your expert A&K Egyptologist guides you through the long-awaited Grand Egyptian Museum, a showcase of over 100,000 artifacts dating back millennia, including the treasures from Tutankhamun’s tomb. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

GIZA

THE PYRAMIDS AND SPHINX

The Giza Plateau is Egypt at its most iconic, with the pyramids of Mycerinus and Chephren, the Great Pyramid and the inscrutable Great Sphinx presiding eternally over the desert sands. Step inside one of these ancient tombs and explore the chambers of the pharaohs. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

LUXOR

TEMPLES OF LUXOR AND KARNAK

Fly to Luxor, site of the ancient city of Thebes, and visit the striking Temple of Luxor, with its towering statues of Ramses II and the Colonnade of Amenhotep III. Board Sun Boat IV — the elegant Nile riverboat that is your home for the next four nights; then head to Karnak, a spectacular complex of temples built by generation after generation of pharaohs, its courtyards and soaring pillars carved with symbols and gods painted gold in the afternoon sun. Meals: B L D

Sun Boat IV, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights)

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MARRIOTT MENA HOUSE HOTEL

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel conveniently set near the pyramids of Giza, featuring unparalleled views of its epic surroundings.

SUN BOAT IV, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning luxury Nile cruiser, offering an Art Deco-inspired interior, 38 air-conditioned cabins, fine dining and impeccable service.

▼

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel located on Cairo’s famed Corniche, boasting chic decor and offering spectacular views of the Nile River.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

The columns in the Temple of Luxor have a commanding presence; enjoy a relaxing sail on the Nile in a felucca; wander through a bazaar in Cairo, as visitors have done for centuries.

DAY 5

CRUISING THE NILE VALLEYS OF THE KINGS AND QUEENS

On the West Bank of the Nile River lies quite possibly the world’s most incredible open-air museum: the Necropolis of Thebes. Here lie the Valley of the Kings and the Valley of the Queens, the grandest resting places of the rulers of Ancient Egypt. See the mysterious “singing” Colossi of Memnon and the stunning Temple of Hatshepsut. Delve inside Queen Nefertari’s colorfully painted tomb; the storied chamber of Tutankhamun, revealed to the world in 1922 by British archaeologist Howard Carter; and the beautifully preserved and decorated tomb of Seti I. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLES OF HORUS AND KOM OMBO

View the Temple of Horus, falcon-headed god of the sky, at Edfu. Back on your river ship, learn to prepare local dishes during a cooking lesson with your onboard chef. Later this afternoon, sip a cocktail on deck as you cruise to Kom Ombo, the Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Haroeris (the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god). Disembark to explore this twin temple and view the mummified remains of several crocodiles

that once basked on the banks, just as their descendants do today. Meals: B L D

DAY 7 ASWAN

SAILING AROUND THE ASWAN ISLANDS

In Aswan, see the ancient granite quarries and site of the Unfinished Obelisk, a partially excavated monolith taller than any other ancient Egyptian obelisk. Board a motorized boat to picturesque Philae Temple on the island of Agilika. A sacred complex dedicated to the goddess Isis, it reflects a fusion of Egyptian, Greek and Roman civilizations. Later, sail around the Aswan Islands in a felucca (traditional sailboat). Meals: B L D

DAY 8

ABU SIMBEL

THE TWIN TEMPLES OF RAMSES II AND NEFERTARI

Abu Simbel finds you face to face with the commanding twin temples of Ramses II and his wife, Queen Nefertari. The former’s façade is dominated by four 70-foot-tall statues of the pharaoh. The entire site was disassembled and moved here to save it from the floodwaters caused by the construction

of the Aswan High Dam. Fly back to Cairo this evening. Meals: B

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights)

DAY 9 CAIRO

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Explore Sakkara, site of hundreds of tombs and 14 pyramids, including the famous Step Pyramid of Djoser. After lunch, enjoy your chosen Design Your Day activity.

Discover Coptic Cairo, visiting a church built where the Holy Family stayed, as well as St. Barbara and the Church of the Virgin Mary. Tour Islamic Cairo, including a walk along ElMoaz Street, and the Khan el-Khalili Bazaar. View the Royal Mummies as you tour the National Museum of Egyptian Civilization.

This evening, gather with your fellow guests to toast the conclusion of your journey at a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

DEPART CAIRO

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left:

The pyramids of Giza, which have endured for millennia, await your visit; walk with your A&K Egyptologist through the imposing Temple of Karnak; watch sunset over the Nile; and feel the long sweep of history when you visit the Grand Egyptian Museum.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 1-10

Jan 9-18

Jan 13-22

Jan 21-30

Jan 25-Feb 3

Jan 29-Feb 7

Feb 2-11

Feb 6-15

Feb 10-19

Feb 14-23

Feb 22-Mar 3

Feb 26-Mar 7

Mar 2-11

Mar 6-15

Mar 10-19

Mar 14-23

Mar 18-27

Mar 22-31

Mar 26-Apr 4

Apr 3-12

Apr 7-16

Apr 11-20

Apr 15-24

Apr 19-28

Apr 23-May 2

May 1-10

May 5-14

May 13-22

May 21-30

May 29-Jun 7

Jun 6-15

Aug 30-Sep 8

Sep 3-12

Sep 7-16

Sep 11-20

Sep 19-28

Sep 23-Oct 2

Sep 27-Oct 6

Oct 1-10

Oct 5-14

Oct 9-18

Oct 13-22

Oct 17-26

Oct 25-Nov 3

Oct 29-Nov 7

Nov 2-11

Nov 6-15

Nov 10-19

Nov 14-23

Nov 18-27

Nov 22-Dec 1

Nov 30-Dec 9

Dec 4-Dec 13

Dec 12-Dec 21

Dec 16-25

Dec 20-29

Dec 24-

Jan 2, ‘27

Dec 28Jan 6, ‘27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. Please note that multiple groups of 18 A&K guests and other passengers may be travelling onboard ship simultaneously. Routes may run in reverse on select departures (Aswan/Luxor instead of Luxor/Aswan).

GO FURTHER

JORDAN PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Discover Jordan’s historical and architectural marvels, from Amman to Jerash and Mount Nebo to Petra.

5 days from $4,995 per person

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

ULTIMATE EGYPT: PHARAOHS, PYRAMIDS AND A NILE CRUISE

Recognized as the region’s finest journeys year after year, A&K’s Egypt adventures take you places others cannot in a seamlessly elevated style you won’t find anywhere else. Experience this difference firsthand as you cruise the Nile on an A&K-exclusive charter of Sun Boat III, an A&K Sanctuary, delving deeply into Egypt’s ancient wonders. Between destinations, fly aboard aircraft chartered exclusively for A&K guests.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 34 GUESTS

From $17,495 per person

$2,595 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise the Nile for seven nights aboard an exclusive charter of Sun Boat III, visiting less-frequented sites, tombs and temples along the way

Fly between destinations aboard aircraft chartered exclusively for A&K guests

Venture inside an ancient pyramid on the Giza Plateau

Gain insider access to a restricted area at the massive paws of the Great Sphinx

An early morning balloon flight over the Nile showcases the monuments of ancient Thebes at sunrise

Descend into the tomb of Tutankhamun and visit famed archaeologist Howard Carter’s home

In Sakkara, a private opening arranged by A&K affords access to the recently discovered Wahtye Tomb

DAY 1

ARRIVE CAIRO, EGYPT

Arrive in Cairo, an age-old crossroads of Asia, Africa and Europe. Set on the Nile delta, Egypt’s “city of a thousand minarets” enjoys a rich architectural tradition that includes the Great Pyramid of Giza — the only remaining Ancient Wonder of the World — as well as the marvelous Grand Egyptian Museum.

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (3 nights)

DAY 2

CAIRO

IMMERSED IN ANTIQUITIES

Today, accompany your A&K Egyptologist to explore the Grand Egyptian Museum, showcasing over 100,000 artifacts that span Egypt’s sprawling history, including treasures from the tomb of “the boy king,” Tutankhamun, history’s King Tut. This once-in-a-lifetime opportunity puts you up close with artifacts, from the stone tools and pottery of the earliest human settlements along the Nile to the Greco-Roman era. This evening, join your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

CAIRO

THE GREAT PYRAMID AND PAWS OF THE SPHINX

On the Giza Plateau, view the great pyramids of Khufu, Khafre and Menkaure as well as other historical sites. Enter the Great Pyramid of Cheops — last remaining of the Seven Wonders of the Ancient World — stepping back in time some 4,000 years as you do. Then, enjoy special private access to the Great Sphinx, seizing the rare opportunity to lay your hands on its massive paws. Meals: B L

DAY 4

LUXOR

TWO OF EGYPT’S FINEST TEMPLES

Fly south to Luxor, formerly known as Thebes, where you visit the Temple of Karnak, a vast complex of monumental columns, temples and statues devoted to Amun-Ra and other ancient Egyptian deities that surpasses Angkor Wat in size. Then board Sun Boat III, your luxurious home on the Nile for the next seven nights, in time for lunch. Afterward, explore the Temple of Luxor. This evening, gather for a complimentary cocktail and canapés, followed by dinner. Meals: B L D

Sun Boat III, an A&K Sanctuary (7 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

A&K gives you insider access to the Great Sphinx at Giza; a sense the enduring majesty remains at the Temple of Isis; behold intricate carvings and colorful decorations of tombs and temples in the Valley of the Kings.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SUN BOAT III, AN A&K SANCTUARY Award-winning boutique cruise vessel with intimate ambience and personalized service. ▼

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA Luxury suite accommodations offering spectacular Nile views.

DAY 5

CRUISING

THE

NILE THE DISCOVERY OF TUTANKHAMUN

On the Nile’s West Bank, continue to encounter ancient Egypt, starting at the fabled Colossi of Memnon, two enormous, seated statues of Amenhotep III. Next comes the terraced funerary temple of Queen Hatshepsut, Egypt’s first female pharaoh, and the Valley of the Kings, burial ground of the pharaohs. Enter the iconic tomb of Tutankhamun (King Tut), before visiting the former home of Howard Carter, the legendary archaeologist who found it. Gain entry to the lesser-visited, well-preserved tomb of Seti I, father of Ramses II. Then, in the Valley of the Queens, explore the tomb of Queen Nefertari, said to be the finest tomb in Egypt. Later today, explore the Luxor Museum, browsing its fascinating collections. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

CRUISING THE NILE GRANDEUR BY HOT AIR BALLOON

Rise early for an exhilarating hot air balloon ride over the Nile and the temples that line its shores. Afterward, go off the beaten path to one of Luxor’s less-visited sites, Medinet Habu, built by Ramses III. Back on board, cruise toward Esna, cocktail in hand. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

CRUISING

THE

NILE REMNANTS OF GREECE AND ROME

Explore the Greco-Roman Temple of Khnum at Esna with your Egyptologist guide and then cruise to Edfu, where you visit the wellpreserved Temple of Horus, the falcon-headed god of kingship and healing. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

CRUISING THE NILE TEMPLE OF THE SUN

Relax on board this morning. After lunch, learn to prepare local dishes during a culinary experience led by your onboard chef. Disembark in Kom Ombo for a walking visit to this lovely Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Haroeris (the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god). Join the party tonight, wearing traditional Egyptian galabeyas and savoring a lavish buffet of Egyptian specialties, followed by Arabic music and dancing. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

CRUISING THE NILE ISLAND TEMPLE OF ISIS

Disembark in Aswan to visit the granite quarries that supplied stone for many of Egypt’s

pyramids and temples. View the 1,200-ton “Unfinished Obelisk” and then boat to the island of Agilika to admire the exquisite Temple of Philae, dedicated to the goddess Isis. Sail by felucca (traditional sailing vessel), weather permitting, around Elephantine Island and view the splendid Aga Khan Mausoleum. After lunch, relax on board or explore a local Aswan spice market. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

ABU SIMBEL

TRIBUTE TO RAMSES II

Fly to Abu Simbel, site of the magnificent temple of Ramses II, and marvel at the four enormous statues of the pharaoh that grace its façade, each over 60 feet high. Eat lunch before flying back to Aswan. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

CAIRO

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Disembark Sun Boat III and return to Cairo in time for lunch. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Discover Coptic Cairo, visiting a church built where the Holy Family stayed and other Christian sites.

Tour Islamic Cairo, including the lively Khan el-Khalili Bazaar.

View the Royal Mummies, and countless other artifacts as you tour the National Museum of Egyptian Civilization.

The rest of your day is on your own. Meals: B L

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights)

DAY 12

CAIRO

PRIVATE OPENING OF WAHTYE’S TOMB

Venture just outside of Cairo to Sakkara, the vast necropolis of ancient Memphis, site of the famous Step Pyramid. Built by Djoser I in 2700 BC, it is the world’s oldest stone structure. Then bask in a special private opening of the 4,400-year-old tomb of Wahtye. Unearthed in 2018, it is completely untouched and filled with painted hieroglyphics, sculptures and inscriptions. Also visit the Mereruka Tomb, one of the most exquisitely decorated tombs of the Old Kingdom. Tonight, gather for a memorable farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

DEPART CAIRO

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Feb 6-18 Feb 21-Mar 5 Mar 4-16

Departures are not guaranteed to operate. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements.

GO FURTHER

JORDAN PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Discover Jordan’s historical and architectural marvels, from Amman to Jerash and Mount Nebo to Petra.

5 days from $4,995 per person

Clockwise from far left:

Enter the Great Pyramid of Cheops at Giza, the last remaining ancient wonder of the world; discover the Nile Valley by hot air balloon; the immense Temple of Hatshepsut is worthy of your time; and the countless ancient treasures found throughout your journey create enduring memories.

PETRA, THE PYRAMIDS AND A NILE YACHT CRUISE

Ask any of our guests and they’ll agree: our acclaimed Egyptologists and local experts reveal both ancient and modern Jordan and Egypt like no one else. Experience this difference firsthand as our experts unlock the secrets of Wadi Rum’s Valley of the Moon and Petra’s iconic Treasury. Then, sail the Upper Nile from Luxor to Aswan aboard bespoke dahabeah Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary, pausing to take in ancient sites along the way and returning to Cairo for the Great Pyramids of Giza.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 12 GUESTS

From $17,495 per person

$4,395 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Delve into the winding carved canyons of Petra, marveling at the iconic Treasury façade and learning its storied past

Your 4x4 navigates the red moonscape of Wadi Rum for a Bedouin-inspired experience beneath the desert stars

Unwind with a relaxing float in the buoyant, restorative waters of the Dead Sea

Your exclusive charter of Zein Nile Chateau sails the Nile in refined luxury, pausing to visit the Temple of Luxor and the tomb of Tutankhamun

On the Giza Plateau, step inside one of the pyramids and admire the Great Sphinx

Fly to Abu Simbel to explore the temples of Ramses II and Queen Nefertari

DAY 1

ARRIVE AMMAN, JORDAN

Extending a warm hand of friendship to the west since the reign of King Hussein, Jordan’s modern capital of Amman sits perched atop seven majestic hills in the northeastern corner of Jordan. This colorful and accessible urban center makes an ideal home base from which to explore the Dead Sea and Petra to the south.

The St. Regis Amman (2 nights)

DAY 2

AMMAN

MOUNT NEBO AND MADABA

Journey this morning to Mount Nebo, in the footsteps of Moses, for expansive views of the Holy Land. Proceed to Madaba, known as the “City of Mosaics” for its spectacular Byzantine and Umayyad examples of the vividly colored local stone tiles. Later, explore the Royal Automobile Museum, where King Hussein’s collection mirrors Jordan’s modern history. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

WADI RUM IN THE VALLEY OF THE MOON

Get to know Amman, visiting its historic downtown, the Citadel and the impressive

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Roman Theater. Travel to Wadi Rum — the “Valley of the Moon” — which you explore by 4x4, traversing rose-tinted vistas and visiting a place where Lawrence of Arabia once lived. “Vast, echoing and God-like,” as Lawrence himself once described it, the area takes its name from the grandest of Jordan’s wadis, or valleys, and for the past thousand years it has witnessed life among the nomadic Bedouin and the trading caravans en route to or from the Arabian Peninsula. Tonight, embrace Bedouin life firsthand with a chef-led dinner beneath twinkling desert skies. Meals: B L D

Hayat Rum Camp (1 night)

DAY 4

PETRA

EXPLORING THE “ROSE-RED” CITY

Explore stunning Petra, the ancient Nabataean city carved from solid rock. Enter through the Siq, a narrow gap, to view the majestic Treasury, Temple of the Winged Lions and Palace Tomb. After lunch, relax on a drive to your hotel along the shore of the Dead Sea. Meals: B L

Kempinski Hotel Ishtar Dead Sea (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Jordan’s Wadi Rum is called “The Valley of the Moon” for good reason; cruise the Nile aboard bespoke dahabeah Zein Nile Chateau; and behold ancient carvings in the Temple of Horus and elsewhere during your visit to Egypt.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CAIRO AT NILE PLAZA

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel set on the Nile Corniche.

ZEIN NILE CHATEAU, AN A&K SANCTUARY

The first bespoke dahabeah built to international luxury standards.

▼

KEMPINSKI HOTEL ISHTAR DEAD SEA

Contemporary luxury hotel perched on the edge of the Dead Sea.

THE ST. REGIS AMMAN

Contemporary luxury hotel that blends heritage with sophistication.

HAYAT RUM CAMP

Eco-friendly luxury camp secluded in arid, mountainous Wadi Rum.

▼

DAY 5

THE DEAD SEA DESIGN YOUR DAY

Today, enjoy one of these Design Your Day options.

Explore Third-Century Jerash, “Pompeii of the Middle East,” with its well-preserved Roman ruins, on foot.

Visit Bethany Beyond the Jordan, on the eastern bank of the Jordan River, known as the baptism site of Jesus.

Relax at the Kempinski Spa, indulging in the spa facilities and a 60-minute massage.

Afterward, enjoy time at leisure, free to float in the restorative waters of the Dead Sea. Sitting some 1,300 feet below sea level, the Dead Sea is the lowest point on the planet. Since the days of Cleopatra and Herod the Great, people have flocked to its waters in pursuit of their curative secrets. Meals: B D

DAY 6

CAIRO, EGYPT LAND OF THE PHARAOHS

Fly to Cairo, set on the Nile delta. Egypt’s “city of a thousand minarets” enjoys a rich architectural tradition that includes no less than the only remaining Ancient Wonder of

the World — the Great Pyramid of Giza — as well as the Grand Egyptian Museum, which you visit this afternoon to view a vast trove of artifacts including treasures from tomb of Tutankhamun, better known as King Tut. Meals: B

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (1 night)

DAY 7

CRUISING THE NILE

TEMPLES OF KARNAK AND LUXOR

Fly to Luxor and journey to the Temple of Karnak, where generations of pharaohs wished to record their names. Walk through the Great Hypostyle Hall with its expertly aligned columns, a sight to behold. Board Zein Nile Chateau, embarking on a four-night cruise. After lunch, disembark to visit the striking Temple of Luxor, and marvel at the Colonnade of Amenhotep III, which leads to the Court of Amenhotep III. Meals: B L D

Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights)

DAY 8

CRUISING THE NILE

THE RESTING PLACE OF KINGS

Discover the Valley of the Kings, the legendary

burial ground of the pharaohs, including entrance into the tomb of “the boy king,” Tutankhamun. View the impressive Temple of Hatshepsut before returning to Zein Nile Chateau. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

CRUISING THE NILE STUNNING TEMPLE OF HORUS

Cruise to the Temple of Horus, the falconheaded god, at Edfu. Built in 230 BC by Ptolemy III, this well-preserved and colorful structure reveals what temple worship in ancient Egypt was like. Sail toward Aswan, sipping a sundowner cocktail while overlooking the Nile. Meals: B L D

DAY 10 ASWAN

SAILING BY FELUCCA

Disembark at Kom Ombo (hill of gold) to visit the Greco-Roman temple dedicated to Haroeris (the sun god) and Sobek (the crocodile god). Continue to Aswan and boat to Philae Temple on the island of Agilika. Then board a felucca (traditional sailboat) to sail around Elephantine Island and later dine on board Zein Nile Chateau. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

ABU SIMBEL AND CAIRO TWIN TEMPLES

Fly to Abu Simbel and discover the commanding twin temples of Ramses II — Egypt’s longest-ruling pharaoh — and his wife, Queen Nefertari. Located on the banks of Lake Nasser, this site is both an ancient and a modern engineering marvel. Return to the airport and fly to Cairo via Aswan, where you enjoy the evening to yourself. Meals: B L

Four Seasons Hotel Cairo at Nile Plaza (2 nights)

DAY 12

CAIRO

MARVELS OF THE GIZA PLATEAU

The necropolis of Sakkara, site of the storied Step Pyramid of King Djoser and the oldestknown Egyptian pyramid, begins today’s show. Then take in the panorama of the Giza Plateau, backdropped by its three iconic pyramids, as well as the fabled Great Sphinx. Tonight, toast to your travels with fellow guests at a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

DEPART CAIRO

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Jan 3-15

Jan 11-23

Jan 19-31

Jan 27-Feb 8

Feb 4-16

Feb 12-24

Mar 4-16

Mar 12-24

Mar 20-Apr 1

Mar 28-Apr 9

Apr 5-17

Apr 13-25

Apr 21-May 3

Apr 29-May 11

May 7-19

May 15-27

May 23-Jun 4

Aug 19-31

Aug 27-Sep 8

Sep 4-16

Sep 12-24

Sep 20-Oct 2

Sep 28-Oct 10

Oct 6-18

Oct 14-26

Oct 22-Nov 3

Oct 30-Nov 11

Nov 7-19

Nov 15-27

Nov 23-Dec 5

Dec 1-13

Dec 9-21

Dec 17-29

Dec 25-

Jan 6, ‘27

Clockwise from far left:

The columns at the Great Hypostyle Hall tower over you; the Dead Sea awaits you with healing waters; see how Petra’s Treasury is carved directly into the stone; and view the enchanting skyline of venerable Cairo.

WONDERS OF MOROCCO: FROM SOUKS TO THE SAHARA

From medieval Fez to bustling Marrakech, Morocco delights with iconic architecture, intoxicating aromas and uniquely hospitable people. Explore these timeless cities, get a taste of local Berber life in the ruggedly beautiful Atlas Mountains and sleep under the stars at A&K’s Private Desert Camp, nestled among towering Sahara dunes.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $10,995 per person

$4,195 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Venture into the Sahara by 4x4 and camelback for an unforgettable overnight stay at A&K’s Private Desert Camp that includes dinner and live Moroccan music

Explore Fez el-Bali, Morocco’s cultural heart, on a guided walk through its winding alleyways and past its myriad souks

Share lively conversation with a female professor over dinner and freely discuss the role of women in modern Morocco

Tread the ancient Roman paths of Volubilis, where soaring arches defy the centuries and vivid 2,000-year-old mosaics tell stories of everyday life

Discover Marrakech at its most authentic, taking in the sights, sounds and scents of its UNESCO-listed medina

Visit local artisans whose works still reflect the influences of Morocco’s historic Roman, Moorish and Berber cultures

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

MOROCCO

Marrakech Rabat

A&K Private Desert Camp Ouarzazate

Casablanca

Essaouira

Erfoud Volubilis

DAY 1

ARRIVE CASABLANCA, MOROCCO

Situated on Morocco’s Atlantic coast, Casablanca pulses with a modern energy, yet whispers of its romantic past — immortalized in the classic Humphrey Bogart movie (set here though filmed in Hollywood) — still linger. Met at the airport, you check in to your luxurious hotel and relax.

Four Seasons Hotel Casablanca (1 night)

DAY 2

RABAT AND FEZ

ANCIENT TRADITIONS AND A RICH HERITAGE

While the port city of Casablanca is Morocco’s largest metropolis and its commercial hub, there are connections to the rich local culture close at hand. Visit the expansive Hassan II Mosque; its minaret is the tallest religious structure in the world. Travel to the Moorish city of Rabat, capital of Morocco, to visit the Mohammed V Mausoleum, dedicated to the founder of modern Morocco, grandfather of the current king. View the Hassan Tower and Oudaya Kasbah. Continue to Fez for a special cocktail reception. Tonight, at your welcome dinner, meet a female professor who shares her insights on the role of women in modern

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Morocco, another example of the kind of insider access possible with A&K. Meals: B L D

Palais Faraj Suites & Spa (3 nights)

DAY 3

FEZ

TIMELESS MEDIEVAL CITY

Explore Fez el-Bali (Old Fez), the cultural heart of Morocco and a renowned center of medieval learning. Stroll the old quarter, with its 9,000 narrow lanes, alleys and souks, on a lively market visit. Watch local craftsmen work with bronze and pottery, and then proceed to the intricately detailed Karaouine. Built in AD 859, it is one of the oldest still-functioning universities in the world. After a stop at Nejjarine Square, visit Fez el-Jadid (New Fez) to visit the Royal Palace, madrasas (Islamic schools) and mellah (Jewish quarter). Meals: B L

DAY 4

VOLUBILIS

ROMAN RUINS AND LUNCH AT A VINEYARD

Journey overland to explore Volubilis, a UNESCO World Heritage Site home to some of the best-preserved Roman ruins in North Africa. With its triumphal arches, basilicas and

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CASABLANCA

Contemporary luxury hotel adorned with traditional Moroccan accents.

A&K PRIVATE DESERT CAMP

A nomad-style desert camp with en suite facilities.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Morocco’s marketplaces still hold the allure of travel’s golden age; admire the intricate carvings at the Karaouine in Fez; experience lively Marrakech on a three night stay.

PALAIS FARAJ SUITES & SPA

Boutique hotel set in a former palace featuring Arab-Andalusian design, in Fez.

L’HOTEL BY CHATEAU DE SABLE

An oasis in the middle of the desert with a refreshing swimming pool.

LE BERBERE PALACE

Spacious, luxurious desert oasis built with flair in the Moroccan style.

FOUR SEASONS RESORT MARRAKECH

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel in a beautiful Moorish garden setting.

▼

capitals, the Volubilis skyline brims with iconic examples of Roman architecture. Among its greatest treasures, however, are the mosaic floors of former family dwellings, depicting figures from epic mythology. A winery outside Meknes offers a chef-led experience at an onsite restaurant set among olive groves. Meals: B L

DAY 5

ERFOUD

DESERT OASIS

Travel to small, desert-fringed Erfoud, pausing for lunch en route and observing everyday life as you pass Berber villages, date palm plantations and the majestic Atlas Mountains. After this scenic drive, your hotel welcomes you and hosts dinner. Meals: B L D

L’Hotel by Chateau de Sable (1 night)

DAY 6

THE SAHARA INTO THE DESERT DUNES

Discover the fortified desert town of Rissani before heading out into the desert dunes of the Sahara, first by four-wheel-drive vehicle amid stunning reddish-hued sand dunes and then by camelback, to your nomadic tented camp, where a reception with mint tea and

pastries awaits you. As the sun sets over the Saharan dunes, celebrate the moment with a thirst-quenching sundowner. Return to your camp for a traditional meal before a campfire, along with distinctively Moroccan entertainment. Meals: B L D

A&K Private Desert Camp (1 night)

DAY 7

OUARZAZATE

ROAD OF A THOUSAND KASBAHS

Journey overland to the city of Ouarzazate, built as a French garrison in the 1920s. Once a stopping point for African traders, it is today a regional trade center, noted for its pottery and carpets. Along the way, absorb stunning views of the High Atlas Mountains and the flourishing Dades Valley on the “Road of a Thousand Kasbahs.” Meals: B L D

Le Berbère Palace (2 nights)

DAY 8

OUARZAZATE

DOOR OF THE DESERT

Admire the Kasbah of Tifoultoute, a majestic 17th-century fortress, and continue to Ait Benhaddou, a UNESCO World Heritage Site and home of the region’s most exotic kasbahs,

some of which have been featured in famous films, including Lawrence of Arabia and Gladiator. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

OUARZAZATE

CROSSING THE HIGH ATLAS

Journey over the High Atlas Mountains, observing everyday life in remote rural towns, to the fascinating “Red City” of Marrakech, where you relax and unwind. Meals: B L D

Four Seasons Resort Marrakech (3 nights)

DAY 10

MARRAKECH

EXPLORING THE RED CITY

Unearth the secrets of Marrakech, starting in the medina, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Marvel at its architectural jewels, including the soaring Koutoubia Minaret. Then visit Ben Youssef Madrasa, once the largest Islamic college in the Maghreb. Later, walk Djemaa el-Fna, Marrakech’s main square, populated by vendors, acrobats, dancers and street musicians performing at every turn. You may also stroll the city’s labyrinthine souks. Meals: B L

DAY 11

MARRAKECH

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Walk the Jardin Majorelle, a picturesque garden created by French painter Jacques Majorelle and later restored by design legend Yves Saint Laurent. Stop at the Yves Saint Laurent Museum nearby for an up-close look at some of the famed designer’s creations. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities:

Learn to Cook with Moroccan Spices with a cooking demonstration and tasting. Explore the Souks of Marrakech with an expert guide, walking narrow streets lined with centuries-old shops.

Visit El Amane Association for Women and Children, a community initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy

Tonight’s special farewell dinner features entertainment by a local Gnaoua band. Meals: B D

DAY 12

DEPART MARRAKECH

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight or join your post-tour extension. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: A magical musical moment at A&K’s Tented Desert Camp in the Sahara; Koutoubia Mosque in Marrakech watches over the plaza; behold the kasbah in Ouarzazate, made famous in cinematic masterpieces; and ride a camel across a classic dune-studded landscape.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 10-21

Jan 15-26

Jan 21-Feb 1

Jan 26-Feb 6

Feb 3-14

Feb 11-22

Feb 14-25

Feb 27-Mar 10

Mar 2-13

Mar 8-19

Mar 15-26

Mar 22-Apr 2

Apr 5-16

Apr 12-23

Apr 22-May 3

Apr 25-May 6

Apr 28-May 9

May 2-13

May 5-16

May 9-20

May 12-23

May 16-27

May 19-30

May 22-Jun 2

May 25-Jun 5

Jun 2-13

Aug 29-Sep 9

Sep 1-12

Sep 5-16

Sep 8-19

Sep 12-23

Sep 15-26

Sep 19-30

Sep 22-Oct 3

Sep 26-Oct 7

Oct 3-14

Oct 11-22

Oct 25-Nov 5

Nov 1-12

Nov 9-20

Nov 18-29

Nov 25-Dec 6

Nov 28-Dec 9

Dec 5-16

Dec 15-26

Dec 18-29

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. Extended drives should be expected to experience the scenery this exotic country has to offer.

GO FURTHER

ESSAOUIRA POST-TOUR EXTENSION

Journey overland from Marrakech to explore the town of Essaouira, and drive the dramatic coastline past stunning cliffs to Casablanca. 4 days from $2,995 per person

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

MOROCCO: TANGIER AND THE BLUE CITY

Once a hub of wartime espionage, Tangier maintains its timeless mystique while welcoming visitors to Morocco’s Atlantic coast with open arms. Moving inland to the south, Chefchaouen’s beguiling blue buildings are a photographer’s dream. On this incredible journey, go beyond the guidebook to discover the insiders’ Tangier and Chefchaouen. Then, delve deeper into the fabric of this storied nation as you explore the lesser-travelled corners of Fez, Rabat, Marrakech and the Atlas Mountains.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$4,195 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Travel between Casablanca and Tangier with ease by high-speed train

Explore Tangier, the real inspiration for the movie Casablanca, and walk its Old Medina

Walk the winding streets of Chefchaouen, where buildings are painted or trimmed in a variety of azure hues symbolic in the lives of Jewish refugees

Step back in time to wander the medieval souks of Fez, browsing for goods by local growers and artisans

Take in the many highlights of Rabat, one of Morocco’s imperial cities, including Oudaya Kasbah, built on a bluff overlooking the Atlantic Ocean

Learn to cook Moroccan specialties in Marrakech or venture into the Agafay Desert or Atlas Mountains

MOROCCO

Casablanca

Tangier

Chefchaouen

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE CASABLANCA, MOROCCO

DAYS 2-3

TANGIER CITY OF ROMANCE AND INTRIGUE

DAY 4

CHEFCHAOUEN

ALLEYWAYS OF THE BLUE CITY

DAY 5

FEZ

MEDIEVAL MAZE OF MOROCCO

DAY 6

VOLUBILIS

ROMAN RUINS AND VINEYARDS

DAY 7

RABAT

DAYS 8-9

MARRAKECH

GARDENS

SECRETS OF THE RED CITY

DAY 10

DEPART MARRAKECH

May 26-Jun 4 Oct 4-13 Dec 1-10 Dec 11-20

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Extended drives should be expected to experience the scenery this exotic country has to offer.

Clockwise from far left:

The blue city of Chefchaouen; stroll a market in lively Marrakech; ever-intriguing Tangier.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FAIRMONT LA MARINA RABAT SALE HOTEL & RESIDENCES

Luxury hotel near the Bouregreg River.

PALAIS FARAJ SUITES & SPA

Boutique hotel in Fez set in a former palace featuring Arab-Andalusian design.

FAIRMONT TAZI PALACE TANGIER

Hilltop 1920s hotel with Andalusianstyle gardens.

PARK HYATT MARRAKECH

Contemporary luxury hotel with local design touches.

ROYAL MANSOUR CASABLANCA

Spectacular new luxury grand hotel that draws on the Moroccan traditions of a private riad with exceptional refinement.

DESERT ADVENTURES IN SAUDI ARABIA AND JORDAN

The stone-carved marvels of Petra in Jordan and AlUla in Saudi Arabia share an ancient connection to the fiercely independent Nabatean civilization that arose in the region during the fourth century BC. Now, for the first time on a single itinerary, explore the fascinating history behind these monuments and gain insight into the people and cultures, past and present, of the fabled desert countries where they’re found.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,995 per person

$7,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience both Petra and AlUla — the archaeological masterpieces of the Nabatean civilization — accompanied by top local experts

Explore the enigmatic, welcoming kingdom of Saudi Arabia, learning about recent changes in Saudi society and politics

Take in the rock-cut tombs of Hegra in AlUla, a Nabatean site carved directly into sandstone cliffs

Spend three nights exploring Petra, including the iconic Treasury building and lesser-visited sites like Little Petra and the Monastery

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE RIYADH, SAUDI ARABIA

DAY 2

RIYADH

SAUDI ROYAL HERITAGE

DAYS 3-5

ALULA

MYSTERIOUS HEGRA AND MORE

DAYS 6-7

PETRA, JORDAN

MAGICAL TREASURY BUILDING

DAY 8

PETRA

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 9

AMMAN

MOUNT NEBO AND CITY OF MOSAICS

DAY 10

AMMAN

THE WHITE CITY

DAY 11

DEPART AMMAN

Feb 14-24 Oct 17-27 Nov 7-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: Petra’s Monastery rivals its Treasury in scale and detail; behold incredible Hegra in AlUla; discover Diriyah, a UNESCO World Heritage Site in Saudi Arabia.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MOVENPICK RESORT PETRA

An oasis of comfort located steps from the entrance to Petra.

BANYAN TREE ALULA

Desert retreat with luxury tented villas set in stunning surroundings.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL RIYADH

Contemporary luxury hotel occupying 20 chic floors of the 65-story Kingdom Centre.

THE RITZ-CARLTON, AMMAN

Contemporary luxury hotel offering an oasis of calm in Jordan’s bustling capital.

ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA

Asia is a treasure chest of time gone by, of dynasties, dzongs, geishas and Great Walls, but also of bullet trains, robots and hologram concerts. Terra cotta warriors outnumber endangered pandas in China; Japan’s valleys echo with folk tales while its cities move at breakneck speed. The slow, storied Mekong weaves through Southeast Asia: Laos, with its French influences; Cambodia, where the temples of Angkor Wat rise from the jungle; and Vietnam, a land of historic and cultural authenticity. In India, holy rites are still held beside the Ganges and the Bengal tiger still stalks the forest while in Australia and New Zealand a blend of indigenous cultures, dazzling cities and natural wonders beckons.

Bangkok’s Grand Palace

CLASSIC JAPAN

A history-laden land of both continuity and contrast, Japan endlessly fascinates. From the daytime buzz and nighttime flash of cosmopolitan Tokyo to the quiet charms of traditional Kyoto, immerse yourself in a breadth of firsthand experiences, visiting ornate temples, overnighting at a sought-after ryokan and savoring culinary treasures.

9

DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,995 per person

$7,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Come in spring to witness the dazzling profusion of white and pink cherry blossoms, known locally as sakura, or visit in autumn to view the vivid red leaves at their peak

Feel the vitality of neon-lit Tokyo as you try your hand at taiko drums and peruse a seafood market

Experience the timeless hospitality of Gôra Kadan, one of the country’s most exclusive ryokans (traditional inns), on a stay made possible by A&K’s small group size

With the snow-capped majesty of Mount Fuji for a backdrop, zoom by bullet train to Osaka, where you explore the lively Dotonbori district

Discover the art of the tea ceremony, witness sumo wrestling and take part in a special geisha dinner, encountering the rich cultural heritage of Japan at every turn

DAY 1 ARRIVE TOKYO, JAPAN

With approximately 40 million residents, Tokyo is a dazzling city unique in the world. From the many-angled pedestrian dashes across Shibuya Crossing to the extravagant looks worn with panache in the Harajuku district, Tokyo offers a mad whirl of eclectic energy and culture framed by the distant backdrop of iconic Mount Fuji. Settle into your hotel, located near the Imperial Palace.

Four Seasons Hotel Tokyo at Otemachi (3 nights)

DAY 2

TOKYO

SPIRITUAL CENTERS AND EXCLUSIVE WORKSHOP

Visit Asakusa Kannon Temple, a colorful pagoda-style temple completed in 645 and dedicated to Kannon, the goddess of mercy. Continue to a family-owned workshop that specializes in Japanese drum making — and try your hand at playing the taiko — on an A&Kexclusive experience. After lunch at a local restaurant, explore the Edo-Tokyo Museum, built to preserve the heritage of the city’s last 400 years. Next comes Meiji Shrine, a Shinto complex dedicated to an emperor. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

TOKYO

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Peruse a local fish market, a bustling hub of Japanese daily life boasting a dizzying array of seafood. Then receive a lesson in sushi making, followed by lunch, during a chef-led culinary experience. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Explore Tokyo’s Art Scene with a visit to Mori Art Museum or the Museum of Contemporary Art. Learn the Secrets of the Samurai Warriors and test your sword skills during a private class led by a modern-day master samurai. Indulge in a Sake Tasting, sampling some of Japan’s finest sake and learning about its cultural importance.

Meals: B L

DAY 4 HAKONE

TRADITIONAL RYOKAN

Travel to Hakone, among Japan’s most popular hot-spring destinations and a peaceful contrast with bustling Tokyo. Immerse yourself in the stunning beauty of Fuji-Hakone-Izu National Park, boarding an aerial tram for inspiring views of Mount Fuji. Stroll the grassy hillsides

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL TOKYO AT OTEMACHI

Luxurious hotel situated near the Imperial Palace.

GORA KADAN

Intimate ryokan (traditional inn) located in Hakone National Park.

▼

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL OSAKA

Contemporary luxury hotel offering panoramic views of the Osaka skyline.

HOTEL THE MITSUI KYOTO, A LUXURY COLLECTION HOTEL & SPA

New hotel located near Nijo Castle.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Experience the refined company and entertainment of a geiko (geisha) and her apprentice during a special dinner in Kyoto; admire the delicate beauty of Kinkaku-ji Temple; in Tokyo, celebrate its multi-faceted culture, from temples to taiko to toys.

of Hakone’s Open Air Museum, admiring the sculptures and artworks on display, including pieces by Henry Moore and Rodin. The museum also features one of the world’s finest Picasso exhibits, with over 100 works by the cubist master. Experience unparalleled service and traditional Japanese cuisine at Gôra Kadan, a top-rated ryokan (traditional inn), which is also your hotel for the night. Meals: B L D

Gôra Kadan (1 night)

DAY 5

OSAKA

DOTONBORI DISTRICT DELICACIES

At the Okada Museum of Art, view a stunning collection of paintings, ceramics, lacquerware and bronzes from Japan, Korea and China. Ride by bullet train to Osaka. Historically known as a merchant city, it is today renowned as Japan’s undisputed culinary capital, where diners indulge in everything from octopus dumplings to okonomiyaki, a battered, grilled concoction of chopped cabbage, meat or seafood, and seaweed. This evening, set out to explore the popular Dotonbori District, sampling dishes from the brilliantly lighted and gastronomically creative restaurants that line the street. Meals: B L

Four Seasons Hotel Osaka (2 nights)

DAY 6 NARA A PROFOUNDLY SPIRITUAL HERITAGE

Travel to Nara, Japan’s first capital, to visit Todai-ji, a UNESCO-listed temple complex that holds the largest bronze Buddha statue in Japan. Proceed to Nara Park, home to hundreds of deer, venerated here as divine spirits, which you may feed by hand. Experience a Shinto ceremony at the celebrated Kasuga Taisha Shrine, and then eat lunch. Before returning to Osaka, watch two sumo wrestlers demonstrate their renowned sport at Kehaya-za Sumo Pavilion. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

KYOTO

THE GOLDEN PAVILION AND BAMBOO GROVE

This morning, travel to Kyoto, a beloved city with more than 1,200 years of history. Considered by many to be the spiritual heart of Japan, it is graced with more than 2,000 Buddhist temples and Shinto shrines. Stop for a meditative moment at the iconic Zen rock garden at Ryoan-ji, and then discover the glittering Kinkaku-ji Temple (Golden Pavilion). Covered with gold leaf and surrounded by green gardens, it casts its delicate reflection in a tranquil pond. After lunch, explore the

Arashiyama neighborhood, including the garden of Tenryu-ji Temple. Later, bask in the magical atmosphere of Arashiyama Bamboo Grove as sunlight filters down through towering bamboo shoots, a tranquil and some say healing experience. Meals: B L

Hotel the Mitsui Kyoto, a Luxury Collection Hotel & Spa (2 nights)

DAY 8

KYOTO

HILLSIDE VIEWS AND TEA TRADITIONS

Visit Kiyomizu-dera Temple for inspiring views of Kyoto. At another temple, experience the art of the tea ceremony, noting its refined sense of hospitality and etiquette, which dates to the time of the samurai. Tonight, savor traditional Japanese cuisine while an attending geiko (the word for geisha in the Kyoto dialect) and maiko (apprentice geisha) dance, sing, pour sake and share stories about life in modern Kyoto. Meals: B D

DAY 9

DEPART KYOTO

Take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight or join your post-tour extension. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left:

The Arashiyama Bamboo Grove in Kyoto is ideal for a peaceful, reflective stroll; snowcapped Mount Fuji is even more beautiful at cherry blossom time; Osaka is worth experiencing by day or night.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Feb 20-28

Mar 6-14*

Mar 9-17*

Mar 13-21*

Mar 16-24*

Mar 20-28*

Mar 23-31*

Mar 27-Apr 4*

Mar 30-Apr 7*

Apr 3-11*

Apr 6-14*

Apr 10-18

Apr 13-21

Apr 17-25

May 8-16

May 11-19

May 15-23

May 18-26

May 22-30

May 25-Jun 2

May 29-Jun 6

Jun 1-9

Jun 5-13

Sep 11-19

Sep 14-22

Sep 25-Oct 3

Sep 28-Oct 6

Oct 2-10

Oct 5-13

Oct 12-20

Oct 16-24

Oct 19-27† Oct 23-31† Oct 26-Nov 3† Nov 2-10† Nov 6-14† Nov 9-17† Nov 13-21† Nov 16-24† Nov 30-Dec 8† Dec 7-15†

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey includes long walks. *Best opportunity to see the cherry blossoms of spring. †Best opportunity to see the red leaves of fall.

GO FURTHER

NIKKO PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Discover the many charms of Nikko as you visit national treasures such as the glittering Toshogu Shrine and breathtaking Kegon Waterfall. Connect with Japan’s spirtual side as well, by taking part in a purification ritual, a meditation, and witnessing a moving fire ceremony.

3 days from $3,995 per person

HIROSHIMA POST-TOUR EXTENSION

See Kyoto’s famed Fushimi Inari Shrine before continuing to Osaka for an overnight stay. Ride by bullet train to Hiroshima and visit the Peace Memorial Park and Museum, and see the Itsukushima Shrine. Return to Osaka to depart.

3 days from $3,995 per person

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

ICONIC CHINA AND A YANGTZE CRUISE

China’s more than 5,000 years of history both inform and contrast with its modern incarnation as one of the most rapidly evolving nations on earth. On this far-reaching journey that melds China’s past and present, discover historic Beijing as well as the bustling metropolis of Shanghai. Behold the iconic Terra Cotta Warriors, go up close to giant pandas and explore the storied Yangtze River in comfort aboard an all-balcony river cruiser.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,495 per person

$4,795 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Marvel at the stunning vistas of the famed Three Gorges region during a three-night cruise on the Yangtze River aboard all-balcony Yangzi Explorer II

Experience the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China

Meet the army of an emperor, viewing the astonishing Terra Cotta Warriors in Xi’an, noting how each sports unique facial features and learning their history from an on-site specialist

Encounter an animal emblematic of China when you go up close to giant pandas as they roam through a recreated habitat, and discover the secrets of their daily routine and diet

CHINA

Beijing

Xi’an

Chengdu

Chongqing

Yichang Shanghai

DAY 1

ARRIVE BEIJING, CHINA

A world capital that is home to over 20 million souls, Beijing is the political nerve center of the nation. A&K’s longstanding connections in China offer you special access to some of its most extraordinary people and places.

Four Seasons Hotel Beijing (3 nights)

DAY 2

BEIJING

CHINA’S DYNASTIC CAPITAL

Benefit body and soul with a privately led tai chi lesson taught by a master instructor at the Temple of Heaven. Visit history-laden Tiananmen Square before exploring the grandeur of the Forbidden City. Enjoy a special welcome dinner at your hotel. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

BEIJING

THE WORLD FROM THE GREAT WALL

Travel to the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China. Ride a cable car to the top to take in sweeping mountain views. Return to the city for a revealing walk through a Hutong, a neighborhood of alleyways dating to the Yuan dynasty. Meals: B L

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 4

XI’AN

KEY TO THE GREAT SILK ROAD

Fly to Xi’an, a modern city cloaked in over 3,000 years of history. Once the eastern terminus on the Great Silk Road, Xi’an has become a melting pot of Central Asian and Chinese influences. Enjoy a dumpling-making demonstration led by a chef, followed by lunch. Visit the old city’s Muslim Quarter, with its teeming market and 14th-century Great Mosque, which features Chinese architecture and central Asian embellishments. Meals: B L

The Ritz-Carlton, Xi’an (2 nights)

DAY 5 XI’AN

TERRA COTTA WARRIORS, ARMY FOR THE AFTERLIFE

Visit the excavation site of the Terra Cotta Warriors and Horses, accompanied by an on-site specialist. Learn the latest secrets discovered about this life-size army created during the Qin Dynasty to protect China’s first emperor in his afterlife. More than 8,000 remarkably crafted soldiers are spread throughout three dig pits, each revealing a unique face. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BEIJING

Elegant, luxurious hotel renowned for exceptionally high-quality service.

YANGZI EXPLORER II

Elegant river cruiser featuring the largest cabins on the Yangtze (each with a private balcony) and an excellent staff-to-guest ratio of 1:1.

▼

THE RITZ-CARLTON, XI’AN

Stylish luxury hotel blending classic and modern Chinese decor.

WALDORF ASTORIA CHENGDU

Art Deco-styled luxury hotel offering stunning city views.

Clockwise from far left:

Take in stunning landscapes from the top of the Great Wall of China; get immersed in daily local life during your journey, and marvel at the fine architecture of the Temple of Heaven in Beijing.

WALDORF ASTORIA SHANGHAI ON THE BUND Palatial luxury hotel, superbly located on the Bund.

▼

DAY 6

CHENGDU EXPLORING PEOPLE’S PARK

Travel by bullet train to Chengdu, the capital of Sichuan Province, where Chinese dishes beloved around the world originated. After a zesty Sichuan hot pot lunch, immerse yourself in local life at People’s Park, where you learn about traditional matchmaking. Meals: B L D

Waldorf Astoria Chengdu (1 night)

DAY 7

CHENGDU AND CHONGQING THE PANDA, CHINA’S LIVING ICON

Visit the Chengdu Panda Breeding and Research Center for the rare opportunity to observe these endangered creatures roaming their specially designed habitat. Then ride by high-speed rail to Chongqing, where you embark Yangzi Explorer II. Meals: B L D

Yangzi Explorer II (3 nights)

DAYS 8-9

CRUISING THE YANGTZE ALONG ASIA’S GREAT RIVER

Take in the scenery along the Yangtze as you partake in tai chi on deck. In the small city of

Fuling, visit the 816 Nuclear Military Plant or opt to check out the Baiheliang Underwater Museum. The next morning, Yangzi Explorer II navigates the Qutang Gorge before docking at Wushan. Disembark to explore among the high peaks near the river. Back on board, pass through the majestic Wu and Xiling Gorges. Arrive at the Three Gorges Dam, where you pass through the ship lift, a fascinating experience seldom allowed for your type of vessel. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

YICHANG AND SHANGHAI

INTRODUCTION

TO SHANGHAI

Disembark in Yichang and fly to Shanghai, arriving in time for lunch. Then settle in to your elegant hotel on the city’s historic Bund. A worthy rival of New York and Paris, Shanghai offers cultural and culinary treasures as well as a colorful nightlife. Meals: B L

Waldorf Astoria Shanghai on the Bund (3 nights)

DAY 11

SHANGHAI

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Explore dynamic Shanghai, where stunning modern skylines meet classic street markets

and gardens. Head to the observation deck of the Shanghai Tower for panoramic views. Then enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Walk Shanghai’s Historic Jewish Quarter and learn how it became a haven for Jews fleeing Europe in World War II.

Try Your Hand at Calligraphy at a class led by an expert in this venerated Chinese art.

Cycle Through Pudong, exploring Shanghai’s district filled with gleaming skyscrapers.

Finish your day with a refreshing cocktail. Meals: B

DAY 12

SHANGHAI WALKING THE BUND

Stroll along the lively and scenic Bund, Shanghai’s most popular promenade, and then explore the French Concession with a local historian. Later visit Old Town and the 16th-century Yu Garden. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

DEPART SHANGHAI

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Mar 20-Apr 1

Mar 27-Apr 8

Apr 3-15

Apr 10-22

Apr 17-29

Apr 24-May 6

May 8-20

May 15-27

May 22-Jun 3

May 29-Jun 10

Jun 19-Jul 1

Jul 3-15

Jul 17-29

Jul 31-Aug 12

Aug 14-26

Aug 21-Sep 2

Aug 28-Sep 9

Sep 4-16

Sep 11-23

Sep 18-30

Oct 9-21

Oct 16-28

Oct 23-Nov 4

Oct 30-Nov 11

Nov 13-25

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey requires walking over steep, uneven terrain and stairs, to visit sites. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers may be travelling onboard ship simultaneously.

GO FURTHER

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

Clockwise from far left: Beijing’s Forbidden City, where generations of emperors walked; the futuristic and unforgettable Shanghai skyline; cruise the soaring Three Gorges region of the Yangtze; and look into the faces of Xi’an’s army of Terra Cotta Warriors.

MOUNTAINS AND MYTHS IN CHINA AND TIBET

Blending classic destinations with off-the-beaten-path locales, this journey ranges from Beijing and the Great Wall to glittering Hong Kong, packing an in-depth exploration of Tibet and the Yunnan province in between. Explore sites that reveal the serene beauty of Tibetan Buddhist culture and learn about the lives of the Naxi minority. Visit the real-life Shangri-La and, in Lhasa, walk in the footsteps of the Dalai Lama.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,795 per person

$1,895 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Stand atop a restored section of the Great Wall near Beijing, taking in rolling mountain vistas

Learn about Yunnan’s diverse minorities including the Naxi culture in Lijiang

Immerse yourself in Tibetan culture in Lhasa and Shangri-La

Explore the iconic Potala Palace and Sera Monastery in Lhasa, at the heart of Tibetan spirituality

Take in the scenic wonders of Yunnan such as Jade Dragon Snow Mountain, Tiger Leaping Gorge and the otherworldly Stone Forest

Experience the best of bustling Hong Kong, the classic East-Meets-West destination

ARRIVE/DEPART

Hong Kong

Kunming

Lijiang

Lhasa

Shangri-La

DAY 1

ARRIVE BEIJING, CHINA

Beijing is China’s capital, a cultural and political nerve center more than 20 million people call home. Among them are our on-the-ground local experts who help open doors to the city’s most extraordinary experiences.

The Peninsula Beijing (2 nights)

DAY 2

BEIJING WALKING THE GREAT WALL

Meander by pedicab through a hutong — a neighborhood of small winding alleyways — witnessing local daily life firsthand. Then travel outside the city to the well-preserved Mutianyu section of the Great Wall of China. Walk or ride a cable car to the top and view the stunning mountains. Return to Beijing, where tonight you gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAYS 3-4

LIJIANG LEGENDS AND LOST HORIZONS

Fly to Lijiang, a city surrounded by the lofty peaks of the Hengduan Mountains in China’s southwestern Yunnan Province. Home to over

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

a million residents, Lijiang is the hub of the Naxi minority, the descendants of Tibetan nomads. Begin your explorations at Old Town, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Stroll Black Dragon Pool Park, its arched bridge, wood pagoda and snow-crowned mountain backdrop forming a living postcard. Stop by the Dongba Museum to learn more about the Naxi culture. The next day, immerse yourself in the local cultures surrounding Jade Dragon Snow Mountain on a guided tour. Ride by cable car up to Yak Meadow and enjoy a scenic stroll, absorbing the mountain vistas. Proceed to Yuhu Village, where you visit with a Naxi family to learn more about their unique culture, including Naxi traditional dress, and try your hand at their pictographic language. Meals: B L D (Day 3); B L (Day 4)

Banyan Tree Lijiang (2 nights)

DAYS 5-6

SHANGRI-LA

TIGER LEAPING GORGE AND MONASTERY VISIT

Take a scenic drive to Shangri-La, a city named after the Hilton novel’s mythical Tibetan paradise. Cross an 8,600-foot pass, taking in the view of the Yangtze River flowing through the valley below. Stop in the charming village of Shigu to visit a memorial commemorating

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE PENINSULA BEIJING

Elegant, luxurious hotel renowned for exceptionally high-quality service.

BANYAN TREE LIJIANG

Contemporary luxury hotel with guest rooms and villas offering commanding views of Jade Dragon Snow Mountain.

▼

HOTEL INDIGO DIQING MOONLIGHT CITY

Contemporary luxury hotel set atop the heights of Dukezong Ancient Town in Shangri-La.

THE ST. REGIS LHASA RESORT

Tibetan-inspired hideaway featuring a gilded indoor pool.

SHANGRI-LA KUNMING

Deluxe contemporary hotel nestled in the heart of Kunming’s bustling city center.

Clockwise from far left:

Enter soaring Potala Palace in Lhasa; step inside sacred Jokhang temple; walk in the fascinating Stone Forest in Kunming.

THE PENINSULA HONG KONG

Legendary grand luxury hotel located in the heart of Kowloon on Victoria Harbour.

▼

a historic military action. Eat lunch before continuing to Tiger Leaping Gorge, one of the world’s deepest chasms. Upon arrival in Shangri-La, settle into your modern hotel overlooking Old Town (also called Dukezong Ancient Town). The next day, immerse yourself in the Tibetan culture of Shangri-La with a visit to the 300-year-old Songzangling Monastery, also known as Little Potala Palace. Stop into a Tibetan family’s home and sip yak butter tea before visiting the Tibetan Culture Museum to view a colorful thangka (traditional Buddhist painting) exhibition. Climb to Guishan Temple for scenic views and the opportunity to spin one of the largest prayer wheels in the world. Return to Old Town this evening before savoring a Tibetan hot pot dinner. Meals: B L D

Hotel Indigo Diqing Moonlight City (2 nights)

DAY 7

LHASA

GATEWAY TO TIBET

Fly to Lhasa, the heart and soul of Tibet, one of the highest cities on earth at 12,000 feet. Enjoy an afternoon on your own, free to relax and acclimatize. Meals: B D

The St. Regis Lhasa Resort (3 nights)

DAY 8

LHASA BUDDHIST TREASURES

Wander Lhasa’s colorful Barkhor Bazaar, perusing lively market stalls selling all manner of handicrafts, such as ornate prayer wheels, embroidered thangkas and Buddhist rubbings. You may find yourself standing side by side with Tibetan and Chinese residents or even nomads from eastern Tibet. Then discover the spiritual heart of Tibet at the sacred Jokhang, a 1,300-year-old temple housing Tibet’s most revered golden Buddha. Then venture just outside the city to the Sera Monastery, famous for its tantric teachings. Meals: B L

DAY 9

LHASA

PALACE OF THE DALAI LAMA

Begin the day with Sanggye Dhunghor, where some 200 statues are carved into a dramatic rock face. Next, set foot in the towering Potala Palace, considered the crowning glory of Lhasa. Once a center of political and religious power, it contained the living quarters of the Dalai Lamas as well as their golden tombs. Proceed to the Dalai Lama’s former summer residence at Norbulingka, a colorful palace surrounded by ponds, gardens and pavilions. This evening, sip cocktails and learn about

Tibetan traditional dress, perhaps donning the garments yourself. Meals: B L D

DAYS 10-11 KUNMING

FLOWERS AND A FOREST OF STONE

Fly to Kunming, the capital of Yunnan province. This “city of eternal spring” is surrounded by mountains on three sides. Kunming’s proximity to several nations just across China’s southeastern border has made it an important transit hub throughout history. Benefiting from abundant annual rainfall and a temperate climate, local gardens bursting with azaleas and rhododendrons are plentiful. Visit Western Hills, a park offering scenic outlooks and temples such as the stone-carved Dragon Gate. The next day, discover one of the most unusual landscapes in China, the Stone Forest. Hike among the rock pillars, spotting notable formations such as Baby Elephant, Baby Buffalo and Moon-Gazing Rhino. Stop at the Shilin Karst Geology Museum before returning to Kunming. Meals: B D (Day 10); B L (Day 11)

Shangri-La Kunming (2 nights)

DAY 12

HONG KONG WHERE EAST MEETS WEST IN STYLE

Walk along colorful, fragrant Yongdao Street, perusing its markets full of flowers, birds and fish before flying to Hong Kong, famed for its dazzling high-rise skyline, electric atmosphere and non-stop nightlife. The original “East meets West” Asian locale, Hong Kong is a capital of culture and a center of world trade. Enjoy an evening to explore the city as you please. Meals: B

The Peninsula Hong Kong (2 nights)

DAY 13

HONG KONG

BUSTLING MARKETS TO FISHING VILLAGES

Experience the city’s bustling market culture with stops at a herbal market, street-side antique shops and an open-air curio market. Ride the funicular up to Victoria Peak for a stunning view of Victoria Harbour, and finish with a traditional sampan (wooden boat) ride through the local fishing villages. Tonight, gather for a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 14

DEPART HONG KONG

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Apr 13-26

May 25-Jun 7

Jun 15-28

Aug 24-Sep 6 Sep 14-27

Oct 12-25

Oct 26-Nov 8 Nov 9-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain at high altitude. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads. Maximum elevation is 12,000 ft. in Lhasa.

Clockwise from far left: Take a picturesque stroll in Black Dragon Pool Park in Lijiang; view deep, stunning Tiger Leaping Gorge; experience Hong Kong’s electric vibe; touch Prayer wheels in Lhasa.

MONGOLIA’S GOLDEN EAGLE FESTIVAL

Step into the rugged landscapes of Mongolia, where ancient nomadic traditions and untamed wilderness converge in an unforgettable adventure. Witness the lively Golden Eagle Festival, where Kazakh hunters showcase their centuries-old bond with mighty birds of prey. Explore the dramatic canyons and dunes of the windswept Gobi Desert, and then experience an authentic glimpse into nomadic life. From the Altai Mountains to the Flaming Cliffs, this journey unveils Mongolia’s rich heritage in awe-inspiring fashion.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $23,995 per person

$5,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the thrill of the Golden Eagle Festival, where Kazakh hunters showcase their powerful bond with these commanding creatures of the sky

Meet a local Kazakh family in the Olgii region and gain a rare insight into their nomadic traditions and way of life, discovering what sets this remote region apart from the rest of Mongolia

Spend three nights at Three Camel Lodge, a boutique retreat in the heart of the Gobi Desert, modeled after traditional Mongolian gers

Explore the legendary Flaming Cliffs, where paleontologists first unearthed fossilized dinosaur eggs, tracing the footsteps of these ancient titans

Ulaanbaatar

Gobi Desert

Olgii

DAY 1 ARRIVE IN ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

In many ways still untouched by the outside world, Mongolia offers travellers vast, memorable vistas; warm, welcoming locals; and a timeless nomadic culture waiting for you to discover. Touch down in Mongolia’s capital, Ulaanbaatar, where the echoes of Genghis Khan’s empire meet a rapidly modernizing cityscape. Arrive and settle into your hotel.

Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (2 nights)

DAY 2

ULAANBAATAR

TRACING THE LEGACY OF GENGHIS

KHAN

Step back in time at the Chinggis Khaan Museum, Mongolia’s largest museum, and see a sampling of rare artifacts from the Mongol Empire, guided by a local expert. Spend a leisurely afternoon and explore the city’s bustling streets, where Buddhist monasteries and Soviet-era buildings stand side by side. This evening, gather for a welcome dinner at your hotel. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3 OLGII

KAZAKH ENCOUNTER

Fly west to Olgii, a remote region in the Altai Mountains where the Kazakh people have preserved the ancient tradition of hunting with golden eagles. Explore the Eagle Hunters Cultural Center, where the rich history of eagle hunting is preserved. Stop at striking Tolbo Lake to behold the beauty of its sapphire waters. Visit a local Kazakh family, gaining insight into their traditional way of life. End the day with dinner at your ger camp. Meals: B L D

Ger Camp (3 nights)

DAY 4

OLGII

GOLDEN EAGLE FESTIVAL

Today begins the first day of the Golden Eagle Festival, an extraordinary gathering of eagle hunters competing in feats of skill and precision. Begin with the parade of eagle hunters, where Kazakh hunters in full traditional dress ride horseback while showcasing their majestic birds. Then catch the eagle-calling contests, and watch as eagles respond to their owner’s call, swooping down from the hilltops in a majestic display of speed and agility. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SHANGRI-LA ULAANBAATAR

Deluxe accommodations with Horizon Club access, located in the city center within walking distance of the Government House.

THREE CAMEL LODGE

A luxurious take on the traditional Mongolian nomadic lifestyle, the lodge embraces environmental and cultural sustainability.

▼

GER CAMP

Tented camp of traditional Mongolian gers featuring en-suite bathrooms, surrounded by the breathtaking Altai Mountains.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Visit the fossil-rich Flaming Cliffs of the Gobi Desert; Mongolia’s history is reflected in the garments and traditions of locals; the austere beauty of Tolbo Lake.

DAY 5

OLGII A CELEBRATION OF TRADITION

Return to the festival for a second day of exhilarating competition. Observe tenge ilu, a horseback challenge where riders grab coins from the ground mid-gallop, and kykbar, a spirited game of tug-of-war on horseback. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

ULAANBAATAR

RETURN TO THE CAPITAL

Bid farewell to Olgii and fly back to Ulaanbaatar. Meals: B L D

Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (2 nights)

DAY 7

ULAANBAATAR MONASTERIES & CULTURAL TREASURES

Visit Gandan Khiid Monastery, home to a towering 75-foot statue adorned in gold and precious stones. Meet with a top-ranking lama, who offers insight into Mongolian monastic life. Explore the Natural History Museum and Institute of Paleontology. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

GOBI DESERT

A VAST, OTHERWORLDLY WILDERNESS

Fly over the Mongolian steppe to the legendary Gobi Desert, renowned for its vast open spaces and rugged mountain ranges. Golden eagles, mountain sheep and Bactrian camels call this sparse habitat home. Settle into your lodge, a retreat in the style of traditional Mongolian gers. Meals: B L D

Three Camel Lodge (3 nights)

DAY 9

GOBI DESERT

VALLEY OF THE EAGLES AND NOMADIC CULTURE

Spend the morning exploring Yol Valley, a narrow, craggy chasm. Hike the valley for a chance to spot vulture-like lammergeiers and Altai snowcocks as well as ibex, yak and Argali mountain sheep. Later, try your hand at archery and witness the construction of a traditional ger, gaining a deeper understanding of Mongolia’s nomadic culture. In the evening, soak in the sweeping views of the Milky Way stretching across the horizon. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

GOBI DESERT CAMEL RIDING AND FLAMING CLIFFS

Ride a Bactrian camel across the undulating dunes of Moltsog Els, just as Mongolian nomads have for generations. In the afternoon, visit the legendary Flaming Cliffs, where paleontologists first discovered dinosaur eggs over a century ago. Marvel at the rugged beauty of this otherworldly terrain as the sun sets the cliffs ablaze in fiery hues. Enjoy a relaxing dinner at the lodge. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

ULAANBAATAR

A RETURN TO CITY LIFE

Fly back to Ulaanbaatar, enjoying an afternoon at leisure to explore the capital at your own pace. This evening, gather for your farewell dinner, celebrating the memories made on this once-in-a-lifetime journey. Meals: B L D

Shangri-La Ulaanbaatar (1 night)

DAY 12

DEPART ULAANBAATAR

After breakfast, transfer to the airport to meet your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Sep 13-24

Sep 30-Oct 11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey requires walking over uneven terrain to visit sites. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads and limited access to Western cuisine.

Clockwise from far left:

Witness the amazing collaboration between humans and golden eagles; the towering Buddha statue at Gandan Monastery; trace the history of Genghis Kahn in Ulaanbaatar; feel the epic scale of the Yol Valley.

MONGOLIA: NAADAM FESTIVAL

AND GOBI

DESERT

ADVENTURE

While many travellers once considered this destination too remote, too vast and too wild, today’s adventurers in the know are happy to have it to themselves. On a journey filled with unique cultural experiences, your acclaimed Resident Tour Director leads you on a history-spanning itinerary that encompasses a centuries-old Mongolian festival along with the far-flung wilds of the Gobi Desert.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,995 per person

$5,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Witness the pageantry of the Naadam Festival’s opening ceremonies and its traditional contests of archery, wrestling and horse racing

Spend three nights in the Gobi at Three Camel Lodge, a boutique property modeled after traditional Mongolian gers

In Moltsog Els, ride a camel through a vast dunescape seldom seen by Western eyes

Explore the Flaming Cliffs, a haunting landscape where paleontologists first unearthed fossilized dinosaur eggs

MONGOLIA

Ulaanbaatar

Gobi Desert

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE ULAANBAATAR, MONGOLIA

DAYS 2-3

ULAANBAATAR

GENGHIS KHAN AND HIS EMPIRE

DAYS 4-5

GOBI DESERT

WILDLIFE AND THE FLAMING CLIFFS

DAY 6

GOBI DESERT

MEET A CAMEL HERDING FAMILY

DAY 7

ULAANBAATAR

TRADITIONAL DANCES AND SONGS

DAYS 8-9

ULAANBAATAR

NAADAM FESTIVAL — STUNNING

PAGEANTRY AND COMPETITION

DAY 10

DEPART ULAANBAATAR

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

July 4-13

July 9-18*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey requires walking over uneven terrain to visit sites. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads and limited access to Western cuisine. *Departure has slightly altered itinerary to accommodate the Naadam Festival dates.

Clockwise from far left:

Traditional gers in the Gobi Desert; a local with a Bactrian camel; take in lively competitions in archery — and other sports derived from the need to survive in a challenging environment — at the Naadam Festival.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THREE CAMEL LODGE

A luxurious take on the traditional Mongolian nomadic lifestyle, the lodge embraces environmentally and culturally sustainable practices. ▼

SHANGRI-LA, ULAANBAATAR

Deluxe accommodations with Horizon Club access, located in the city center within walking distance of the Government House.

VIETNAM: CULTURAL AND CULINARY ADVENTURE

Beautiful, traditional Vietnam is alternately bustling and tranquil, and its food is a destination unto itself. Discover the many flavors of Vietnamese culture and cuisine alike on this fun journey for foodies, sampling local favorites, meeting with farmers in the Mekong Delta and eating mouthwatering meals at restaurants that each earned a Michelin star.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $7,495 per person

$3,795 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the contrast of Vietnam’s two largest cities: traditional Hanoi and modern Ho Chi Minh City

Cruise through breathtaking seascapes on an overnight cruise on stunning, karst islanddotted Ha Long Bay

Dine at two Michelin-starred restaurants: Tam Vi in Hanoi and Anan in Ho Chi Minh City

Ride through Ho Chi Minh City on the back of a Vespa scooter and sample Vietnamese delicacies in hidden-away places for an authentic taste of local life

Explore the rural landscapes of the Mekong Delta, where you visit local farmers whose crops contribute to the diversity of the Vietnamese palate

VIETNAM

Hanoi Ha Long Bay Hai Phong Ho Chi Minh City

DAY 1

ARRIVE HANOI, VIETNAM

With one foot in the past and one in the present, Hanoi is the cultural heart of Vietnam, offering visitors a visceral travel experience that is both captivating and reflective.

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi (3 nights)

DAY 2

HANOI

LEGACIES AND LANDMARKS

Visit Ho Chi Minh’s house, a simple structure set among banyan and milkweed trees that served as home to the revolutionary guerrilla leader who pursued independence for Vietnam. Continue to the lotus-shaped One Pillar Pagoda, dating back to the first Vietnamese empire independent from China and the Temple of Literature, Hanoi’s first university. Eat a traditional Vietnamese meal at Michelin-starred Tam Vi. Later, stop at a café for a cup of Hanoi’s famous egg coffee before continuing to Hoa Lo Prison, the infamous “Hanoi Hilton” where American prisoners of war were once confined. Return to your hotel for a welcome cocktail and canapés. This evening, set out for a welcome dinner at a Michelin select restaurant serving dishes inspired by Vietnam’s heritage. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

HANOI

CHARMS OF THE OLD QUARTER

Ride by cyclo (rickshaw) around Hanoi’s Old Quarter, and then explore Hanoi town on a guided walking tour. Taste Hanoian street food and specialties, including pho and bun cha, as well as local beers or drinks along the way, for a unique chef-led culinary experience. Return to the hotel with your afternoon at leisure, free to relax or take advantage of your hotel’s amenities. Later, gather for a traditional water puppet show, a colorful and captivating experience. Tonight, head out for dinner at another top local restaurant. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

HA LONG BAY CRUISING AMONG THE KARSTS

Travel to the shores of the Gulf of Tonkin, where you board your vessel for a cruise of picturesque Ha Long and Lan Ha Bays. Relax on deck as your ship snakes its way past countless islets, their striking karst outcrops rising dramatically from the emerald waters. Once anchored, begin exploring this secret hideaway of beaches, caves and coves. Later, watch a sunset framed against the Gulf of Tonkin with a refreshing drink in hand. After dinner onboard, retire to your cabin for a restful

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

LYRA GRANDEUR

Elegant, all-balcony ship that plies the waters of Ha Long and Lan Ha Bays.

SOFITEL LEGEND METROPOLE HANOI

Landmark French-colonial style luxury hotel in the heart of Hanoi.

▼

THE REVERIE SAIGON

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

View local life firsthand in Hanoi; savor some traditional street food; explore Ho Chi Minh City on your choice of Design Your Day options.

night’s sleep as the waves lap gently against the hull. Meals: B L D

Lyra Grandeur (1 night)

DAY 5

HA LONG BAY AND HO CHI MINH CITY

SUNRISE OVER THE BAY OF TONKIN

Begin with optional traditional morning exercises on the sundeck, followed by breakfast. Set out for a morning excursion among the towering limestone pinnacles. Return for brunch on board as you cruise back to home port. Disembark and drive to Hai Phong for your flight to Ho Chi Minh City. Formerly Saigon, the city now named for “Uncle Ho” enchants with bustling streets abuzz with motorbikes, friendly people and a welcoming, easygoing vibe. Settle into your hotel, with your evening free. Meals: B L

The Reverie Saigon (3 nights)

DAY 6

HO CHI MINH CITY DESIGN YOUR DAY

Start your day with a cyclo ride to a local park. Stroll through this neighborhood gathering place and observe the locals partaking in

their morning rituals, from tai chi practice to a game of badminton. Stop for a cup of freshly brewed Vietnamese coffee before continuing to a local shop serving up banh mi — a crispy, light baguette stuffed with egg or other fillings, such as pâté, cold cuts and pickled vegetables. Afterward, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Discover Vietnamese Coffee and Culture with a local barista and learn how to brew some of the country’s popular coffee blends. Savor the Ultimate Noodle Experience, venturing beyond pho to sample other types of noodles from street vendors in small alleys and local neighborhoods.

Cycle the Countryside through villages, past vegetable gardens, the local market and agricultural landscapes, observing authentic local life along the way.

Tonight, immerse yourself in Ho Chi Minh City’s buzzing nightlife, riding a vintage Vespa through lively street traffic, stopping at a historic bridge to tip back a signature Vietnamese drink and take in an enchanting view of the riverside. Then, zip through side streets and alleyways to find hidden-away food stalls and restaurants. Meals: B D

DAY 7

HO CHI MINH CITY WATERWAYS OF THE MEKONG DELTA

Drive to My Tho in the Mekong Delta, where you board a traditional wooden boat to Thoi Son island. Disembark to visit a fishfarming family as well as a mushroom farm and grapefruit orchard. Stop for lunch at the island’s lodge before cruising back to the mainland, returning to Ho Chi Minh City by late afternoon. After some time to relax and freshen up at your hotel, gather for rooftop cocktails at a historic venue followed by an unforgettable farewell dinner at Michelinstarred Anan. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

DEPART HO CHI MINH CITY

After breakfast, privately transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Jan 15-22

Jan 29-Feb 5

Mar 5-12

Mar 26-Apr 2

Apr 9-16 Sep 17-24 Oct 8-15 Oct 22-29

Nov 5-12 Nov 12-19 Dec 10-17

Clockwise from far left:

Freshly grown produce at a local market; visit the Temple of Literature in Hanoi; glide in style on Ha Long Bay; sample authentic Vietnamese cuisine throughout your journey.

ANGKOR WAT AND ICONS OF SOUTHEAST ASIA

Southeast Asia is home to the vibrant nations of Vietnam, Cambodia, Laos and Thailand. This comprehensive and far-flung journey reveals their historical, cultural and culinary treasures, from karst-adorned Ha Long Bay and incomparable Angkor Wat to charming Luang Prabang and temple-laden Bangkok.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,695 per person

$4,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Engage with the complex history of Vietnam, north and south, as you visit the infamous “Hanoi Hilton” and inspect the Cu Chi Tunnels, where you may meet with a Vietcong veteran

Glide among stunning limestone islands and watch the sun set and rise again during a relaxing overnight cruise on tranquil Ha Long Bay

Venture straight into the heart of daily life in Ho Chi Minh City, riding by cyclo through the streets at dawn to observe local life, stopping for coffee and savoring sensational pho at a culinary hotspot

Explore Cambodia’s most storied temples with an expert local guide, including Angkor Wat, Bayon and Ta Prohm, during a two-night sojourn in Siem Reap

In serene Luang Prabang, meet with locals in their home for a baci ceremony and take part in an alms-giving tradition that immerses you in the community’s spiritual life

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Hanoi

Reap

Ha Long Bay

Prabang

Phong

Chi Minh City

DAY 1

ARRIVE HANOI, VIETNAM

The capital city of Vietnam, bustling Hanoi lies in the north of the country. With streets that reveal remnants of Chinese and French occupation now filled with scooters, stalls dishing up fragrant pho and farmers peddling their home-grown produce, Hanoi beckons.

Sofitel Legend Metropole Hanoi (2 nights)

DAY 2

HANOI

EXPLORING THE HISTORIC OLD QUARTER

Visit Ho Chi Minh’s house, once home to the revolutionary guerrilla leader. After lunch, visit the infamous “Hanoi Hilton” prison, and then ride by cyclo through the city’s Old Quarter. Later, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY

3

HA LONG BAY

CRUISING AMONG THE KARSTS

Travel to the shores of the Gulf of Tonkin, for a cruise of picturesque Ha Long and Lan Ha bays. Relax on deck as your ship snakes its way past countless islets, their striking karst

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

outcrops rising dramatically from the emerald waters. Meals: B L D

Lyra Grandeur (1 night)

DAY 4

HA LONG BAY AND HO CHI MINH CITY

SUNRISE TAI CHI

Begin the day with sunrise tai chi on deck as you glide among the towering limestone pinnacles. Cruise home to port and fly from Hai Phong to Ho Chi Minh City. Meals: B L

The Reverie Saigon (3 nights)

DAY 5

HO CHI MINH CITY

VIBRANT, EVOCATIVE SAIGON

Buzzing, high-energy Ho Chi Minh City resides in the heart of the country’s south, where the scent of incense from temples mingles with enticing food-stall aromas. Rise early for an A&K-exclusive cyclo ride through the streets as the city slowly comes to life. Sample some sensational pho at a popular restaurant. At lunch, participate in a chef-led experience, trying your hand at making banh xeo, a savory Vietnamese pancake. Later, view Reunification Palace and visit a Cao Dai temple. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SOFITEL LEGEND METROPOLE HANOI

Landmark French-colonial style luxury hotel in the heart of Hanoi.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BANGKOK AT CHAO PHRAYA

Elegant luxury hotel with views of the river.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Join in the custom of giving alms to monks in Luang Prabang; walk through a small flower market in Ho Chi Minh City; and cruise in comfort amid the striking beauty of Ha Long Bay.

LA RESIDENCE PHOU VAO, LUANG PRABANG

Tranquil boutique luxury hotel.

RAFFLES GRAND HOTEL D’ANGKOR

Iconic grand luxury hotel built in 1929, located near the temple ruins.

LYRA GRANDEUR

Elegant, all-balcony ship that plies the waters of Ha Long and Lan Ha Bays.

THE REVERIE SAIGON

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City.

▼

DAY 6

HO CHI MINH CITY DESIGN YOUR DAY

First explore the Cu Chi Tunnels, and then enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit the War Remnants Museum to view war photographs and walk a historic neighborhood. Explore the City’s Bustling Culinary Scene, sampling dishes prepared by streetfood vendors. Cycle the Countryside Around the Cu Chi Tunnels, observing daily village life.

Meals: B D

DAY 7

SIEM REAP, CAMBODIA GATEWAY TO ANGKOR WAT

Fly to Siem Reap, Cambodia’s hip epicenter and gateway to the temples of Angkor. Visit a clean water project supported by A&K Philanthropy and taste your way around town on a progressive dinner. Meals: B D

Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor (2 nights)

DAY 8

SIEM REAP

HIDDEN TEMPLES AND TREASURES

Visit Ta Prohm, where tree roots spill over the roof; Angkor Thom, the last capital of the Khmer kingdom; and Bayon, with its carved stone faces bearing beguiling smiles. Cruise by gondola on the Angkor Thom moat. Meals: B L

DAY 9

SIEM REAP

SUNRISE OVER ANGKOR WAT

Rise early to experience the incomparable serenity of watching the sun rise over mystical Angkor Wat before exploring the vast temple complex with a local expert. After lunch, fly to Luang Prabang. Meals: B L

La Résidence Phou Vao, Luang Prabang (2 nights)

DAY 10

LUANG

PRABANG,

LAOS

LIVING TEMPLES

Located in northern Laos, Luang Prabang offers a window into Southeast Asia’s past. Explore the Royal Palace Museum, and then follow quiet back lanes to the beautiful Heuan Chan Heritage House. After a tea in the gardens, proceed to

enchanting Wat Xieng Thong to view its “Tree of Life” wall mosaic. Later, cruise Mekong at sunset. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

LUANG PRABANG

GIVING AND RECEIVING

Rise early to give alms to Buddhist monks, getting in touch with the local community. Later, join locals in their home for a baci ceremony before flying to Bangkok. Meals: B

Four Seasons Hotel Bangkok at Chao Phraya River (2 nights)

DAY 12

BANGKOK, THAILAND

ALONG THE CHAO PHRAYA RIVER

Bangkok is the nation’s bustling capital. Visit the Grand Palace, site of the historic Siamese court and home to the Emerald Buddha. Ride by tuk-tuk to the reclining Buddha at Wat Pho. Tonight, savor a farewell dinner. Meals: B D

DAY 13

DEPART BANGKOK

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Jan 7-19

Jan 11-23

Jan 15-27

Jan 18-30

Feb 5-17

Feb 12-24

Feb 19-Mar 3

Mar 6-18

Mar 12-24

Mar 19-31

Apr 4-16

Sep 24-Oct 6

Oct 4-16*

Oct 8-20

Oct 15-27

Oct 22-Nov 3

GO FURTHER

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey. GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Oct 29-Nov 10

Nov 5-17

Nov 12-24

Dec 3-15

Dec 10-22

Dec 16-28

Dec 20-Jan 1, ‘27

Clockwise from far left: Bask in the serenity of sunset over Angkor Wat; Bangkok’s Grand Palace reveals Thailand’s culture through its architecture; statues in the Angkor complex give history an intriguing face; catch the vibe of Bangkok’s bustling streets.

CRUISING THE MEKONG AND ANGKOR WAT

Regarded as the Mother of Waters, the Mekong River is a nurturing source of life and sustenance for millions that live along its banks. Begin in bustling, electric Bangkok before continuing to Cambodia to see the astonishing ruins of Angkor Wat. Then join an exclusively chartered cruise through the lower reaches of the Mekong in Cambodia and Vietnam, exploring rural villages little visited by Western travellers and encountering history in Ho Chi Minh City, the former Saigon.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $10,995 per person

$1,795 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise for seven nights on an exclusive charter of 24-guest Mekong Princess, a luxurious, allsuite boutique riverboat able to access lesserknown ports, ushering you into the midst of authentic rural cultures

In Siem Reap, devote nearly two days to exploring Cambodia’s iconic temples, visiting Angkor Thom, Bayon and Ta Prohm with an expert local guide at your side, and watching the sun rise over magnificent Angkor Wat

Interactions with local villagers as well as families in their homes and monks in pagodas connect you with Southeast Asia’s varied, intertwined river cultures in authentic and deeply personal ways

Cruise straight into the heart of old Saigon and select from an array of active, cultural and culinary options that reveal the diverse appeal of today’s Ho Chi Minh City

Hear about projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

THAILAND

Luang Prabang

Phnom Penh

DAY 1

ARRIVE BANGKOK, THAILAND

Located on the Chao Phraya River, Bangkok is the nation’s capital and a city on the move, where visitors explore a bustling riverfront, lively floating markets and upscale boutiques.

Four Seasons Hotel Bangkok at Chao Phraya River (2 nights)

DAY 2

BANGKOK

GLIDING ON THE SERENE CHAO

PHRAYA RIVER

Board a boat to the Grand Palace to view the royal Siamese court, home the Emerald Buddha. Then, discover Wat Pho, with its massive Reclining Buddha statue. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

SIEM REAP

VISAGES OF ANGKOR THOM

Fly to Siem Reap, Cambodia’s hip epicenter, filled with an impressive array boutiques, multicultural dining, museums and spas. It also serves as gateway to the magnificent temples of Angkor, a UNESCO World Heritage

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Site. Enter the monumental gates of Angkor Thom and visit the Bayon Temple, with its huge stone faces wearing enchanting smiles. Meals: B L

Raffles Grand Hotel d’Angkor (2 nights)

DAY 4

SIEM REAP

SUNRISE OVER ANGKOR WAT

Rise early to watch the sun rise serenely over mystical Angkor Wat before exploring the vast temple complex with a local expert. After some afternoon free time, explore Ta Prohm, where the roots of great trees have spilled over the roof of this iconic stone temple. After dinner, welcome a local speaker who discusses various projects in Cambodia supported by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B D

DAY 5

CRUISING THE MEKONG BOARD YOUR ALL-SUITE CRUISER

Drive through the scenic countryside to Kampong Cham, to board A&K’s private charter of all-suite Mekong Princess, your home for the next seven nights. Tonight, enjoy a Khmer-inspired dinner on board. Meals: B L D

Mekong Princess (7 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Get a feel for daily life on a visit to a floating market on the Mekong; take in the rich detail of a Phnom Penh temple; view Bangkok’s Grand Palace and other local sites.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BANGKOK AT CHAO PHRAYA RIVER

Elegant luxury hotel with views of the river.

MEKONG PRINCESS

Exclusively chartered all-suite river cruiser limited to just 24 guests.

▼

THE REVERIE SAIGON

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with beautiful river views, in Ho Chi Minh City.

RAFFLES GRAND HOTEL D’ANGKOR

Iconic grand luxury hotel built in 1929, located near the temple ruins.

▼

DAY 6

CRUISING THE MEKONG LIFE IN A LOCAL VILLAGE

Explore the charming town of Angkor Ban, where you visit a family home. Stroll through a small market frequented by locals and stop briefly at a monastery. Then cruise to Phnom Penh, where you ride through Cambodia’s capital city by cyclo. Discover the ornate Royal Palace, and wander past huge stupas en route to the Silver Pagoda, home of two Buddha statues of great beauty. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

CRUISING THE MEKONG PHNOM PENH’S TROUBLED PAST

Learn about Cambodia’s darker days as you visit the Tuol Sleng Genocide Museum, and then walk the notorious killing fields of Choeung Ek. On board this evening, watch a professional folk-dance exhibition. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

CRUISING THE MEKONG CROSSING INTO VIETNAM

Cruise into Vietnam early this morning and onward to little-known Hong Ngu, where few Westerners have ever been. Visit a local

family home, where you watch the weaving of kromas (traditional Khmer scarves). Later, explore a local temple dedicated to Hoa Hao, a unique Vietnamese religion. Later, board a sampan (wooden boat) to Gieng Island, where this type of vessel is built. Cruise a canal past orchards and rice fields and continue to a 19thcentury Christian monastery. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

CRUISING THE MEKONG MEET A LOCAL FAMILY

Disembark at Hoa An to see how locals grow flowers and meet with a local family. In Can Tho, visit Zihuang Pagoda. Meals: B L D

DAY 10

CRUISING THE MEKONG FLOATING MARKET VISIT

Make a sampan visit to a floating market and later cruise deeper into the Mekong Delta to places travellers seldom see. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

CRUISING THE MEKONG LIFE AMONG THE MANGROVES

Board a sampan to wend your way through a channel lined with mangroves, whose tangled

roots provide a sheltered habitat for the smallest denizens of the river’s ecosystem. Pause to see an artisan produce coconut candy, a favorite local snack. Next, board a small boat for a cruise through lush, narrow creeks. Later, join in a cooking demonstration led by your onboard chef. Meals: B L D

DAY 12

HO CHI MINH CITY DESIGN YOUR DAY

Cruise right into the heart of lively, evocative Ho Chi Minh City, the former Saigon to enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Explore the Cu Chi Tunnels to see this strategic wartime underground network. Discover the City’s Bustling Culinary Scene, sampling dishes from street-food vendors. Cycle the Countryside through villages, observing authentic local life along the way.

Gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

The Reverie Saigon (1 night)

DAY 13

DEPART HO CHI MINH CITY

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 25-Feb 6

Feb 8-20

Feb 22-Mar 6

Mar 8-20

Mar 22-Apr 3 Sep 20-Oct 2

Oct 4-16

Oct 18-30*

Nov 1-13

Nov 29-Dec 11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey requires walking over steep, uneven terrain and stairs to visit sites. *Days 1-2 at Capella Bangkok.

GO FURTHER

LUANG PRABANG PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Explore the Royal Palace, enjoy a baci ceremony, make offerings to monks, visit a farm and take a sunset cruise.

4 days from $3,995 per person

Clockwise from far left: Gaze into the stone faces of statues at Bayon Temple; visit jungle-enshrouded Ta Prohm; observe the life of locals along the Mekong River; and bike the Vietnamese countryside.

BORNEO: LAND OF THE ORANGUTAN

With its rich diversity of cultures and cuisines, Malaysia is a magnet for adventurous travellers and its wilderness is home to orangutans, sun bears and other exotic species. Discover Malaysia on a comprehensive journey from its bustling capital, Kuala Lumpur, to the rainforests of Borneo. Explore the jungle in style, staying in lodges at the forefront of sustainability, and discover wildlife, from endemic amphibians and insects to the iconic orangutan, with expert local guides.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,895 per person

$3,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

See Borneo’s iconic “man of the forest” on a visit to the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre and learn how this critically endangered species is being protected

Discover the Bornean sun bear at a conservation center dedicated to rescuing and rehabilitating the world’s smallest species of bear

Watch for Borneo’s Big Five — orangutans, proboscis monkeys, pygmy elephants, rhinoceros hornbills and saltwater crocodiles — all on a single journey

Spot wildlife along the banks of the Kinabatangan River, from the forest floor to the tree tops, on river cruises guided by expert boatmen

Immerse yourself in a primary forest millions of years in the making with a stay at Borneo Rainforest Lodge

Encounter Borneo’s indigenous cultures at Mari Mari Cultural Village

Kota Kinabalu

DAY 1

ARRIVE KUALA LUMPUR, MALAYSIA

Arrive in Kuala Lumpur, the bustling modern capital of Malaysia, where iconic architecture towers over streets and neighborhoods populated by people from throughout Asia. The resulting blend of cultural and culinary influences lends the city a cosmopolitan appeal. Upon arrival, settle into your luxurious hotel.

Seasons Hotel Kuala Lumpur (2 nights)

DAY 2

KUALA LUMPUR MUSEUM AND MARKET VISITS

Start your exploration of the city from an incredible vantage point: the soaring Petronas Twin Towers. Next, discover another facet of Malaysia’s cultural mix with a visit to the Islamic Arts Museum, the largest of its kind in southeast Asia. Peruse the city’s Central Market, where local artists and craftsman sell their goods. After lunch at a local restaurant, your afternoon is at leisure for relaxing or exploring on your own. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

SANDAKAN ORANGUTAN REHABILITATION CENTRE

Fly to Sandakan, your gateway to the fabled island of Borneo. The third largest island in the world, Borneo is shared by three nations: Malaysia, Indonesia and Brunei. It straddles the equator and is home to some of the world’s oldest rainforest as well as amazing wildlife and diverse, friendly people. Begin your discovery of Borneo with a visit to the Sepilok Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre, the best place in Southeast Asia to see these gentle giants outside of a zoo. Witness the afternoon feeding and meet with a center employee to learn how the reserve takes orphaned orangutans and teaches them to be self-sufficient in the forest. This evening, enjoy dinner along with a talk by a palm oil expert to understand how the industry has impacted the island. Meals: B D

Sabah Hotel Sandakan (1 night)

DAY 4

SANDAKAN/KINABATANGAN RIVER SUN BEARS

Start your day with a visit to the Bornean Sun Bear Conservation Centre and enjoy a talk by

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SABAH HOTEL SANDAKAN

Comfortable hotel set in the hills above the city.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL KUALA LUMPUR

Classic luxury hotel with stunning city and park views.

▼

SUKAU RAINFOREST LODGE

Luxury accommodation located steps from the Kinabatangan River.

KOTA KINABALU MARRIOTT HOTEL

Contemporary luxury hotel offering panoramic waterfront views.

BORNEO RAINFOREST LODGE

Luxurious eco-resort with chalets in one of the world’s oldest rainforests.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Come face to face with Borneo’s iconic orangutans; visit the lively Central Market in Kuala Lumpur; watch for diverse birdlife such as this Rhinoceros hornbill.

Four

the founder to learn more about the smallest species of bear. Then, you may opt to continue observing the sun bears or return to the Orangutan Rehabilitation Centre to observe a morning feeding. After lunch at a local restaurant, board a speedboat for a ride up the Kinabantangan River to your award-winning lodge. After dinner on site, embark on a night cruise to spot nocturnal wildlife. Meals: B L D

Sukau Rainforest Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 5

KINABATANGAN RIVER RIPARIAN EXPLORATION

Rise early to explore this exotic wonderland inhabited by 10 species of primates, four of which are endemic to Borneo, on a cruise on the Kinabatangan River. Meander up the river, spotting wildlife along the way, to an oxbow lake. Upon arrival, keep an eye out for wildlife and simply enjoy the serene setting with a coffee or tea before returning to your lodge for breakfast. Afterward, set out on a nature walk along the lodge’s boardwalk, the forest alive with sights and sounds. Enjoy lunch, followed by a talk by a naturalist about Borneo’s most famous resident, the orangutan. Then, set out on another cruise along the river, perhaps spotting colonies of proboscis monkeys, keeping an eye out for the male’s telltale nose. Also watch for orangutans, some of whom

may be making nests for an afternoon nap. Look to the treetops to spot some of Borneo’s eight species of hornbill, while saltwater crocodiles patrol the riverbank. Lastly, with luck, catch sight of pygmy elephants. Throughout your visit here, keep your camera at the ready for sightings of silvered langurs, macaques, kingfishers, monitor lizards and reticulated pythons. Stay vigilant for glimpses of otters and turtles. Return to your lodge for dinner. Later, relax to the sounds of the jungle or enjoy an optional guided nature walk to seek out nocturnal species. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION

AREA

RAINFOREST

Bid farewell to the Kinabatangan River and travel overland to Lahad Datu, the gateway to the Danum Valley Conservation Area. Switch to 4x4 vehicles for an adventurous ride overland to your lodge, nestled in one of the last remaining preserves of primary rainforest in Asia and the only accommodation found in the valley. This sanctuary is home to over 110 mammals, including orangutans, gibbons, pygmy elephants and clouded leopards. The valley is also home to countless reptiles, amphibians and insects. After check-in, enjoy an introductory nature walk with the lodge’s

expert guides. Following dinner, take a jungle drive, unveiling creatures of the night such as Malayan civets and flying lemurs. Meals: B L D Borneo Rainforest Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 7

DANUM VALLEY CONSERVATION AREA CANOPY LIFE

Immerse yourself in the Borneo wilderness, starting with a walkway through the rainforest canopy, looking out from platforms and bridges built at treetop level to let you observe the diverse flora and fauna. Return to your lodge for lunch. This afternoon, enjoy your choice of two activities. Select one of the lodge’s many trails, varying in difficulty, with an expert guide. Alternatively, relax at the lodge, perhaps with a treatment at the award-winning spa (at an additional cost). Tonight, gather for dinner at your lodge. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

KOTA KINABALU BESIDE THE SOUTH CHINA SEA

Emerge from the forest as you are driven to Lahad Datu for your short flight to Kota Kinabalu, the modern capital of Sabah state. Upon arrival, transfer to your accommodations, and enjoy an evening at leisure to explore the city or simply relax after your long journey, looking out at the luminescent emerald-green waters of the South China Sea. Meals: B

Kota Kinabalu Marriott Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 9

KOTA KINABALU THE DESIGNS OF DIVERSE CULTURES

Venture just outside the city to visit the Mari Mari Cultural Village, the perfect place to savor the soul of Sabah. View homes built by the varying ethnicities found in this state, each constructed by descendants of the tribes they represent, for an authentic insight into the diverse local culture. Discover the individual architectural style of these distinctive dwellings and how their builders adapted to the environments they inhabited. Later, return to your resort, where you have the rest of the day to relax or explore Kota Kinabalu. Tonight, gather with your fellow guests for a farewell dinner. If you have arranged to do so, transfer to the airport for your departing flight.

Meals: B L D

DAY 10

DEPART KOTA KINABALU

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 22-31 Apr 16-25 Jul 18-27 Sep 5-14 Oct 3-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain.

Clockwise from far left: Observe the sun bear up close at a conservation center; view the city from the soaring Petronas Twin Towers in Kuala Lumpur; roam the rainforest by 4x4 in Sepilok; watch for the unmistakable proboscis monkey during a cruise of the Kinabatangan River.

TAJ MAHAL AND THE TREASURES OF INDIA

The Taj Mahal at dawn, a Bengal tiger resting amid teak forest shadows, the sensory cavalcade of a Mumbai marketplace, time-honored rituals playing out along the Ganges this is India revealed only as A&K can. Experience this irrepressibly vibrant destination in all its glory as you stay in grand palaces, track game in reserves teeming with wildlife and immerse yourself in the incomparable cities of Mumbai, Delhi and Varanasi.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $13,795 per person

$4,795 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Live like royalty in the Taj Lake Palace in Udaipur and Rambagh Palace in Jaipur

Cruise Lake Pichola at sunset, followed by a sunset cocktail at Lake Palace

Experience the breathtaking spectacles of the Taj Mahal at sunrise and sunset

Embark on a private game drive in Panna National Park, home to the elusive Bengal tiger

Witness a sacred aarti ceremony on the banks of the Ganges in Varanasi

Delve into the cultural kaleidoscopes of Mumbai and Delhi

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE MUMBAI, INDIA

Arrive in the former stronghold of the British East India Company, today home to Bollywood, India’s dazzling Hindi film industry. The next morning, experience Mumbai’s incredible vibe as you visit a Bollywood studio and try some choreographed steps yourself. At a local spice market, take in the dazzling array of colors and scents. View the Gateway of India, with its design reflecting Muslim and Hindu traditions, and hop a train for a short ride, as millions do here daily. Finish at Dhobi Ghat, the world’s largest open-air laundry, a spectacle to behold. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D (Day 2)

The Taj Mahal Palace, Mumbai (2 nights)

DAY 3

UDAIPUR CRUISE TO JAG MANDIR

Fly to Udaipur and settle into your stunning palace hotel set on an island in the middle of scenic Lake Pichola. Romantic, wistful and serene, Udaipur is a city built around shimmering lakes. After time to relax, embark on a private cruise past Jag Mandir, a marble palace with eight life-size sculptures of

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

elephants flanking its entrance. Meals: B D

Taj Lake Palace, Udaipur (2 nights)

DAY 4

UDAIPUR

SPLENDORS OF THE CITY PALACE

Visit the stunning marble City Palace complex as well as the Crystal Gallery in Fateh Prakash Palace. Stroll through the Sahelion Ki Bari (Garden of the Maids of Honor). Later, watch a chef-led cooking demonstration, followed by lunch, learning about royal Mewar cuisine in a local family’s home. Meals: B L

DAYS 5-6

JAIPUR

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Fly to Jaipur for a stay at the former residence of a Maharajah. Capital city of northern India’s Rajasthan state, beautiful Jaipur traces its origins to the 18th century and is today a bustling metropolis replete with archaeological splendors. Explore the City Palace, a complex of pavilions, gardens and temples, viewing textiles at the “Auspicious Palace.” Head outdoors to visit Jantar Mantar, an open-air array of astronomical instruments. The next day, view the Palace of the Winds — built so

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE OBEROI AMARVILAS, AGRA

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with views of the nearby Taj Mahal.

THE TAJ MAHAL PALACE, MUMBAI

Iconic, historic hotel next to the Gateway of India.

TAJ LAKE PALACE, UDAIPUR

Historic palace on Lake Pichola, a Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel.

▼

PASHAN GARH, PANNA NATIONAL PARK

A luxury lodge with 12 cottages in Panna National Park.

TAJ GANGES, VARANASI

Contemporary hotel set on 12 acres of elegantly landscaped gardens.

THE OBEROI, NEW DELHI

Iconic luxury hotel conveniently located in the heart of the city.

Clockwise from far left:

Absorb the timeless grace of the Taj Mahal in Agra; visit Jantar Mantar in Jaipur; and seek out the Bengal tiger in Panna National Park.

RAMBAGH PALACE, JAIPUR

Once residence of a maharajah, now a Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel.

▼

the women of the royal household could watch street life unobserved. Explore the Mughal-style Amber Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Practice Yoga During a Private Session at historic Rambagh Palace. Discover the Bazaars of Jaipur, taking in the vibe of local life.

Visit Badal Mahal to interact with local women receiving training in craft making, supported by A&K Philanthropy

Return to your hotel for some time on your own. Meals: B D (Day 5); B L (Day 6)

Palace, Jaipur (2 nights)

DAYS 7-8

AGRA VISIONS OF THE TAJ MAHAL

Drive to Agra, observing the colorful rural life of Rajasthan. Poised on a bend of the Yamuna River, Agra is a magnet for those who come to behold the Taj Mahal. Visit the peerless structure in the late afternoon, as the setting sun bathes it in a soft orange glow. Return to the Taj Mahal the next morning, when the rising sun lends a warm pink tint to its marble face. Then visit the Agra Fort, once the prison of the

same Mughal emperor who built the Taj Mahal. Meals: B L (Day 7); B D (Day 8)

The Oberoi Amarvilas, Agra (2 nights)

DAYS 9-10

PANNA NATIONAL PARK BENGAL TIGER TRACKING

Board a train to Jhansi and the remote Panna National Park, renowned for its recovering population of Bengal tigers. On an A&Kexclusive experience, meet with a member of the local Pardhi community to learn their role in efforts to grow the park’s precious cohort of the big cats. Rise early the next day for a 4x4 game drive, spotting crocodiles and searching for tigers, with your chance of sighting one improved by the park’s diligent conservation program. Return to the lodge for an Indian cooking demonstration led by a chef. Set off on one more game drive for a last chance to see India’s tiger in the wild. Meals: B L D

Pashan Garh, Panna National Park (2 nights)

DAY 11

KHAJURAHO AND VARANASI

INDIA’S HOLIEST CITY

Drive to Khajuraho to see all of life — joy, love, divinity, war — depicted in detail on every

inch of its 85 Hindu and Jain temples. Then, fly to Varanasi, a city of more than a thousand Buddhist and Hindu temples and shrines. At dusk, beside the Ganges, witness the aarti ceremony. Chanted prayers and rhythmic drumming fill the air as you watch lanternbearing priests bid the gods and goddesses a restful slumber. Meals: B L D

Taj Ganges, Varanasi (1 night)

DAYS 12-14

VARANASI AND DEPART DELHI

PRIVATE SUNRISE RIVER CRUISE

Rise early for a private sunrise cruise on the Ganges River to observe activity along the ghats, where locals and pilgrims cleanse themselves, both literally and spiritually. Later, fly to Delhi for a farewell dinner. Ever-bustling and excitingly chaotic, Delhi is a study in history and modernization. The next day, visit the great Jama Masjid, the most important mosque in India. Then ride by rickshaw through the narrow alleys and stalls of bustling Chandni Chowk bazaar. After lunch, tour New Delhi, including Humayun’s Tomb, an architectural precursor of the Taj Mahal. On Day 14, depart Delhi. Meals: B D (Day 12); B L (Day 13); B (Day 14)

The Oberoi, New Delhi (2 nights)

Rambagh

Clockwise from far left:

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 4-17

Jan 7-20

Jan 11-24*

Jan 18-31

Jan 21-Feb 3

Jan 25-Feb 7

Jan 28-Feb 10

Feb 1-14*

Feb 4-17†

Feb 8-21

Feb 11-24

Feb 18-Mar 3

Mar 15-28*

Mar 18-31

Mar 22-Apr 4

Mar 29-Apr 11

Apr 12-25

Apr 29-May 12

May 3-16

May 6-19

Oct 4-17

Oct 11-24

Oct 14-27

Oct 18-31

PUSHKAR FAIR DEPARTURES

Nov 8–23** Nov 15–30

Oct 21-Nov 3

Oct 25-Nov 7

Oct 28-Nov 10

Nov 1-14

Nov 11-24

Nov 22-Dec 5

Nov 29-Dec 12*

Dec 2-15*

Dec 6-19*

Dec 13-26

Dec 20-

Jan 2, ‘27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. *Days 5-6 at The Leela Palace Jaipur. †Days 3-4 at Raffles Udaipur. **Departure operates in reverse order.

GO FURTHER

KERALA PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Take in the historic highlights of Kochi; enjoy a leisurely lake cruise; and visit a sleepy backwater village to get to know the locals and learn about their traditional crafts.

5 days from $3,795 per person

NEPAL AND KATHMANDU

POST-TOUR EXTENSION

Fly to Kathmandu, Nepal. Discover its mix of Hindu and Buddhist heritage, visiting sites key to each faith. Immerse yourself in local life with a cooking lesson in a local home. Board an aircraft for awe-inspiring views of Mount Everest.

4 days from $3,255 per person

PRIVATE TRAVEL

Prefer to travel privately? This itinerary is available as a ready-to-book private journey.

The aarti ceremony beside the Ganges in Varanasi; delicately crafted Hawa Mahal in Jaipur presents a stunning façade; the stately balconies of Udaipur’s City Palace.

INDIA: A FEAST FOR THE SENSES

From vibrant Mumbai to the majestic forts of Jodhpur and the regal splendor of Jaipur, this Indian odyssey tempts the palate with a savory introduction to one of the world’s most distinctive cuisines. Immerse yourself in bustling bazaars, witness time-honored traditions and savor the diverse flavors of India on an itinerary packed with outstanding dining, up-close cultural encounters and the irrepressible energy that makes India unforgettable.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $10,795 per person

$4,795 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Explore the dabbawalla (meal delivery) community, local spice markets and innovative restaurants showcasing Mumbai’s dynamic spirit

Try your moves at a Bollywood-style dance class in Mumbai

Learn the ins and outs of Indian cooking by preparing a meal with a family in their home

Eat like a local with a street food tour of Jaipur, led by a local culinary expert

Visit the timeless Taj Mahal in Agra along with other UNESCO World Heritage Sites in Jaipur and Delhi

Jodhpur

DAY 1

ARRIVE MUMBAI, INDIA

Touch down in Mumbai, where a warm welcome from your Abercrombie & Kent representative awaits. Settle into your luxurious hotel and prepare to explore a city of captivating contrasts. Beyond the bustling energy lie vibrant bazaars overflowing with treasures and innovative restaurants showcasing the city’s dynamic spirit.

The Taj Mahal Palace, Mumbai (2 nights)

DAY 2

MUMBAI A SENSORY EXPERIENCE

Embark on a sensory exploration of Mumbai, hearing the rhythmic clang of dabbawalas, who deliver hot, homemade meals in time for lunch. Experience the magic of Bollywood firsthand as you learn some signature steps in a local dance class. Then, revel in India’s diverse regional cuisines during a local lunch and stroll through an aromatic spice market. The evening culminates in a celebratory cocktail and dinner at an acclaimed restaurant.

Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

JODHPUR

ROCKY CITADEL

Fly to Jodhpur and settle into your hotel. This afternoon, prepare to be awestruck by Mehrangarh, an imposing fortress perched atop a rocky cliff, its sheer walls, towering battlements and intricately carved terraces revealing centuries of history. Enter through one of its seven fortified gateways to explore the museum and palaces within. Descend to the town and pause at Jaswant Thada, a shimmering marble cenotaph honoring Jodhpur’s former rulers. This evening, unwind with a cocktail at your hotel before dinner.

Meals: B D

Umaid Bhawan Palace, Jodhpur (2 nights)

DAY 4

JODHPUR

VILLAGE IMMERSION

Journey to the heart of rural Rajasthan with an excursion to Salawas. Connect with local artisans, visiting a potter’s family, a weaver’s family and the Bishnoi community. Cap off the day with an authentic lunch at a local restaurant known for its Indian-European fare and decorative vintage car collection. As dusk settles over Jodhpur, connect with a local

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE TAJ MAHAL PALACE, MUMBAI

Iconic, historic hotel located next to the Gateway of India.

UMAID BHAWAN PALACE, JODHPUR

Historic luxury grand hotel with rooms and suites featuring classic decor and terraces and offering inspiring mountain views.

▼

THE LEELA PALACE NEW DELHI

Contemporary luxury hotel situated in New Delhi’s exclusive Diplomatic Enclave, featuring an elegant atmosphere and spectacular amenities.

THE LEELA PALACE JAIPUR

Traditional luxury hotel set on eight acres of gardens overlooking the Aravalli Range.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Take in the colorful sights and scents at a traditional spice market; explore Jaipur’s magnificent Amber Fort; sample India’s tantalizing cuisine.

family over gin and tonics, cooking a meal together and then sharing it with them in their home. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

JAIPUR

ASTRONOMICAL WONDERS

Fly to Jaipur and settle into your stunning villa, a private oasis nestled within a beautiful garden. Enjoy a refreshing dip in your plunge pool before exploring the City Palace and Jantar Mantar Observatory, an open-air collection of astronomical instruments, including the world’s largest stone sundial. At the Palace of Winds, see how royal women observed street life unseen. Tonight, savor an exquisite dinner at a lauded Indian establishment. Meals: B D

The Leela Palace Jaipur (2 nights)

DAY 6

JAIPUR

RAJPUT SPLENDOR

Visit the Amber Fort, a UNESCO World Heritage Site overlooking a tranquil lake. Explore its opulent design and enjoy a cooking demonstration followed by lunch. This afternoon, discover the stories behind these iconic dishes and learn about the key

ingredients that define Rajasthani cuisine as you wander through bustling, fragrant markets, sampling local delicacies like crispy kachoris; tangy kadhi; and festive, sweet ghevar and feni. Admire the colorful façades of Jaipur’s havelis, grand mansions known for their intricate details and architectural significance. Meals: B L

DAY 7

DELHI

INDIA’S CAPITAL

This morning, set off by road to Delhi.

Approaching India’s capital, a city of contrasts awaits — ancient monuments standing proudly alongside modern skyscrapers, reflecting a dynamic mix of cultures. The rest of your day and dinner in Delhi are yours to discover. Meals: B

The Leela Palace New Delhi (3 nights)

DAY 8

DELHI

OLD DELHI

Explore Delhi’s unique flavor this morning on the Design Your Day excursion of your choice.

Experience the Heart of Old Delhi on an excursion packed with snack stops.

Visit A Local Family’s Home for a cooking class and lunch.

Enter a Sikh Temple and Its Shared Kitchen for a firsthand look at Delhi’s strong communal spirit.

Explore on your own this afternoon. Your Delhi sojourn culminates in a farewell dinner at one of India’s finest restaurants. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

AGRA

MUGHAL MAJESTY

On a day trip to Agra, history and wonder intertwine. Explore the historic Agra Fort, where Mughal Emperor Shah Jahan spent his final years, his love story forever etched in the stones of the Taj Mahal. Reflect on its beauty over lunch at a Peshawari restaurant. Then, experience the awe-inspiring beauty of the Taj Mahal, a timeless testament to love and artistry. Return to Delhi by train, where the evening is yours to relax. Meals: B L

DAY 10

DEPART DELHI

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: Enter the awe-inspiring Mehrangarh Fort in Jodhpur; experience local life in Old Delhi; behold the peerless Taj Mahal; meet weavers and other artisans in rural Rajasthan.

SOUTH INDIA: TEMPLES AND BACKWATERS

Southern India beckons you with charming towns where silk is still woven by hand, timeless temples of intricately carved stone and bustling markets filled with local people and exotic produce. Discover the history, culture and cuisine of this lush region, exploring extraordinary spice villages and tropical coastal cities, witnessing an indigenous dance performance, and meeting with locals and royals alike.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $10,495 per person

$4,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Explore the Shore Temples of Mahabalipuram, bastions of ancient history and noted for their stunning collection of carvings

Visit local villages as well as an experimental community for authentic interactions with locals

Take in the sights and aromas of a spice plantation in Periyar as you explore it with a naturalist guide

Cruise the tranquil backwaters of Kerala on an idyllic voyage aboard a traditional houseboat

Meet with the Cochin Royal Family to explore their origins and learn about their role in Kerala’s history

Thrill to a Kathakali dance show and see how the dancers’ lavish makeup, costumes and exotic masks are prepared

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE CHENNAI, INDIA

CITY OF MYTHS AND LEGENDS

DAY 3

KANCHIPURAM

SECRETS OF THE SILK WEAVERS

DAYS 4-7

PONDICHERRY/THANJAVUR

SHORE TEMPLES, SPIRITUAL QUESTS, BRONZE ARTISANS AND MORE

DAYS 8-10

CHETTINAD/MADURAI/PERIYAR PRIVATE HOME VISIT, SPICE PLANTATIONS AND MORE

DAYS 11-12

KUMARAKOM

LUSH BACKWATER RETREAT WHERE YOU DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAYS 13-14

DEPART KOCHI VISIT WITH THE ROYAL FAMILY

Jan 10-23 Oct 10-23 Nov 7-20

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Extended drives should be expected to experience the scenery this exotic country has to offer.

Clockwise from far left:

Traditional fishing nets still in use today; along the tranquil canals of Kochi; see the distinctive carvings that adorn the Kailasanatha Temple in Kanchipuram.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PALAIS DE MAHE

Heritage boutique hotel set in Pondicherry.

MANTRA KOODAM (KUMBAKONAM)

Uniquely luxurious resort hotel designed after a Brahmin agrahara (street with homes).

THE LEELA PALACE CHENNAI

Condé Nast Traveler Gold List hotel with waterfront views facing the Bay of Bengal.

VISALAM

Contemporary luxury hotel located in a restored heritage mansion in Kanadukathan.

KUMARAKOM LAKE RESORT

Luxury lakefront resort villas set among 25 acres of coconut groves.

SPICE VILLAGE

Eco property set on a spice plantation in Kerala’s Cardamom Hills.

TAJ MALABAR RESORT & SPA, KOCHI

Harbor front hotel mixing modern luxury with old-world charm.

SRI LANKA: TREASURES OF THE SPICE ISLAND

A 3,000-year-old culture noted for its beauty and grace still resonates across Sri Lanka, the teardropshaped island off the tip of Southern India. Experience the former Ceylon in style, with VIP entry to the Temple of the Tooth’s sacred Shrine Room, a sunset stroll of Galle Fort’s ramparts and a cinnamon plantation visit, on this immersive adventure.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $7,995 per person

$2,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience several UNESCO World Heritage Sites, including Polonnaruwa, Sigiriya Rock Fortress and Galle Fort

Climb to the summit of Sigiriya Rock Fortress for a panoramic view of the setting sun

Sri Lanka’s heritage comes to life for you in song, dance and colorful traditional finery during a private performance of a Kandyan cultural show

Enter the sacred Shrine Room of the Temple of the Tooth, in an extraordinary moment of insider access

Stroll the ramparts of colonial Galle accompanied by a local archaeologist and heritage expert

Visit tropical modernist architect Geoffrey Bawa’s iconic country estate for a private garden tour

SRI LANKA Polonnaruwa

Sigiriya

Kandy

Galle

Bentota Colombo

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE COLOMBO, SRI LANKA

DAY 2

COLOMBO

A COLONIAL LEGACY REVEALED

DAYS 3-5

CULTURAL TRIANGLE

SIGIRIYA AND POLONNARUWA

DAYS 6-7

KANDY

TEMPLE OF THE TOOTH

DAY 8

BENTOTA

BAWA’S SANCTUARY

DAY 9

GALLE

WORLD’S FINEST CINNAMON

DAY 10

DEPART COLOMBO

Mar 18-27 Mar 31-Apr 9

Sep 30-Oct 9 Oct 14-23

Nov 1-10 Nov 29-Dec 8

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Extended drives should be expected to experience the scenery this exotic country has to offer.

Clockwise from far left: Beautiful, imposing Sigiriya; watch locals employ timeless fishing techniques in Galle; see part of the island’s spiritual history on display in the Dambulla Cave Temples.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SHANGRI-LA HOTEL, COLOMBO

Contemporary luxury hotel overlooking the Indian Ocean.

AMANGALLA

Luxurious Condé Nast Traveler Gold List property set in historic Galle. ▼

JETWING KANDY GALLERY

Contemporary boutique luxury hotel secluded in Sri Lanka’s central hills.

WATER GARDEN SIGIRIYA

Boutique hotel featuring 30 minimalist-chic villas set in lush countryside, on grounds dotted by lily ponds.

BHUTAN AND NEPAL: HEART

OF THE

HIMALAYA

This soaring realm of rugged peaks and mist-shrouded monasteries keeps its wonders well hidden. Our expert guides are there to lead the way as you ascend to stunning “Tiger’s Nest” Monastery, stroll through Kathmandu’s Durbar Square and share a meal with a local Nepali family in their home.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$4,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Venture off the beaten path to Punakha, where crimson-robed monks roam the hand-painted courtyards

Make the pilgrimage hike to the revered “Tiger’s Nest” Monastery perched high in the Himalaya of Bhutan

In Kathmandu’s storied Durbar Square, join a guided meditation at Kopan Monastery or Nunnery

Meet a Mount Everest summiteer who recalls the challenges of scaling the world’s tallest peak

A local Nepali family prepares and shares an authentic meal with you in their home

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE KATHMANDU, NEPAL

DAYS 2-3

KATHMANDU

DURBAR SQUARE

DAY 4-6

THIMPHU, BHUTAN

AMONG TOWERING PEAKS

DAYS 7-8

PARO

ASCENT TO THE TIGER’S NEST

DAY 9

BHAKTAPUR, NEPAL

FIVE-TIERED TEMPLE

DAY 10

KATHMANDU FLAVORS OF NEPAL

DAY 11

DEPART KATHMANDU

Mar 18-28

Apr 15-25

May 6-16

Clockwise from far left: Tiger’s Nest Monastery awaits your visit; outside historic Punakha dzong; a sadhu embodies a living spiritual tradition in Kathmandu.

Sep 29-Oct 9

Oct 14-24

Oct 21-31

Oct 27-Nov 6

Nov 7-17

Nov 18-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PEMAKO THIMPHU

Centrally located property inspired by Himalayan architecture.

DWARIKA’S HOTEL, KATHMANDU

A destination in itself, rich in the local history of Kathmandu.

▼

ZHIWA LING HERITAGE

A cultural gem inspired by Bhutanese architecture and art, set in the valley of Paro.

AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND: AN EPIC ADVENTURE

An island continent brimming with natural wonders and fascinating cultures both ancient and modern, Australia captivates and compels. Add in New Zealand, with its geography worthy of epic fantasy and a history all its own, and you have a truly grand adventure in the rousing A&K tradition. Venture from Australia’s fabled Outback and Great Barrier Reef to New Zealand’s dazzling Milford Sound, exploring vibrant cities like Sydney and sampling the best food and wine along the way.

17 DAYS | LIM ITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $25,995 per person

$12,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Relax during a luxurious stay at Longitude 131,° a five-star tented eco-camp with unparalleled views of majestic Uluru

Revel in a full-day excursion on the Great Barrier Reef, swimming and snorkeling among its dazzling beauty

Privately cruise Sydney Harbour, taking in the city’s many landmarks from a fresh perspective, and then explore the iconic Sydney Opera House with a private guide

Interact with a variety of species emblematic of Australia, including the adorable koala, on a privately guided, insider-access-filled visit to Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas

Explore the diverse and colorful Daintree Rainforest on an interpretive walk led by a longtime local resident, immersing yourself in the forest’s cultural heritage and natural wonders

Cruise New Zealand’s Milford Sound amid soaring, glacier-carved mountain peaks that reflect in its pristine waters

In Queenstown, you’re welcomed into the private home and gallery of a well-known local artist and savor a private wine tasting at a local vineyard

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE MELBOURNE, AUSTRALIA

Tucked into Port Phillip Bay on Australia’s southeastern coast, Melbourne is known for its lively music, art, festival and restaurant scenes. After immediate check-in, explore the heart of Melbourne, taking in the city’s rich and varied architecture. Stroll its atmospheric arcades and alleyways, home to trendy cafés and eclectic boutiques. Gather tonight for a welcome dinner. The next day, set out for the renowned Yarra Valley, stopping at a winery. Delight in a tasting before a lunch with matched wines. Meals: D (Day 1); B L (Day 2)

Park Hyatt Melbourne (2 nights)

DAYS 3-4

ULURU AN UNDENIABLE PRESENCE

Fly to Uluru for a two-night stay at amazing Longitude 131° — your luxurious camp set in the wilderness of the UNESCO World Heritagelisted wilderness of Uluru-Kata Tjuta National Park in central Australia’s arid Outback, overlooking massive Uluru. Also known as Ayers Rock, this iconic red sandstone monolith bears a deep spiritual significance for Indigenous Australians. Witness the changing light as the sun sets on Uluru, with a chilled

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

glass in hand. Tonight, dine among the dunes, feasting on a four-course meal complemented with premium Australian wines. Rise early the next day to view sunrise over the majestic domes of Kata Tjuta (the Olgas). Walk with your guide through Walpa Gorge before returning to Uluru for a walk at its base, viewing cave paintings and sources of bush tucker. With the walls of Kantju Gorge ablaze with light from the setting sun, toast the inspiring moment with sparkling wine. Meals: B D (Day 3); B L D (Day 4)

Longitude 131° (2 nights)

DAY 5

DAINTREE FOREST INTO THE JUNGLE

Fly to Cairns, gateway to tropical wonders of northern Queensland. Drive up the coast to your lodge and settle into your treetop hideaway, nestled in the unspoiled Daintree Rainforest. Meals: B D

Silky Oaks Lodge (3 nights)

DAY 6

GREAT BARRIER REEF EXPLORING UNDERWATER GEMS

Embark by boat to explore the Great Barrier Reef. Snorkel the reef on expeditions to two

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PARK HYATT MELBOURNE

Luxurious hotel in the bustling heart of the city.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL SYDNEY

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel with views of Sydney Opera House.

LONGITUDE 131°

Award-winning, eco-friendly luxury tented camp overlooking UNESCO-listed Uluru.

▼

INTERCONTINENTAL WELLINGTON

Deluxe hotel nestled on the city’s waterfront.

SOFITEL QUEENSTOWN HOTEL & SPA

Luxury accommodation located steps from scenic Lake Wakatipu.

PARK HYATT AUCKLAND

Luxury hotel in Auckland, perfectly located on the water’s edge.

Clockwise from far left:

Discover the history and mystery of Uluru, experiencing it up close with experts; interact with a koala at Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas; and marvel at Auckland’s modern skyline.

SILKY OAKS LODGE

Luxury eco-lodge with 45 cabins situated at the gateway to the Daintree Rainforest.

▼

different locations, delighting in the colorful undersea life inhabiting each. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

DAINTREE RAINFOREST

PRIVATE KOALA VISIT

Travel to Wildlife Habitat Port Douglas, which you explore privately with a park ranger, enjoying access to the koala and wallaby enclosures as well as the opportunity to interact with a koala, on an A&K-exclusive experience. Visit the Wildlife Care Center for rescued animals, and then journey to a private portion of the Daintree Rainforest for an interpretive forest walk. Meals: B L D

DAYS 8-10

SYDNEY

HARBOR CRUISE AND OPERA HOUSE EXPERIENCE

Fly to Sydney. Built around one of the world’s most beautiful harbors, Sydney is one of Australia’s most cosmopolitan cities. The next morning, privately cruise Sydney Harbour, viewing the city’s highlights, such as the Harbour Bridge. Back on shore, tour the iconic Sydney Opera House with a private guide who reveals its secrets. Later, admire alluring Paddington, a neighborhood filled

with Victorian and Georgian architecture, and then sink your toes in the sand at the surfer’s paradise of Bondi Beach. Finish your time in Australia with a day on your own. Tonight, savor a chef-led experience at a local restaurant. Meals: B D (Day 8); B L (Day 9); B D (Day 10)

Four Seasons Hotel Sydney (3 nights)

DAY 11

WELLINGTON, NEW ZEALAND AN ECLECTIC CAPITAL

Fly to Wellington, New Zealand’s trendsetting capital, where you encounter authentic “Kiwi” life. This relatively small city brims with hip galleries, fascinating museums, craft breweries and trendy cafés. Take in Wellington’s highlights and ascend by cable car to a scenic outlook point for incredible views over Wellington Harbour. Meals: B D

InterContinental Wellington (2 nights)

DAY 12

WELLINGTON

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Visit New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa as a group in the morning, and then enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit Wētā Workshop, the award-winning creative services company that did stellar work on The Hobbit, King Kong, Avatar and far more. e-Bike the Wellington Waterfront, learning about key historical figures that shaped the city’s heritage as you ride.

Indulge in a Foodie Walking Tour, sampling local dishes at restaurants and food stands.

Return to your hotel. Meals: B L

DAY 13

QUEENSTOWN

ON THE SHORES OF LAKE WAKATIPU

Fly to Queenstown, located on New Zealand’s South Island. Flanked by soaring mountains, this sophisticated enclave graces the shores of a pristine lake. It was once a Maori settlement and, later, a gold mining outpost. Today it is an adventure capital, a haven for hiking, vineyard tours and fine dining. Visit a famed bungeejump site and Arrowtown. Eat lunch before checking in to your luxurious hotel. Meals: B L

Sofitel Queenstown Hotel & Spa (3 nights)

DAYS 14-15

QUEENSTOWN

MILFORD SOUND AND WINE TASTING

On your first day here, take a scenic flight to Milford Sound (weather permitting). Cruise this majestic fjord by boat, taking in views of waterfalls and wildlife, including seals and dolphins. The next day, privately visit the home and gallery of a noted local artist to learn about the artist’s history and techniques. Stop at a local restaurant for lunch served with paired wines and visit a local winery for a private tour and tasting. Meals: B D (Day 14); B L (Day 15)

DAY 16

AUCKLAND GUIDED INTERACTIVE EXPERIENCE

Fly to Auckland, on New Zealand’s north island. Set on a narrow isthmus framed by rolling hills, the city is a gleaming urban oasis on the doorstep of New Zealand’s wild frontier. Join a private guide for an interactive experience that showcases New Zealand’s iconic rugby team, the All Blacks, revealing the story behind their pulse-pounding rendition of the haka, a Maori ceremonial dance. This evening, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

Park Hyatt Auckland (1 night)

DAY 17

DEPART AUCKLAND

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 5-21

Jan 14-30*

Feb 2-18

Feb 16-Mar 4

Feb 23-Mar 11

Mar 7-23

Mar 23-Apr 8 Apr 13-29 Sep 7-23

Sep 21-Oct 7

Oct 5-21

Oct 12-28

Oct 24-Nov 9*

Nov 7-23*

Dec 19-Jan 4, ‘27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. *Days 13-15 at The Rees Hotel.

GO FURTHER

TASMANIA PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Learn how MONA helped shape Tasmania into a cultural epicenter, view stunning vistas and stay at MACq 01 Hotel.

4 days from $4,595 per person

The iconic Sydney Opera House and Sydney Harbour Bridge are highlights of a private harbor cruise; Queenstown is a great hub for exploring New Zealand’s winelands; fun in the surf never stops at Bondi Beach; Australia’s Great Barrier Reef is brimming with marvelous sealife.

Clockwise from far left:

WONDERS OF NEW ZEALAND

Think of New Zealand and you picture magical landscapes, indigenous Maori culture and world-class food and wines. A&K shines a light on all of that and more with private and exclusive activities such as a Maori village visit and a hands-on culinary class, making for a suitably epic immersion in this South Pacific-island destination.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $14,495 per person

$3,595 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Gain insights into New Zealand’s iconic All Blacks rugby team during a privately guided interactive experience

Privately tour charming Hobbiton, immersing yourself in the world of J.R.R. Tolkien’s Middle Earth on a visit to the beloved movie set

Discover the culture and traditions of the Maori people on a private visit to their village that includes lunch at a local home

Taste local wines and food specialties during visits to Waiheke Island and the Marlborough Wine Region

Partake in a hands-on culinary adventure using seasonal ingredients, a personalized experience exclusively for A&K guests

Cruise amid soaring, glacier carved mountain peaks on spectacular Milford Sound and privately visit a working farm to witness a sheepdog muster a flock

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE AUCKLAND, NEW ZEALAND

Auckland is found on New Zealand’s north island, set on a narrow isthmus framed by rolling hills. The city is a gleaming urban oasis on the doorstep of New Zealand’s wild frontier. Upon arrival, settle into your hotel, with immediate access to your room pre-registered by A&K. This afternoon, take in city highlights such as the Harbour Bridge, Eden Park, Mount Eden and Bastion Point. Later, join a private guide for an interactive experience that showcases New Zealand’s iconic rugby team, the All Blacks, revealing the story behind their pulse-pounding rendition of the haka, a Maori ceremonial dance. Meals: D

Park Hyatt Auckland (2 nights)

DAY 2

AUCKLAND FOOD AND WINES OF WAIHEKE ISLAND

Board a ferry to Waiheke Island for a day of private food and wine tastings. Enjoy locallyproduced specialty foods, accompanied by wines from some of the island’s top boutique vineyards, followed by lunch at one of New Zealand’s top vineyard restaurants. Meals: B L

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

ROTORUA

A VISIT TO HOBBITON IN THE SHIRE

Venture through the lush pasturelands of Waikato to rural Matamata, the iconic MiddleEarth film location featured in the smash-hit movie trilogy of The Lord of the Rings. Privately tour Hobbiton, where J.R.R. Tolkien’s legendary stories came to cinematic life. Continue into the highlands to Rotorua. Set on a lake near the center of New Zealand’s vast North Island, Rotorua boasts an astonishing wealth of geothermal wonders — geysers, hot springs and mud pools. Meals: B L D

Pullman Rotorua (2 nights)

DAY 4

ROTORUA

PRESERVING THE KIWI AND MAORI CULTURE

Start your day with a guided geothermal walk for an up-close look at the bubbling mud pools and steaming geysers unique to this region. Then, partake in an A&K-exclusive experience as you enjoy a private tour of the National Kiwi Hatchery, a project supported by A&K Philanthropy. Observe the inner workings of a kiwi nursery and hatchery — the largest of its kind in the world — and hear about the

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PULLMAN ROTORUA

Elegant centrally located hotel set mere minutes from the lakefront.

PARK HYATT AUCKLAND

Contemporary luxury hotel situated on a prime stretch of waterfront.

▼

INTERCONTINENTAL WELLINGTON

Deluxe hotel nestled on the city’s waterfront.

SOFITEL QUEENSTOWN HOTEL & SPA

Luxury hotel located steps from scenic Lake Wakatipu in the heart of Queenstown.

SUDIMA KAIKOURA

Elegant new hotel committed to state-of-theart sustainability.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Walk amid the geothermal features of scenic Rotorua; recapture the magic of the Shire in Hobbiton; and take in the majesty of the mountains that shelter lovely Queenstown.

other work being done to conserve the small flightless bird that serves as a proud symbol of this island nation. Proceed to a local Maori village, where you are traditionally welcomed to the marae (gathering place). Learn about the special occasions celebrated there and discover the site’s enduring importance to the tribe. Cap off your visit with a private lunch hosted in a local home, gaining insights into the day-to-day life of local people over a meal prepared with Maori traditional tastes and influences in mind. Enjoy the rest of your day on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 5

WELLINGTON

INDIGENOUS ARTIFACTS AND INSPIRING VIEWS

Fly to Wellington, New Zealand’s trendsetting capital, where you encounter authentic “Kiwi” life. This relatively small city is nonetheless worldly, brimming with hip galleries, fascinating museums, craft breweries and trendy cafés. Upon arrival, visit the Museum of New Zealand Te Papa Tongarewa to view its vast collection of cultural and indigenous treasures. Ascend by cable car to a scenic outlook for incredible views over Wellington Harbour. This evening, dine at a local restaurant. Meals: B D

InterContinental Wellington (1 night)

DAY 6

BLENHEIM AND KAIKOURA

MARLBOROUGH WINE COUNTRY

Fly to Blenheim on New Zealand’s South Island, where you drive to the Omaka Heritage Centre for a behind-the-scenes tour. Then privately explore one of the Marlborough’s premier wineries and vineyards, tasting its fine wine. This afternoon, board the Coastal Pacific Train for a relaxing ride to Kaikoura, a picturesque rail journey that follows the rugged coast between the mountains and the sea. On arrival, check into your hotel. Meals: B L D

Sudima Kaikoura (2 nights)

DAY 7

KAIKOURA

WHALE WATCHING AND CULINARY

EXCLUSIVE

Embark on an exciting whale-watching cruise, seeking out a breathtaking up-close encounter with sperm whales, the deep-diving species that was the model for Melville’s Moby Dick. You may also sight orcas, New Zealand’s tiny Hector dolphins or highspirited dusky dolphins. Kaikoura also boasts a large concentration of seabirds, including albatrosses, petrels and shearwaters. Back on land, proceed to Hapuku Kitchen for an

A&K exclusive culinary experience. Start with a three-course farm-to-table lunch accompanied by beer and wine. Then forage the on-site garden with your chef for fruits and herbs. Your harvest bounty is used to craft a seasonal, local dessert in a hands-on cooking demonstration. Enjoy the fruits of your labor with a cup of herbal tea. Meals: B L

DAY 8

QUEENSTOWN AFTER THE GOLD RUSH

Drive to Christchurch for your flight to Queenstown. Flanked by soaring mountains, this sophisticated enclave graces the shores of a pristine lake. It was once a Maori settlement and later a gold mining outpost. Today, it’s a hub for adventure. Upon touchdown, drive to nearby Arrowtown, a settlement established in 1862 during the Otago gold rush, which you have time to explore on your own. Meals: B D

Sofitel Queenstown Hotel & Spa (3 nights)

DAY 9

QUEENSTOWN MAGNIFICENT MILFORD SOUND

Board a flight to Milford Sound (weather permitting), taking in the stunning alpine views along the way. Once there, embark on a cruise of the sound’s majestic scenery. Glide on New Zealand’s southern fjords amid towering cliffs, viewing sparkling waterfalls and watching for wildlife. Return by air to Queenstown and later drive to a picturesque sheep and cattle station with a rich history. Meet your hosts and watch a working sheep dog muster a flock. Meals: B L

DAY 10

QUEENSTOWN DESIGN YOUR DAY

After a relaxing morning at leisure, enjoy one of these Design Your Day options.

Embark on an Exhilarating Jet Boat Ride through the stunning natural scenery of Shotover Canyon.

Tour the Otago Wine Region, visiting wineries and tasting wines, including the region’s renowned Pinot Noir.

Hike the Shores of Lake Wakatipu through native beech forest and follow Twelve Mile Creek to view relics from the area’s historic old-mining era and take in lake vistas.

This evening, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

DAY 11

DEPART QUEENSTOWN

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 20-30*

Feb 10-20

Feb 17-27

Mar 3-13

Mar 17-27

Sep 22-Oct 2

Oct 13-23

Oct 27-Nov 6

Nov 6-16*

Dec 8-18

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. *Days 8-11 at The Rees Hotel.

Clockwise from far left:

The wonders of Milford Sound are best appreciated from the water; dolphins are among the plentiful marine mammals thriving near Kaikoura; discover Arrowtown’s colorful gold rush history; and learn about the rich Maori culture in Rotorua.

Carriage in Vienna

EUROPE

Scandinavian meadows dozing in soft summer sunshine or glistening beneath the northern lights. Bracing Alpine peaks blanketed in snow. Coastlines that caress storied seas and oceans: the Mediterranean, the Ionian, the Aegean, the Adriatic, the Atlantic and the Baltic. Grand cities that remember the Ancient Greeks and Romans in epic landmarks and cultural nuances – but play for today in trailblazing museums, galleries, opera houses and theaters. Culinary flair that folds global ingredients into local dining scenes. True, there are bigger continents than Europe –but none, perhaps, with its diversity of attractions and landscapes.

Coast of Ireland

SOUTHERN ITALY: SICILY, PUGLIA AND THE AMALFI COAST

A culinary hot spot and epicenter of history and art, Italy beckons you to discover the true meaning of la dolce vita. Experience the glories of Southern Italy on a panoramic journey that reveals this Mediterraneanflavored region’s distinctive food and culture as well as the slow pace of rural life, from Sicily’s ancient ruins to the colorful cliffsides of the Amalfi Coast.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $14,995 per person

$5,595 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Step back in time to explore Sicily’s incredible Greek and Roman remains, as well as the mountain-carved city of Matera

Savor the flavors of Italy with a private buffalo mozzarella tasting and a visit to a Puglian olive oil producer

Join the owner of Palazzo Francavilla for an A&K-exclusive guided tour of the historic Palermo estate, followed by aperitifs

Drive the stunning Amalfi Coast Road to Positano and taste the fruits of Sorrento’s lemon orchards

Stop in Corleone for insight into the Sicilian Mafia, an aspect of life in the region for years

DAY 1 ARRIVE PALERMO, ITALY

Arrive in Palermo, Sicily’s lively capital, and transfer to your hotel located in the city’s historic center. Sicily has a long history of stubborn independence from the political forces of mainland Italy, and today remains an autonomous region with its own distinct history and culture. Join your Resident Tour Director tonight for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Grand Hotel et Des Palmes (2 nights)

DAY 2

PALERMO

TREASURES OF NORMAN ARCHITECTURE

Join a local guide for a walk through a ninthcentury Norman Royal Palace with its glittering, mosaic-laden chapel. Still in use today as the headquarters of Sicily’s Parliament, the palace is the oldest royal residence in all of Europe. Then, journey to the hillside town of Monreale and enter its extravagant cathedral, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Its mosaic-lined walls are breathtaking to behold. Return to Palermo with time free to explore more of this unique port city. Later, on an A&K-exclusive experience, visit beautiful Palazzo Francavilla for a private tour and an apéritif with the owner. Meals: B

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

AGRIGENTO

THE DARK HISTORY OF COSA NOSTRA

Journey across Sicily’s rugged, mountainous countryside to the southern coast. Stop in the small village of Corleone, birthplace of several Mafia bosses (including fictional characters in The Godfather). The Mafia — or, as its members call it, Cosa Nostra (literally, “our thing”) — has been part of Sicilian life for well over a century, as you learn from a local expert. Proceeding to coastal Agrigento, discover the Temple of Concord, a superb example of classical sacred architecture. Meals: B L D

Alba Palace (1 night)

DAY 4

PIAZZA ARMERINA

ASCEND MOUNT ETNA

In the town of Piazza Armerina, visit the UNESCO-listed Villa Romana del Casale to view its breathtaking mosaics. Continue to the east coast of Sicily and up to the 6,000-footplus heights of smoldering Mount Etna, taking in panoramic views of the landscape and coast. Later, arrive at your lush resort above the sparkling coast. Meals: B L D

Donna Carmela (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Along the scenic Amalfi Coast; behold the Greek amphitheater; see Alberobello’s unique Trulli houses.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ROMEO HOTEL

Contemporary luxury hotel with views of the Gulf of Naples, Mount Vesuvius and Capri.

PALAZZO GATTINI (MATERA)

Boutique hotel with its vaulted and arched ceilings, overlooking unique cave dwellings.

▼

GRAND HOTEL ET DES PALMES

Grand luxury hotel with Art Nouveau decor located in the heart of Palermo.

ALBA PALACE

Boutique hotel with 17 rooms, set in a former 19th-century palace with rustic stone walls, located in Favara.

DONNA CARMELA

Boutique resort with 28 guest rooms and suites, set among Mediterranean gardens, between Mount Etna and the Ionian Sea.

▼

DAY 5

TAORMINA MAJESTIC VANTAGE POINT

Drive to Taormina for a private, chef-led cooking class in a villa above the sea, and eat what you’ve created. Then explore the town’s Greek amphitheater with a guide. Meals: B L

DAYS 6-7

MATERA

ANCIENT CAVE CITY

In Messina, cross the strait between Sicily and the Italian mainland by ferry. Disembark in Villa San Giovanni in Calabria, and drive into Basilicata and to Matera, the UNESCO-listed Città Sotterranea (Underground City), a site carved into the mountains. The next day, walk its narrow, jagged lanes with a guide, and then visit a bakery that carries on local breadmaking traditions. Meals: B D (Day 6); B (Day 7)

Palazzo Gattini (3 nights)

DAY 8

ALBEROBELLO

THE TRULLI HOUSES OF APULIA

Journey into Puglia to nearby Locorotondo, one of Italy’s most beautiful towns, for a

walking tour. Meet an olive oil producer for a private tasting, followed by a lunch made from local products. Later, visit Alberobello and its rows of conical trulli houses, dwellings unique to this province of Bari. Meals: B L

DAY 9

PAESTUM AND NAPLES

MAKING MOZZARELLA

Depart for the sparkling Amalfi Coast area, famed for its postcard-pefect villages of pastel-painted houses perched on steep cliffs overlooking the Tyrrhenian Sea and the Gulf of Salerno. Stop en route in Paestum, an ancient Greek city known for its well-preserved temples, which you view before stopping for lunch at a nearby mozzarella-making farm. In Naples, settle into your hotel. Tonight, eat an iconic Neapolitan specialty at a traditional pizzeria. Meals: B L D

ROMEO Hotel (3 nights)

DAY 10

POSITANO

GLORIES OF THE COAST

Journey to Sorrento to visit a lemon nursery and learn about this icon of the Amalfi Coast. Take in a demonstration of Neapolitan cooking, followed by lunch. Then, drive the Amalfi Coast

to Positano to take in the stunning views and continue via Amalfi to Ravello for an engaging photo stop. Return to Naples. Meals: B L

DAY 11

NAPLES

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Begin your last full day of exploring Southern Italy with your choice of one of these Design Your Day activities:

Join a Guide to Tour Herculaneum, destroyed by the lava flows of nearby Vesuvius in AD 79. Explore the Flavors of “Hidden Naples” on a foodie’s walking tour of this vibrant city noted for its cuisine.

Cruise to the Isle of Capri, where you roam this sun-kissed paradise from the Villa San Michele to the Gardens of Augustus.

Tonight, celebrate your journey with a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

DAY 12

DEPART NAPLES

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 8-19

May 15-26

May 29-Jun 9

Jun 12-23

Jun 26-Jul 7

Jul 10-21

Jul 24-Aug 4

Sep 4-15

Sep 11-22

Sep 18-29

Sep 25-Oct 6

Oct 2-13

Oct 16-27

Oct 30-Nov 10

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 yrs.

Clockwise from far left:

Matera, site of a UNESCO-listed cave city; walk the architecturally rich streets of Palermo; see the olive trees and Roman ruins at Agrigento; along the rocky coast of Capri.

ITALY’S GREAT CITIES: ROME, FLORENCE AND VENICE

The ancient grandeur of Rome, the artistic splendor of Florence and the romantic allure of Venice — each destination on this unforgettable Italian adventure offers a unique glimpse into the country’s rich history and culture. Experience Italy’s spiritual and artistic heart with unrivaled insider access to historic sites, exquisite food and wine, and intimate encounters with artisans devoted to timeless romantic traditions.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,995 per person

$6,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the Vatican Museums and admire the Sistine Chapel at their best, visiting early to avoid the crowds

Join a local art specialist on a walking tour of Florence and marvel at Michelangelo’s David and other masterpieces up close at the Accademia

Indulge in the flavors of Italy, from a farmto-table feast in Florence to a wine tasting in Tuscany and hands-on pizza-making in Rome

Gain exclusive access to a historic restoration project in Florence

May 15-22

Jun 5-12

Jun 19-26

Departures

Clockwise from far left:

The romance of Venice always endures; overlooking Florence, birthplace of the Renaissance; venture through the wine-rich rolling countryside of Tuscany.

Jul 3-10

Sep 4-11

Sep 18-25

Oct 2-9

Oct 16-23

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL SAVOY

Grand and historic luxury hotel, nestled in the heart of Florence.

THE ST. REGIS VENICE

Contemporary luxury hotel fronting the Grand Canal and affording easy access to the Piazza San Marco and the Gallerie dell’Accademia.

HOTEL DE LA VILLE

Luxury hotel in a historic palazzo, ideally set atop the Spanish Steps in Rome.

NORTHERN ITALY: CINQUE TERRE, LAKE COMO AND VENICE

Northern Italy has an elegant vibe all its own, with a range of Mediterranean cultures and landscapes to take in, from Como in the gorgeous Lake District to the sparkling Cinque Terre and wine-rich hills of Piedmont. Discover the magic of Italy’s northern provinces for yourself, partaking of exquisite food and wine and exploring some of the country’s most distinguished cities, including fashion capital Milan and romantic, postcard-perfect Venice.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,595 per person

$5,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

View Da Vinci’s masterpiece The Last Supper during a two-night stay in sophisticated Milan

Privately cruise beautiful Lake Como by boat, absorbing views of the charming villas and steep, wooded hills that surround you

Automotive splendors to rev your engine are on full display when you visit the Ferrari Museum and Ferrari’s storied testing track in Modena

Immerse yourself in the vibrant colors and rugged cliffs of the Cinque Terre while exploring its famed villages

Savor delicious meats, cheeses and Italian classics, and visit a cheese manufacturer in Parma

Visit the Venissa estate, Venice’s only vineyard, and sample the wine derived from its unique terroir

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE

Jun 14-24

Jul 12-22

Sep 6-16

Sep 13-23

Sep 20-30

Oct 4-14

Oct 11-21

Oct 18-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. DAY 1 ARRIVE MILAN, ITALY DAY 2

CHARMING VILLAGE OF BELLAGIO

DAY 3

MILAN DA VINCI’S MASTERPIECE

TURIN

SESTRI

DAYS 7-8

PARMA AND BOLOGNA FOOD TASTING AND FERRARIS

DAYS 9-11

DEPART VENICE

Clockwise from far left: The iconic villages of Cinque Terre; bask in postcard-perfect Bellagio beside Lake Como; try your hand at pasta making in Bologna.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PALAZZO CORDUSIO GRAN MELIÁ

Newly opened luxury palace hotel in the heart of Milan.

GRAND HOTEL MAJESTIC GIA BAGLIONI

A 300-year-old palazzo, the Grand Hotel Majestic già Baglioni opened as a luxury hotel in 1911 and remains the most glamorous in Bologna.

GRAND HOTEL PORTOVENERE

Elegant and welcoming haven ideal for exploring Cinque Terre and the surrounding seaside.

SAN CLEMENTE PALACE KEMPINSKI VENICE

Luxury hotel on the private island of San Clemente in Venice, just a short boat ride from Piazza San Marco.

GRAND HOTEL SITEA

Contemporary hotel in the heart of Risorgimento Turin embodying a legacy of luxury dating back to 1925.

SWITZERLAND: THE ALPS TO THE ITALIAN LAKES

Switzerland’s turquoise lakes and soaring snow-capped mountains stir the soul like few places in Europe, while the charms of cities such as Zurich and Bern swap alpine beauty for Old World architecture and hearty meals. On this enriching journey that combines the beautiful Swiss Alps with Italy’s glorious Lakes District, discover the region’s people, traditions and culinary splendors backdropped by rugged natural wonders.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,495 per person

$6,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Traverse the country in style on the GoldenPass Express, which affords Prestige-class seating, unique glass ceilings and views of Switzerland’s beautiful mountain scenery

Gain private access to Bern’s landmark Zytglogge bell tower for an intimate guided visit

Savor famously smooth Swiss chocolate during a tasting workshop at an independent producer

Discover Lake Maggiore by private boat, and savor a special farewell dinner on beautiful Isola Bella

SWITZERLAND

Lucerne

DAY 1

ARRIVE ZURICH, SWITZERLAND

A country where modern technology and time-honored traditions go hand in hand, Switzerland lives up to its postcard-worthy reputation for snow-capped alpine peaks, cozy chalets and cows grazing in grassy meadows. Arrive in Zurich, Switzerland’s largest city and one with a well-deserved reputation for offering a high quality of life, among the best in the world. Settle into your hotel, and this evening join your fellow guests for dinner. Meals: D

Mandarin Oriental Savoy, Zurich (2 nights)

DAY 2

ZURICH

BREATHTAKING VIEWS & SCENIC PATHS

Enjoy a guided walking tour of Zurich this morning, taking in its alluring mix of modern and Old World architecture while strolling its wide, pedestrian-friendly avenues. Zurich is known for its churches, and your walk incorporates several noteworthy ones, including the Fraumünster, with its Marc Chagall-designed stained glass windows, and the Grossmünster, supposedly founded by Charlemagne and later playing a key part in

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

establishing the Reformation in Switzerland. After lunch at a local bierkeller (beer cellar), gather for a sweet finish with a visit to an independent chocolate producer. Learn about the fascinating history and production of Swiss chocolate at the last manufacturer who still starts with the raw cacao beans. Meals: B L

DAY 3

LUCERNE

GLITTERING LAKESIDE ALPINE GEM

Travel to Lucerne, on the shores of its beautiful lake, and stroll the streets of this medieval jewel. The city’s most famous landmark is the Chapel Bridge, the oldest covered wooden bridge in Europe. Its interior is decorated with vivid paintings, many of which date back to the 17th century and depict events from the city’s history. You also visit Corn Market Square and the nearby Old Town Hall, built in 1602. There is time for lunch at leisure or further exploration. Continue to Alpnachstad and board the cogwheel train for a ride on the world’s steepest railway to the top of Mt. Pilatus. Descend via cable car and alpine gondola. Continue to your hotel in Bern, named for the bears that may still be seen in Europe’s wilderness. Meals: B

Bellevue Palace (3 nights)

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MANDARIN ORIENTAL SAVOY, ZURICH

Recently renovated grand luxury hotel, an icon on the Paradeplatz.

BELLEVUE PALACE

Classic 19th-century luxury hotel nestled in the heart of Switzerland’s culturally rich capital city, Bern.

▼

GRAND HOTEL ZERMATTERHOF

Grand luxury hotel in the heart of Zermatt, welcoming guests to the area since 1879.

HOTEL LA PALMA

Romantic lakeside hotel surrounded by Stresa’s natural beauty, featuring a gourmet restaurant and sky bar.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Italy’s splendid Lake Maggiore; walk the streets of scenic Zurich; opt to view the stunning Matterhorn by train or mountain bike.

DAY 4

BERN

PRIVATE CLOCK TOWER VISIT

This morning, discover the charms of Switzerland’s intimate capital, strolling delightful old streets and stepping inside the Zytglogge for a private, guided visit of this legendary medieval clock tower. From the top, look out over Bern’s UNESCO-listed Old Town. The rest of your day is free relaxing or exploring on your own. Tonight, dine at your elegant hotel. Meals: B D

DAY 5

INTERLAKEN

SONOROUS TONES OF THE ALPHORN

Travel to the pretty mountain village of Habkern and partake in two Swiss traditions. Take part in a special class with a yodel teacher and a lesson in the history of the famous alphorn. Once, these massive horns were used by herdsmen on the mountain slopes to communicate with people in the valleys below; today, they are enjoyed as musical instruments, and your lesson includes the option to play one yourself. After lunch, visit scenic Interlaken and cruise beautiful Lake Thun, surrounded by the glory of the Alps. Return to Bern for an evening at leisure. Meals: B L

DAY 6

ZERMATT

ABOARD THE GOLDENPASS EXPRESS

Journey overland to Interlaken, where you board the GoldenPass Express in Prestige class for the scenic ride to Montreux, sampling local foods en route. Continue by road to the mountain town of Zermatt — a popular waypoint for Alpine explorers with car-free streets ideal for a stroll among the friendly locals. Tonight, dine on traditional Swiss fondue. Meals: B L D

Grand Hotel Zermatterhof (2 nights)

DAY 7

ZERMATT

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Today, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities:

Ascend to the Summit of Gornegrat Mountain by cog railroad to take in vistas of the Matterhorn and more. Hike in the Zermatt Mountains with an expert guide to see picturesque alpine lakes that reflect jaw-dropping scenery. Mountain Bike Through the Swiss Countryside, taking in spectacular views of the Matterhorn.

Enjoy the remainder of your day on your own. Meals: B

DAY 8

STRESA, ITALY ON THE SHORES OF LAKE MAGGIORE

A short train ride takes you out of Zermatt today. Eat lunch at a local restaurant in the spectacular Simplon Pass before arriving in northern Italy’s breathtaking Lakes District and the beautiful resort town of Stresa. Nestled on the shores of Lake Maggiore, Stresa was the setting for portions of Ernest Hemingway’s World War I novel A Farewell to Arms. Settle in to your lakeside hotel and enjoy a refreshing cocktail overlooking the glittering lake, followed by a fine dinner. Meals: B L D

Hotel La Palma (3 nights)

DAY 9

STRESA

BOAT

RIDE TO A LEGENDARY ISLAND

Drive to Orta San Giulio, a charming medieval town resting upon a shimmering lake. The town occupies a promontory commanding wide views over the lake and farther shore, and its shaded streets are made for wandering. Take a boat to the nearby island of San Giulio to see its Benedictine monastery and church. Legend claims the island was once infested by serpents and monsters that terrorized local villages until patron saint Julius of Novara arrived with a great storm at his back and banished them forever. Return to Stresa in the afternoon. Meals: B L

DAY 10

STRESA

LUSH,

ALPINE LAKE MAGGIORE

This morning, relax and enjoy the amenities at your hotel, stroll the local market in Stresa or just sit in a café and watch the world go by. Later, board a private boat for a tour of Lake Maggiore and its islands, renowned for their impressive gardens. On beautiful Isola Bella, enjoy a special farewell dinner with your fellow guests as the sun sets over the surrounding mountains. Meals: B D

DAY 11

DEPART MILAN

Transfer this morning to Milan Malpensa Airport for your onward travel. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 28-Jun 7*

Jun 11-21

Jun 25-Jul 5

Jul 16-26 Jul 23-Aug 2 Sep 3-13, 10-20

Sep 24-Oct 4* Oct 1-11*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. The Gornergrat Ralway as an optional activity can be experienced at high altitude. Maximum elevation is 10,240 ft. *Days 6-7 at Schweizerhof Zermatt.

Clockwise from far left: Visit a village in the soaring Swiss Alps; a statue and garden in medieval Stresa; mingle with the locals in Zermatt; walk the charming Chapel Bridge in Lucerne.

VENICE AND THE DOLOMITES

Italy’s northeast beguiles with a can’t-miss combination of Old-World romance and some of the most spectacular mountain landscapes in Europe. Begin amid the cobblestone streets of medieval Asolo, then continue up into the snow-dusted Dolomites, where you explore amid this awe-inspiring UNESCO-listed mountain range, tasting local cheese and wine along the way. Acting as a fitting finale, Venice enchants with Gothic architecture, outstanding craftsmanship and the chance to enter an iconic palazzo and see its extraordinary art collection.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,295 per person

$5,595 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

A guided tasting in a Palladian-style villa introduces you to the wines of the renowned Prosecco region

Ride by Jeep and hike through the soaring Dolomites and visit the Cinque Torri (Five Towers)

Taste locally made cheese with wine at a tiny cheese house in the Dolomites

Stay in three of the most fabulous independent hotels in Italy

Explore the 15th-century Palazzo Erizzo Nani Mocenigo on Venice’s Grand Canal with exclusive access

At the furnace of Angelo Orsoni, one of the best-kept secrets in Venice, watch artisans at work creating coveted glass and gold mosaics as it’s been done since 1888

Gastronomic experiences in northern Italy’s foodie capital

Venice

Cortina d’Ampezzo

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE ASOLO, ITALY

DAY 2

ASOLO

FINE WINES OF PROSECCO

DAY 3

CORTINA GLORIES OF THE DOLOMITES

DAY 4

CORTINA

CHEESE TASTING WITH WINE

DAY 5

VENICE

HISTORIC DAM VISIT

ARTISANAL TREASURES

DAY 7

VENICE

INTIMATE TEA AT A NOBLE PALACE

DAY 8 DEPART VENICE

Jun 28-Jul 5 Sep 14-21* Sep 23-30

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. *Day 1 at Hotel Villa Cipriani.

The awe-inspiring Dolomites; take in life along the Grand Canal in Venice; the fine art of Venetian glass blowing.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ROSAPETRA SPA RESORT

Set in the alpine enclave of Cortina d’Ampezzo, Rosapetra Spa Resort puts the majestic Queen of the Dolomites front and center — a woodsy retreat for active adventurers or those just looking to recharge.

ALBERGO AL SOLE

Nestled in the medieval town of Asolo, the Albergo Al Sole affords stunning views of the Treviso countryside and features classic regional decor and warm wood accents.

PALAZZINA GRASSI

Overlooking the Grand Canal, Palazzina Grassi is centrally located in Venice’s San Marco district. Palazzina Grassi amplifies the timeless romance of Venice with its bespoke design, excellent service and prime location.

GERMANY: VIBRANT CITIES

AND FAIRYTALE CASTLES

From the soaring spires of medieval castles to the verdant depths of ancient forests, Germany’s rich history gives way to the southern gem of Bavaria, stippled with idyllic vistas, traditional villages and storied beer gardens. This fascinating journey through thatched-roof villages and bustling cities uncovers the past and present, with opportunities to explore the region’s rich culture, art and cuisine.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,495 per person

$3,795 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Connect with a local artist in Berlin who lived in the shadow of the Berlin Wall and learn the significance of the mural display at the East Side Gallery

Privately owned Proschwitz Castle welcomes you with its exquisite wines on an A&Kexclusive experience

Savor the authentic taste of Munich’s beer culture on a foodie tour, brewery visit and dinner in a lively beer hall

Discover the production secrets of Europe’s oldest porcelain maker on a guided visit that concludes with lunch

Visit fairy-tale Neuschwanstein Castle, an iconic Bavarian landmark and architectural inspiration to Walt Disney

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE BERLIN, GERMANY

DAYS 2-3

BERLIN

HISTORY, ART & THE BERLIN WALL

DAY 4

MEISSEN

EXCLUSIVE CASTLE VISIT & WINE

TASTING

DAY 5

DRESDEN

SPLENDORS OF A CITY REBORN

DAY 6

LEIPZIG

MUSICAL GIANT OF BAROQUE

DAYS 7-9

MUNICH

BAVARIAN ADVENTURES

DAY 10

DEPART MUNICH

May 19-28

Jun 16-25

Jul 14-23

Clockwise from far left: Make a fairy tale of your own at Neuschwanstein Castle; see how Meissen porcelain is made; view the sculpted grace of Dresden’s Frauenkirche.

Aug 18-27

Sep 1-10

Sep 8-17

Oct 6-15

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL DE ROME

Poised in Berlin’s historic Bebelplatz neighborhood, Hotel de Rome is set just steps from the Reichstag and Brandenburg Gate.

GEWANDHAUS DRESDEN

Contemporary luxury hotel featuring sleek, modern interiors with Italian marble bathrooms.

THE CHARLES HOTEL

Overlooking the picturesque Old Botanical Garden in Munich, this contemporary hotel is a luxurious hideaway right in the city center.

WONDERS OF BUDAPEST, VIENNA AND PRAGUE

Hungary, Austria and the Czech Republic each hold a fascination for visitors who appreciate Old World charms, especially those found along the cobblestone streets of their delightful capitals. Discover the three most radiant cities in Central Europe and experience their grand architectural, artistic and cultural heritage, exploring Baroque-era treasures with local experts who know every corner.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,495 per person

$4,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Absorb the imperial grandeur of Budapest, a city that has survived the passing of empires and kept its romantic allure

Privately cruise the Danube by night, taking in the dazzling beauty of Budapest illuminated and viewing impressive examples of architecture along the way

Attend an intimate concert at the Mozarthaus in Vienna, a mecca for great composers, including Mozart, Beethoven, Schubert and Strauss, for more than a century

In the Czech Republic’s beautiful Moravia region, taste handcrafted local wines at a family-owned winery

See the glorious frescoes on the ceiling of the library of the Strahov Monastery and gain access to an area usually closed to the public, on a guided private visit exclusively for A&K guests

DAY 1

ARRIVE BUDAPEST, HUNGARY

Arrive in Budapest, a city occupying both sides of the Danube River and founded in 1873, when right-bank Buda and Obuda joined left-bank Pest. Budapest’s broad avenues and turn-ofthe-century architecture have earned it the name “the Paris of Eastern Europe.” Like Paris, it is a cultural touchstone for writers, artists and musicians. Once you settle in, join your fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Four Seasons Hotel Gresham Palace Budapest (3 nights)

DAY 2

BUDAPEST

MATTHIAS CHURCH AND FISHERMAN’S BASTION

Venture across the Danube River to explore the Buda side of the city. Visit Matthias Church, the 13th-century coronation cathedral of Hungarian kings, and Fisherman’s Bastion, offering spectacular views of the city. Built in neo-Gothic and neo-Romanesque styles, the bastion is named for the guild of fishermen who defended this part of the city during the Middle Ages. Explore the Franz Liszt Academy of Music, founded by the great 19th-century Hungarian composer and piano virtuoso.

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

Afterward, partake in a chef-led cooking class in Hungarian specialties, which you then enjoy for lunch. The rest of the day is yours to enjoy on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 3

BUDAPEST

ACROSS THE BRIDGE IN PEST

Today, discover a different side of the city in Pest. View Heroes’ Square and stop to see the Great Synagogue as well as St. Stephen’s Basilica; its south tower houses the largest bell in Hungary. Then, visit the Central Market Hall to explore the vast array of food and crafts, including cheeses, sausage and other local specialties, and enjoy time for lunch on your own. Later, visit the Parliament Building. Your afternoon is free for relaxing or exploring. After dinner, embark on a private cruise of the romantic Danube to watch the glittering lights of Budapest drift by. Meals: B D

DAY 4

BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA & VIENNA, AUSTRIA IN OLD TOWN

Journey overland to Bratislava, capital of Slovakia, for a guided walk through its old town, once a jewel of the Austro-Hungarian

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL GRESHAM PALACE BUDAPEST

Travel + Leisure World’s Best hotel, offering stately grandeur and a serene retreat from the bustle, located along the shimmering Danube. ▼

MANDARIN ORIENTAL, PRAGUE

Historic luxury hotel appointed with contemporary elegance ideally located near the iconic Charles Bridge.

HOTEL IMPERIAL (VIENNA)

Luxurious, opulent hotel set in a historic former palace in the heart of the city, within walking distance of the Vienna State Opera and the Imperial Palace.

Clockwise from far left:

Admire Bratislava’s Baroque architecture; take in the sights of Budapest, such as St. Stephen’s Basilica; and explore Vienna’s Schönbrunn Palace.

Empire. From its perch along the Danube River, Bratislava is an old-world city adorned with Baroque architecture and graced by welcoming locals and delicious food, including dumplings and blackcurrant wine, all its own. After partaking of its charms, embark by highspeed catamaran for a quick cruise, skimming along the lovely Danube to Vienna, Austria. Meals: B L

Hotel Imperial (3 nights)

DAY 5 VIENNA

AUSTRIA’S IMPERIAL GRANDEUR

From snow-dusted mountains alive with music to delectable Sacher Torte that tantalizes the tastebuds, Austria fills the senses with delight. Vienna, the cultural capital of the country, is synonymous with ornate palaces and concert halls ringing with the melodies of Mozart and Strauss. Set out for a walking tour of the city led by a local guide. At the Hofburg Palace — former seat of emperors and current residence of the president of Austria — visit the Imperial Treasury to admire its glittering collection of imperial regalia. Proceed to the Gothic St. Stephen’s Cathedral with its soaring main tower presiding over the surrounding neighborhood. After lunch, visit Schönbrunn Palace, the former residence of Habsburg monarchs. Later, attend a concert at the

historic Mozarthaus Vienna, one-time home of Wolfgang Amadeus Mozart. Meals: B L D

DAY 6 VIENNA

VISIONS OF THE IMPERIAL CITY

Get to know Vienna better, viewing the Prater and its Giant Ferris Wheel. See the Secession Building and the famous Hundertwasser House, and then visit the Belvedere Gallery, where you view many works by the brilliant and controversial symbolist artist Gustav Klimt, including The Kiss. Your afternoon is free, to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B

DAY 7

MORAVIA, CZECH REPUBLIC WINES OF RARE TERROIR

Travel to Prague, stopping en route at the Stary Vrch winery in the Czech countryside for a tasting of its signature vintages, followed by lunch. Upon arrival in Prague, check in to your hotel and then head out for dinner at a local restaurant, and discover why this city always leaves you wanting more. No matter how much time you spend in the beautiful capital of the Czech Republic, you want one more walk through its charming public square, one more visit to its historic castle or one more stroll down Kafka’s famous winding paths of the old

Jewish Quarter. A&K helps you take in the best while you’re here. Meals: B L D

Mandarin Oriental, Prague (3 nights)

DAY 8

PRAGUE DESIGN YOUR DAY

Explore the city’s Castle District, starting with the towering Gothic St. Vitus Cathedral, which houses the tombs of Bohemian kings and Holy Roman Emperors, including that of Wenceslas I, Duke of Bohemia, legendary subject of the beloved Christmas carol “Good King Wenceslas.” Stroll the Golden Lane, the last surviving vestige of Prague Castle’s 16th-century architecture, where the castle’s original craftspeople lived and worked. Follow this with a private visit to the Baroque library halls of the Strahov Monastery to view its incredible stucco ceiling frescoes. Stroll in the peaceful quiet, looking up at the mural devoted to the intellectual progress of mankind, and let yourself contemplate a bygone era. Then, admire the religious artifacts at the Loreto Chapel, a remarkable Baroque monument that remains a place of pilgrimage. Cross the famous Charles Bridge, an iconic landmark of Prague completed in 1402. After some time on your own for lunch, enjoy one these Design Your Day activities.

Attend a Traditional Glassblowing Workshop, as a master introduces you to the intricacies of this ancient Czech craft.

Set Out on a Foodie Walking Tour, savoring tastes of Czech cuisine, from pastries to goulash to beer.

Relax with a Spa Experience at your hotel, in a haven for the body and spirit, choosing from an array of treatments.

Afterward, return to your hotel. Meals: B

DAY 9 PRAGUE HISTORY REMEMBERED

Venture forth on a walking tour of Josefov, the city’s Jewish Quarter, which remained a walled ghetto until 1848. View the birthplace of Franz Kafka (part of the Jewish Museum complex), best known for his existentialist novel The Metamorphosis. Proceed to visit the Old Jewish Cemetery, site of 12,000 graves, and the Old-New Synagogue, Europe’s oldest active synagogue, completed in 1270. After free time in the afternoon, gather for a celebratory farewell dinner. Meals: B D

DAY 10

DEPART PRAGUE

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 11-20

May 18-27

May 25-Jun 3

Jun 1-10

Jun 8-17

Jun 22-Jul 1

Jul 6-15

Jul 20-29

Aug 3-12

Aug 17-26

Sep 7-16

Sep 14-23

Sep 21-30

Sep 28-Oct 7

Oct 5-14

Oct 12-21

Oct 26-Nov 4

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

GO FURTHER

WARSAW & KRAKOW PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Tour Warsaw’s highlights, explore Krakow with a local guide, and visit Auschwitz and the former Schindler factory.

6 days from $4,995 per person

Clockwise from far left:

Prague’s skyline reveals its gothic history; the Gardens of Schönbrunn Palace are filled with beauty; Fisherman’s Bastion and Parliament building are icons of Budapest; and the heritage of Mozart and Strauss is reflected in Vienna’s architectural elegance.

SPAIN AND PORTUGAL: 10 EXTRAORDINARY CITIES

Similar in many ways yet distinct in others, Spain and Portugal combine to offer travel experiences rich in history and an air of romance. Explore them both on one spectacular journey, witnessing daily life today and discovering how a range of peoples influenced the culture, cuisine and arts across the entire Iberian peninsula.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,795 per person

$ 5,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience two Gehry-designed architectural masterpieces, exploring the Guggenheim Museum Bilbao and staying for two nights at the Hotel Marqués de Riscal

At a palace in Seville, savor a private dinner and a superb flamenco performance, on an A&Kexclusive experience

Roam the medieval streets of Córdoba’s Jewish Quarter and view the stunning interior of the city’s Grand Mosque

Taste a variety of culinary treats on a tapas adventure in Madrid, partaking in a delectable Spanish cultural tradition

DAY 1

ARRIVE LISBON, PORTUGAL

Portugal is a country brimming with a seafaring history and old-world charm. Many cultures have thrived here over the centuries as evidenced by the stately palaces, medieval castles, tranquil monasteries and quaint fishing villages they left behind. Lisbon, the capital, enchants with limestone buildings, intimate alleyways and easy-going vibe. Meals: D

Olissippo Lapa Palace (2 nights)

DAY 2

LISBON

HISTORIC CITY HIGHLIGHTS

Enjoy a tour of Lisbon with an expert local guide, roaming streets that gently rise and fall over the hills on which this coastal city is built. See the Belém Tower, an intricately carved limestone structure with Moorish-inspired architecture, and visit the UNESCO-listed Jerónimos Monastery. Meals: B

DAY 3

EVORA

WALLED MEDIEVAL CITY

Journey to Évora, a beautifully preserved medieval city located on a sun-drenched plain

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

in southern Portugal, stopping en route for a wine tasting. On arrival, visit the historic town center, a UNESCO World Heritage Site, to view an ancient Roman Temple, the Gothic 13thcentury Sé Cathedral with its Romanesque architectural influences, and the striking city walls — all must-see treasures. Meals: B L D

Convento do Espinheiro (1 night)

DAY 4

MERIDA, SPAIN AND SEVILLE

ANCIENT MERIDA AND A PRIVATE FLAMENCO PERFORMANCE

Drive eastward into Spain, long a crossroads of western Europe — ruled by the Romans, swept by the Moors and reclaimed by crusaders — and a crucible of architectural and culinary innovations that still resonate. Its cities, Madrid, Barcelona, Seville, like tapas, each come with their own flavor and story. Stop in Mérida to view its Roman amphitheater, built to host gladiatorial combat. Journey into the Andalusia region to Seville, a bastion of Moorish architecture and whitewashed barrios with jasmine-scented streets. Ride a horse-drawn carriage to a palace where the owners host your private dinner, followed by a performance of flamenco dancing and singing at their historic home. Meals: B D

Hotel Alfonso XIII (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Behold the unique and inspiring Sagrada Família in Barcelona inside and out; view the Roman theater in Mérida; explore Lisbon along its streets to view the sweep of history through local architecture.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MANDARIN ORIENTAL RITZ, MADRID

Grand luxury hotel set in a Belle Époque palace within Madrid’s Golden Triangle of Art.

OLISSIPPO LAPA PALACE (LISBON)

Luxurious, tranquil 19th-century retreat.

HOTEL MARQUES DE RISCAL

Spectacular luxury retreat in Elciego designed by Frank Gehry featuring an on-site winery.

▼

HOTEL PALACIO DE SANTA PAULA (GRANADA)

Historic luxury hotel in a renovated convent.

CONVENTO DO ESPINHEIRO

Beautiful, historic luxury hotel built from a former convent in Évora.

ALMANAC BARCELONA

Intimate modern luxury hotel in the heart of the city.

HOTEL ALFONSO XIII

Iconic luxury hotel in Seville’s historic quarter of Santa Cruz.

▼

DAY 5

SEVILLE GOTHIC CATHEDRAL AND JEWISH QUARTER

One of Spain’s most romantic cities, Seville was home to the legendary Don Juan and Carmen and its warm, easy-going atmosphere welcomes you. Visit the city’s gems, including the largest Gothic cathedral in the world and the Jewish Quarter, where you stroll a labyrinth of narrow streets dating to the time of Moorish rule. Your afternoon is free to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B

DAY 6

GRANADA

MOORISH ARCHITECTURE OF ALHAMBRA

Take in the beguiling city of Granada, an Andalusian hub where Catholics, Jews, Muslims and the Romani all had a hand in creating its eclectic history and culture. Explore Alhambra, a vast palace and UNESCO World Heritage Site that exemplifies the height of Moorish architectural flourish. Dine at a restaurant offering striking views over the site. Meals: B L D

Hotel Palacio de Santa Paula (1 night)

DAY 7

CORDOBA AND MADRID JEWISH QUARTER AND MEZQUITA

Travel to Córdoba, a city of winding, stonepaved streets and whitewashed houses, their wrought-iron patios and balconies graced with flowers. Visit this city’s historic Jewish neighborhood, and then enter the former Great Mosque, now known as the Mezquita, to view its breathtaking Moorish-influenced interior. Enjoy time to explore before boarding a highspeed AVE train to Madrid. Cap off your day with a fun tapas tour for dinner. Meals: B D

Mandarin Oriental Ritz, Madrid (3 nights)

DAY 8

MADRID

ROYAL SPLENDOR

Situated 2,100 feet above sea level, near Spain’s geographic center, Madrid is Europe’s highest capital city. With its ideal blend of the historic and the modern, wonderful cuisine and a buoyant nightlife, Madrid never disappoints. Get to know the city alongside an expert, visiting the Royal Palace to admire its rich decor. After lunch at a local restaurant, enjoy free time to explore independently, perhaps following the sound of flamenco guitar pouring from an intimate café. Meals: B L

DAY 9

MADRID DESIGN YOUR DAY

Enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

See Madrid on a Relaxing Bike Tour, discovering the city center’s architecture and neighborhoods and Retiro Park. Discover Toledo, a place in medieval Europe where Muslim, Jewish and Christian communities coexisted.

Tour the Prado Museum, viewing works by El Greco, Velázquez and Goya with an expert.

Meals: B

DAYS 10-11

ELCIEGO

FOOD AND WINE THAT ENCHANTS

Journey to La Rioja, stopping en route for a tour, followed by a chef-led gourmet lunch with wine pairings at the Vivanco Museum of Wine Culture. Proceed to Elciego and check in to the Hotel Marqués de Riscal. Settle into your luxurious room and admire the hotel’s amazing design, created by master architect Frank Gehry. The next day, Spain’s storied Rioja region comes to life as you visit an olive oil mill and sample their oils, walk through Laguardia and taste wine with tapas in one of the village cellars. Meals: B L (Day 10); B L D (Day 11)

Hotel Marqués de Riscal (2 nights)

DAYS 12-13

BILBAO AND BARCELONA

GUGGENHEIM AND GAUDI

Drive to Bilbao today, in the heart of Spain’s Basque country, where you tour galleries devoted to modern and contemporary art, including the monumental sculpture The Matter of Time, at the Frank Gehry-designed Guggenheim Museum Bilbao. After lunch, fly to Barcelona. The next day, connect with the best of the city, starting at the Barcelona Pavilion, a study in minimalism. Then explore the iconic Sagrada Família, a spectacular basilica designed by Catalan architect Antoni Gaudí. Behold the towering spires outside and take in the incomparably detailed vaulted ceiling inside. Enjoy time for lunch at leisure in the Central Market, also known as La Boqueria. Your afternoon is on your own before tonight’s festive farewell dinner.

Meals: B L (Day 12); B D (Day 13)

Almanac Barcelona (2 nights)

DAY 14

DEPART BARCELONA

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Apr 24-May 7

May 8-21

May 29-Jun 11

Jun 5-18

Jun 12-25

Jun 26-Jul 9

Jul 10-23

Sep 11-24

Sep 18-Oct 1

Sep 25-Oct 8

Oct 2-15

Oct 9-22

Oct 16-29

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

GO FURTHER

PORTO PRE-TOUR EXTENSION

Cruise the Douro River in a traditional rabelo boat and enjoy a full-day winery tour of the Douro Region.

4 days from $3,995 per person

Clockwise from far left:

The architectural influences of the Moors endure in the Alhambra in Granada; visit the Frank Gehry-designed Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao; view the best of Madrid; and savor a gourmet lunch with paired wines in La Rioja.

SPAIN: MADRID, VALENCIA AND MALLORCA

A sparkling blend of outdoor, cultural and culinary treasures is at the heart of this exploration of Spain, visiting the Castilian capital of Madrid, lively Valencia and the idyllic island of Mallorca. Discover them at their sun-splashed best, accompanied by local experts who reveal each destination’s distinctive appeal, the unique character of its people and its tantalizing gastronomy.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $14,795 per person

$7,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Experience the flavors of Madrid firsthand on a lunchtime tapas tour and dinner at one of the city’s prestigious Flamenco venues

Visit the Gallery of Royal Collections and take a day trip to the Royal Monastery of El Escorial, resting place of Spanish monarchs

On an A&K-exclusive experience, boat through a national park to partake in a paellacooking class on a traditional rice farm outside Valencia

Discover ancient Palma, capital of the island of Mallorca

Explore Mallorca’s Mediterranean bounty during a savory wine and olive encounter

SPAIN

Cuenca

Valencia

Palma de Mallorca

Madrid

DAY 1

ARRIVE MADRID, SPAIN

Spain’s warm, sunny climate, coastal access to both the Atlantic Ocean and the Mediterranean Sea, and close proximity to North Africa across the Strait of Gibraltar explain why it is one of the most fought-over countries in European history and one of Europe’s perpetually favorite destinations for travellers seeking an easygoing, culturally rich getaway. Its distinctive capital, Madrid, offers visitors an array of wonderful food, drink and connections to royal history. Settle into your hotel and enjoy a welcome drink before dinner.

Meals: D

DAY 2

MADRID TREASURES OF THE SPANISH CROWN

This morning, set out for a panoramic review of the city, culminating with a guided visit to the new Royal Collections Gallery, a striking exhibition space displaying centuries of the Spanish Crown’s treasures. Afterward, embark on a tasty tapas tour of central Madrid’s most historic haunts. The remainder of your day is free. Meals: B L

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

MADRID ROYAL RESTING PLACE

Journey outside the city to El Escorial, the world’s largest Renaissance building and burial place of the Spanish royal family. Explore this palatial monument with an expert, gaining insight into the historical significance of those interred here. Follow this visit with a lunch overlooking the Castilian countryside before returning to Madrid. This evening, dine at one of the city’s finest flamenco venues and take in the magic of this definitive Spanish artform. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

CUENCA AND VALENCIA HILLTOP FORTRESS TOWN

Drive east into the hills surrounding Madrid to the ancient fortress town of Cuenca, noted for its “hanging houses” set upon sheer stone cliffs. Join a local expert who reveals the colorful history of this hilltop settlement as you walk cobbled streets among the locals. Then visit the majestic cathedral, the first in Spain built in the then-novel Gothic style. After time for lunch and exploration, continue to coastal Valencia. Meals: B D

Only YOU Valencia (3 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

The “hanging houses” of the fortress town of Cuenca; cross Albufera Lagoon to visit a rice farm; explore majestic El Escorial outside Madrid.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MANDARIN ORIENTAL PUNTA NEGRA, MALLORCA

Luxury coastal resort hotel surrounded by cliff tops, gardens and the Mediterranean Sea.

MANDARIN ORIENTAL RITZ, MADRID Luxury Belle Époque palace located in the city’s famed Golden Triangle of Art.

▼

ONLY YOU VALENCIA

Contemporary luxury hotel nestled in the heart of Valencia near major historical attractions.

▼

Mandarin Oriental Ritz, Madrid (3 nights)

DAY 5

VALENCIA

THE CATHEDRAL AND THE QUEST

Originally famed for the flavorful oranges grown here, Valencia today holds a diverse appeal, with its mix of traditional and modern architecture and its reputation as a bastion of culinary arts. Set out on a guided excursion through Valencia, including a visit to the cathedral — which houses a chalice of reddish-brown agate that some claim is literally the Holy Grail — the ancient silk exchange and the busy central market. Relax on your own this afternoon and evening. Meals: B

DAY 6

VALENCIA

THE SECRETS OF PERFECT PAELLA

Explore Valencia’s strikingly modern City of Arts and Sciences with an expert who reveals the fascinating architecture of this complex. Then head just outside the city to embark across the Albufera Lagoon to a remote rice farm, where you are taught the secrets of preparing paella — the delicious Spanish dish beloved around the world that originated in the area. Afterward, return to your hotel for the evening. Meals: B L

DAY 7

MALLORCA

SPARKLING MEDITERRANEAN JEWEL

Fly to beautiful Mallorca, largest of Spain’s Balearic Islands. Lying east of Valencia in the Mediterranean Sea, splendid Mallorca has been a favorite retreat for travellers seeking sunny beaches, verdant mountains and gourmet cuisine since at least the 1960s. Locals speak Catalan and Spanish and know their fair share of English as well. Once a summer getaway, now a year-round destination, Mallorca charms visitors with its diverse landscapes and seascapes, clear blue skies and sumptuous culinary pleasures. Once there, eat lunch and then take a walking tour of historic Palma de Mallorca, the island’s capital, seeing the cathedral, Plaza Mayor and the ancient Jewish Quarter. Later, settle into your coastal resort hotel. Meals: B L D

Mandarin Oriental Punta Negra, Mallorca (3 nights)

DAY 8

MALLORCA

WINE TASTING IN THE COUNTRYSIDE

Venture forth across the island to the charming village of Soller. Ride the historic tram to the sparkling port and stroll the flower-lined

streets. Continue to a countryside winery, visiting its vineyards and enjoying a wine tasting accompanied with a light lunch of Mallorcan treats. Return to your resort for an afternoon and evening on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 9

MALLORCA

DESIGN YOUR DAY

This morning, choose from one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit the UNESCO-listed Monastery of La Cartuja, in Valldemossa.

Partake in a Chef-Led Cooking Class, and sample Mallorcan wine and gin.

Sea Kayak with a Guide along the scenic coastline and explore the Vell Mari, a vast rocky cave.

Tonight, gather for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. Meals: B D

DAY 10

DEPART MALLORCA

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

May 10-19 Jun 7-16 Jun 14-23 Sep 13-22 Sep 20-29 Oct 18-27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: In the port of Soller on Mallorca; explore Valencia with a guide, including the Cathedral that claims to hold the Holy Grail; learn what makes Paella so divine; opt to go sea kayaking off Mallorca.

BILBAO TO BORDEAUX:

CUISINE AND CULTURE

Bilbao, once an industrial giant, now shines with a vibrant cultural scene and innovative architecture, while Bordeaux — its vineyards ripe with Cabernet Sauvignon and Merlot grapes — exudes sophisticated charm. Traverse two countries in one memorable journey, uncovering the flavors of Spain’s Basque Country and France’s Bordeaux region and enjoying stunning scenery, rich culture and the unforgettable flavors of both regions.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,995 per person

$4,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Browse the masterpieces in the Frank Gehrydesigned Guggenheim Museum Bilbao

Discover the city that inspired Picasso’s Guernica, and peruse the locally grown goods in its market, one of Basque Country’s finest

In coastal Plentzia, sample wines aged in a hidden underwater cellar, paired with pintxos

Savor a unique culinary experience at a private gastronomic club in San Sebastián

Experience a private wine tour in Bordeaux, visiting exclusive châteaux and tasting a variety of vintages

Cruise the coastal waters of Arcachon Bay, sampling just-plucked oysters

ARRIVE/DEPART

FRANCE

SPAIN

Bordeaux

Bibao San Sebastián

Pamplona

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE BILBAO, SPAIN

DAY 2

GUERNICA A LEGACY OF REMEMBRANCE

DAY 3

BILBAO AND THE COAST THE GUGGENHEIM’S MASTERWORKS

DAY 4

SAN SEBASTIAN SUN, SURF AND CIDER

DAY 5

PAMPLONA

HEMINGWAY’S HAUNTS

DAYS 6-8

BORDEAUX, FRANCE ICONIC WINE CHATEAUX

DAY 9

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 10

DEPART BORDEAUX

Jul 12-21 Sep 6-15 Sep 13-22 Oct 4-13

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: Roll through the vineyards of Bordeaux to a wine château; sample the cuisine in San Sebastián; the magnificent Guggenheim Museum Bilbao.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

INTERCONTINENTAL BORDEAUX –LE GRAND HOTEL

Classic landmark luxury hotel.

HOTEL MARIA CRISTINA

Landmark luxury grand hotel gracing San Sebastián’s city center since 1912.

THE ARTIST - GRAND HOTEL OF ART

This contemporary luxury hotel fronts the Guggenheim Museum Bilbao.

PORTUGAL: LISBON, PORTO AND THE DOURO VALLEY

Since the golden age of sail, seafaring Portugal has shipped its sweet Port wine around the world and charmed visitors with its stately palaces, medieval castles, tranquil monasteries and quaint fishing villages.

Explore this history-laden jewel in style, from bustling Lisbon to the wine-rich Douro Valley and charismatic Porto, delving into the cultural and culinary heritage of each.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $9,495 per person

$3,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Join a viscountess in the old kitchens of her family estate for a wood-fired cooking class and savor the results for lunch

Feel the deep emotions conveyed by an authentic fado performance in Lisbon during an intimate private dinner

Dine at a fantastic seafood restaurant in Nazaré, one of Portugal’s most picturesque traditional fishing villages, before exploring the coastal town from a funicular

Ply the scenic Douro River on a private cruise, admiring the dramatic landscape of steep hills and vineyards

Savor a winery visit, picnic lunch, tour and tasting amid the postcard-worthy Douro landscape

PORTUGAL

Porto

Douro

Coimbra

Nazaré

DAY 1

ARRIVE LISBON, PORTUGAL

A sunny port city offering a blend of cherished traditions and modern European flair, Lisbon beckons you with beautiful beaches, classic seafood and historical architecture. Settle into your hotel and later gather with fellow guests for drinks and a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Four Seasons Hotel Ritz Lisbon (3 nights)

DAY 2

LISBON

SIGHTS, SOUNDS AND FLAVORS

Enjoy a tour of Lisbon with an expert local guide. See the Belém Tower and visit the Jerónimos Monastery. Later, attend a hands-on workshop at the National Tile Museum, where you are introduced to this ancient Portuguese craft. This evening, experience a private dinner followed by a performance of fado, the characteristic and emotional folk music of the nation. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

LISBON

EXPLORING THE VIVID PENA PALACE

Travel just outside Lisbon to the village of Sintra. In this town of palaces, enjoy a guided

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

tour of the Pena Palace, decorated with vivid colors and evocative stone carvings. Return to Lisbon, where the rest of the day is at leisure for you to explore. Meals: B

DAY 4

NAZARE

WAVE WATCHER’S PARADISE

Depart Lisbon for Alcobaça Monastery. This UNESCO World Heritage Site was founded by Portugal’s first king in 1153 and became one of the most important monasteries in the country. Continue to nearby Nazaré, a picturesque coastal village that is also home to some of the world’s largest surf. Savor a seafood lunch, then take a funicular to the old neighborhood of Sitio atop the cliffs. Later, arrive in Coimbra, a small city built on a river and noted for its university and preserved medieval old town, where you settle into your hotel before dinner. Meals: B L D

Quinta das Lágrimas (1 night)

DAY 5

COIMBRA

INSPIRING UNIVERSITY AND LIBRARY

Join a local expert for a tour that introduces you to the University of Coimbra, the oldest in Portugal, and its Johannine Library. Built

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE VINTAGE HOUSE

Overlooking the Douro River near Pinhão, this boutique hotel occupies a former winery dating to the 19th century.

QUINTA DAS LAGRIMAS

This charming hotel in Coimbra, which rests within an exquisite 18th-century palace, is steeped in medieval legend.

▼

FORTE DE GAIA

Contemporary luxury hotel located in Vila Nova de Gaia amid age-old port wine cellars.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL RITZ LISBON

Landmark luxury hotel situated atop one of Lisbon’s seven hills, offering striking vistas of local historic sites.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Walk Porto’s historic quarter; the massive waves of Nazaré; visit the artfully decorated Pena Palace in Sintra.

between 1717 and 1728, this library contains over 50,000 volumes and was constructed on the ruins of a medieval prison. Then enjoy free time for lunch or exploring. Continue to your hotel in the Douro Valley, where you indulge in a refreshing cocktail before dinner. Meals: B D

The Vintage House (2 nights)

DAY 6

DOURO VALLEY VIEWS FROM THE RIVER

The Douro Valley is a splendid wine region rightly celebrated as a UNESCO World Heritage Site, and the grapes grown in its lovely, terraced vineyards yield vintages appreciated the world over. Start your day by embarking on the waters of the Douro River on a traditional rabelo boat, as the locals have for centuries. Cruise down the scenic Douro Valley, admiring its vineyards and whitewashed estates. Cap off your cruise with a winery visit, picnic lunch, tour and tasting. The rest of your day is for relaxing or exploring on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 7

DOURO VALLEY

A VISIT WITH A VISCOUNTESS

Meet a local viscountess to learn about the history of her family and their estate. Enter the old kitchens, where you learn to cook using the original wood-burning stoves, for an authentic and historic culinary experience. Indulge in the hearty lunch that you helped prepare, and then journey to Porto — Portugal’s secondlargest city, noted for its beloved port wines — for a walking introduction to its historic quarter. As you stroll, note the enduring beauty of the delicate Baroque architecture and the distinctive azulejos tiles adorning many buildings. Meals: B L

Forte de Gaia (2 nights)

DAY 8 PORTO DESIGN YOUR DAY

Today, choose from one of these Design Your Day activities.

Cruise the Douro & Scale the Arrábida Bridge, gliding beneath the city’s iconic bridges and gaining a unique perspective on Porto, on Europe’s only bridge climb.

Bake One of Portugal’s Iconic Pastries during a Pastel de Nata cooking class.

Visit Braga’s Impressive Roman Ruins to view archaeological wonders dating back thousands of years.

Your afternoon is free to do with as you wish. Tonight, savor a farewell dinner at one of the city’s famous port lodges. Meals: B D

DAY 9

DEPART PORTO

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 20-28

May 27-Jun 4

Jun 3-11

Jun 10-18

Jul 15-23

Sep 2-10

Sep 9-17

Sep 30-Oct 8

Oct 7-15

Oct 14-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left:

Ply the river in the Douro Valley past picturesque vineyards; walk the cobbled streets of sunny Lisbon; take in Porto’s tiled, Baroque architecture; view Lisbon’s historic Belem Tower.

CROATIA: TREASURES OF THE DALMATIAN COAST

Croatia’s natural charms, from turquoise waters to forested hills, blend with medieval cities, ancient Roman ruins and hospitable people to form a uniquely enchanting destination. Discover the best of Croatia’s Dalmatian coast and the romantic island of Hvar, taking in spectacular scenery and sampling local delicacies, and experience the historic walled city of Dubrovnik, walking its limestone ramparts and privately viewing it from the sea.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $8,995 per person

$4,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Stroll Split’s lively daily market to experience life as locals do, and ponder history as you stroll the still-imposing Roman ruins of Diocletian’s Palace

Ston’s famous oysters are on the menu when you stop for lunch at the charming Dalmatian fishing town

Wine tasting accompanied by locally produced foods highlight a relaxing culinary experience at a family-owned winery on Hvar

Soak in the ambiance of historic Dubrovnik, walk the ramparts of its medieval walls and view the city by water on a private cruise

CROATIA

Zagreb

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE SPLIT, CROATIA

DAY 2

SPLIT

DIOCLETIAN’S PALACE

DAY 3

HVAR FAMILY-OWNED WINERY

DAY 4

HVAR

STROLL DOWN HISTORIC STREETS

DAY 5

DUBROVNIK

DAY 7

DUBROVNIK

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 8

DEPART DUBROVNIK

May 10-17

May 17-24

May 24-31

Jun 7-14

Jun 14-21

Clockwise from far left:

Overlooking charming Dubrovnik; at Onofrio’s Fountain in Dubrovnik; the inviting Adriatic port city of Split.

Jun 21-28 Aug 30-Sep 6 Sep 6-13 Sep 9-16 Sep 13-20

Sep 20-27

Sep 27-Oct 4

Oct 4-11

Oct 11-18

Oct 18-25

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL AMBASADOR

Set on Split’s waterfront Riva Promenade, the Hotel Ambasador affords stunning views of the Adriatic Sea and Split’s UNESCO-protected Old Town across the water. ▼

PALACE ELISABETH

Palace Elisabeth overlooks incredible views of the city’s main square and harbor, offering an authentic Mediterranean experience near the best attractions of Hvar.

HOTEL EXCELSIOR DUBROVNIK

Overlooking both the Adriatic and Old Town, the Hotel Excelsior Dubrovnik occupies a historic villa dating back to 1913, with its guest registry boasting such names as Queen Elizabeth II and Elizabeth Taylor.

CLASSIC GREECE: ATHENS, CRETE AND SANTORINI

The grandeur of Greece’s ancient wonders is only matched by its people’s knack for living well. Delve into the best of both these worlds as our acclaimed guides reveal iconic sites such as the Parthenon, the joy of island living and the lively bustle of Athens — all with the Mediterranean’s renowned food and drink never far out of reach.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,495 per person

$4,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Explore Greek cuisine with a private cooking experience in Athens

Our acclaimed guides reveal the wonders of ancient Greece, including the Acropolis, Parthenon and Palace of Knossos

A local organic cosmetics producer puts a modern twist on traditional beauty treatments

Discover what is reputed by some to be the Lost City of Atlantis amid the Minoan Bronze Age settlement of Akrotiri

Glimpse the golden age of ancient Athens at the Temple of Poseidon

GREECE

Athens

Santorini Heraklion Agios Nikolaos

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE ATHENS, GREECE

DAYS 2-3

ATHENS

TEMPLES AND COOKING

DAY 4

CRETE

CRUISE TO A FORMER FORTRESS

DAY 5

CRETE

TRACES OF THE MINOANS

DAY 6

CRETE

MEET WITH LOCAL ARTISANS

DAYS 7-8

SANTORINI

MYTHICAL ATLANTIS

DAY 9

ATHENS BREATHTAKING VIEWS

DAY 10

DEPART ATHENS

May 20-29

Jun 10-19

Jun 24-Jul 3

Clockwise from far left:

The colorful town of Oia on Santorini; view the ancient architecture of Athens; look out over the iconic Acropolis.

Sep 2-11

Sep 9-18

Sep 16-25

Sep 23-Oct 2

Oct 7-16

Oct 14-23

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ELECTRA METROPOLIS ATHENS

Landmark luxury hotel offering sunset views in the heart of the city.

ANDRONIS ARCADIA

Contemporary luxury hotel with elegant suites in a tranquil setting, offering ocean views on Santorini.

ST. NICOLAS BAY

Intimate seaside hotel with views of the Gulf of Mirabello Bay and the fishing village of Agios Nikolaos.

CAPE SOUNIO

Fronting the Aegean, this boutique resort is set amid an archaeological site and two private beaches.

TURKEY: A JOURNEY THROUGH HISTORY

With one foot in Europe and the other in Asia, Turkey has stood at the crossroads of civilization since the dawn of history. No one brings this vast legacy to life quite like A&K. Step back in time as our local experts lead the way from Istanbul to Ephesus and beyond, revealing archaeological wonders and cultural insights that date from earliest antiquity to the modern day.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $13,795 per person

$5,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Our local guides open the doors to Topkapi Palace, Hagia Sophia and Istanbul’s fabled Grand Bazaar

On a day trip to ancient Ephesus, learn firsthand about archaeological discoveries made in the former home of Saint Paul

Visit a traditional farmers market in Ephesus, get hands-on with a cooking demonstration in the countryside and stroll a spice market in Istanbul

Float past magnificent palaces, mansions and gardens as you cruise the Bosphorus

In Cappadocia, join a local family for lunch in their home set amid the stunning “fairy chimneys”

TURKEY

Instanbul

Izmir

Bodrum

Cappadocia

DAY 1

ARRIVE ISTANBUL, TURKEY

Begin in Istanbul, a storied city steeped in history, which witnessed Christianity reach a momentous turning point and served as the capital of the 600-year Ottoman Empire. Settle into your sumptuous hotel and relax as weary travellers have done here for millennia.

Four Seasons Hotel Istanbul at Sultanahmet (2 nights)

DAY 2

ISTANBUL

HAGIA SOPHIA AND PRIVATE BOSPHORUS CRUISE

Begin a tour of the city’s highlights when you view the Basilica Cistern, its marble columns still standing since the sixth century. Continue to the timeless Hagia Sophia to marvel at the structure’s imposing façade, matched only by the grandeur of its vaulted ceilings. Then explore the ancient Hippodrome, which once hosted chariot races, and the city walls, dating to various eras of the city’s storied history. After lunch, embark on a private cruise of the Bosphorus with a refreshing drink in hand as you gaze out over its enchanting waters. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

ISTANBUL WONDERS OF TOPKAPI PALACE

Revel in the ornately decorated ceilings and spectacular tile work of Topkapi Palace, the one-time imperial residence of Ottoman sultans, and then view highlights of the Istanbul Archaeological Museum. Fly to Bodrum, a sun-drenched coastal haven on Turkey’s Turquoise Coast. Check in to your hotel and relax before dinner. Meals: B D

The Marmara Bodrum (2 nights)

DAY 4

BODRUM

OLDEST SHIPWRECK AND EXCLUSIVE ACCESS

Stop by the ancient Theater of Halicarnassus before visiting the Bodrum Underwater Archaeology Museum in the Castle of St. Peter, which houses the oldest shipwreck ever discovered. Gain A&K-exclusive private access to the research and conservation laboratories. Next, savor a chef-led cooking demonstration at a charming restaurant founded by a local self-taught gourmet chef who shares some of her secrets. The rest of your day is free to spend as you please. Meals: B L

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

SHANGRI-LA BOSPHORUS, ISTANBUL

Enchanting contemporary luxury hotel elegantly set on the Bosphorus.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL ISTANBUL AT SULTANAHMET

Historic luxury hotel on the Condé Nast Traveler Gold List.

▼

SWISSOTEL BUYUK EFES

Modern luxury hotel set among lush gardens in the heart of Izmir.

THE MARMARA BODRUM

Chic luxury hotel perched on a hilltop overlooking Bodrum Bay.

ARGOS IN CAPPADOCIA

Distinctive accommodations nestled within a former monastery.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Step inside the incomparable Hagia Sophia; cruise the timeless Bosphorus Strait in Istanbul; discover the Roman ruins at Ephesus.

DAY 5

EUROMOS

TEMPLES OF ZEUS, APOLLO AND ATHENA

Journey to Euromos, a site where weathered stone monuments still echo with tales of mighty Greek deities. Explore the ruined yet magnificent Temple of Zeus. Continue to Didyma to discover the Temple of Apollo, dating to at least 300 BC. Stop for lunch at a local restaurant before continuing to Izmir, where you enjoy dinner. Meals: B L D

Swissotel Buyuk Efes (2 nights)

DAY 6

EPHESUS

HISTORIC ARCHAEOLOGICAL DIG

Embark on a day trip to Ephesus, a city graced with well-preserved architectural marvels, where Saint Paul once lived. Explore the renowned archaeological park and museum here as well as the weekly farmers market’s bustling product stalls, before eating a special lunch in a nearby village. Return to Izmir for an afternoon and evening on your own. Meals: B L

DAY 7

CAPPADOCIA

FAIRY CHIMNEYS AND FRESCOES

Fly via Istanbul to Cappadocia, a region renowned for whimsical landscapes formed by volcanic eruptions and shaped by wind and rain from time out of mind. Explore the nearby volcanic stone “fairy chimneys.” Later, enjoy access to the rock-carved churches of Goreme, and visit the Dark Church, before dining at your hotel. Meals: B D

Argos in Cappadocia (2 nights)

DAY 8

CAPPADOCIA

THE ANCIENT ART OF WEAVING

This morning, opt for a hot air balloon excursion over Cappadocia. Afterward, visit the Goreme Weavers Association on an engaging artisan visit. Then, sit down with a local family for lunch at their home. In the afternoon, explore a fascinating, centuriesold underground city that includes chapels, kitchens, air vents and dwellings carved out of volcanic rock. Meals: B L

DAY 9

ISTANBUL

SEAT OF A MIGHTY EMPIRE

Today, fly back to Istanbul. This afternoon, visit Dolmabahçe Palace, once a seat of Ottoman power, and see the collection of Ottoman royal barges, a hidden gem of the city. Meals: B

Shangri-La Bosphorus, Istanbul (2 nights)

DAY 10

ISTANBUL OTTOMAN ARCHITECTURE AND THE GRAND BAZAAR

Embark by public ferry along the Bosphorus to explore Suleymaniye Mosque and the Grand Bazaar, and stroll the fragrant spice market. Tonight, enjoy a farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

DEPART ISTANBUL

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Apr 14-24

Apr 28-May 8

May 5-15

Jun 2-12

Sep 7-17

Sep 15-25

Sep 28-Oct 8

Oct 5-15

Oct 12-22

Oct 19-29

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 13 years.

Clockwise from far left: Take in the fairy tale terrain of Cappadocia; inside the Basilica Cistern; meet the artisans at the Goreme Weavers Association; peruse the authentic crafts of Istanbul’s Grand Bazaar.

NORWAY AND DENMARK: ADVENTURES IN THE FJORDS

Two countries of breathtaking natural beauty whose histories are deeply intertwined, Norway and Denmark offer warm welcomes and cool-weather adventure. Venture to the heart of Norway’s rugged Fjordland, roaming along stunning, glacier-carved coastlines and visiting small villages alive with history. Discover two bustling Scandinavian capitals, exploring the cultural and culinary treasures of both Oslo and Copenhagen, savoring great food and learning the tradition of hygge in a Danish home.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $17,995 per person

$6,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Savor an A&K-exclusive Viking-style lunch when you visit an authentically recreated Viking settlement after a cruise of majestic Naeroy Fjord

Inspired by views of a stunning fjord, dine in a traditional lavvo (Norwegian tent) set deep in the woods

Explore the Oslo Opera House, with its innovative architecture designed to mirror Norway’s soaring landscapes

Get to know picturesque Bergen, trading port of the once-powerful medieval Hanseatic League, on museum and market visits

Meet a Dane in their home for conversation over afternoon tea on an A&K-exclusive experience

DAY 1

ARRIVE OSLO, NORWAY

Oslo, the capital of Norway and its economic hub, is home to museums where Viking culture lives on and architecture that still influences design around the world. Settle into your hotel and, later, eat a welcome dinner at your hotel’s restaurant. Meals: D

Grand Hotel Oslo (2 nights)

DAY 2

OSLO

TREASURES OF CHRISTIANIA

Experience life along the scenic Oslo fjord, starting with a guided visit to Vigeland Park, a Scandinavian cultural treasure comprising over 200 granite, bronze and wrought-iron sculptures. View the cutting-edge Oslo Opera House, learn about its unique architecture and perhaps opt for a walk on its mountain-inspired sloping roof. Then explore the Munch Museum to peruse its vast collection of artworks, texts, letters, photos and personal possessions bequeathed to the city by Norwegian artist Edvard Munch, best known for his iconic modern Expressionist work The Scream Later, discover the city on your own, perhaps stopping for lunch at the Sanguine Brasserie, with its views of the stunning fjord. Meals: B

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

OSLO INTO THE FJORDS

Fly to Alesund, a fishing town on Norway’s rugged west coast. Upon arrival, begin your explorations of stunning Fjordland in charming Alnes on the island of Godoya, which you reach via underwater sea tunnels. Marvel at the village’s classic boathouses and lighthouse, and note how dwellings were built close together for protection against the sometimes-fierce coastal climate. Stop into the lighthouse’s charming onsite café to savor a Norwegian vafle (waffle) or svele (pancake) with fresh-brewed coffee. Meals: B D

Storfjord Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 4

STORFJORD

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Select from today’s Design Your Day activities.

Kayak a Tranquil Fjord accompanied by an expert instructor, stopping in bays and inlets, and watching for seabirds and other aquatic life.

Hike the Mountainous Terrain of the Fjord with a guide who reveals the flora and fauna of the Nordic forest.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL ALEXANDRA

Tranquil spa hotel set near UNESCO-listed Geirangerfjord.

STORFJORD HOTEL

Secluded luxury boutique hotel, with beautiful fjord and mountain views.

▼

GRAND HOTEL OSLO

Classic luxury hotel situated near Oslo’s Parliament and Royal Palace.

SKOSTREDET HOTEL

Peaceful, contemporary luxury hotel in Bergen featuring rooms with Nordic-inspired decor.

HOTEL D’ANGLETERRE

Luxury grand hotel; a landmark on Copenhagen’s main square.

▼

Clockwise from far left: Cruise the stunning Geirangerfjord; beside Nyhavn Harbor in Copenhagen; outside the innovatively designed Oslo Opera House.

Sample Tasty Cuisine With Your Hotel’s Chef as he explains his culinary philosophy and shares his favorite cooking techniques.

This afternoon, return to Alesund for lunch at a local restaurant. Then enjoy a guided, panoramic tour to view its distinctive architectural style born of devastation. After a fire destroyed much of the city in 1904, dwellings here were rebuilt in an Art Nouveau style with a local folkloric twist, sporting turrets, spires and medieval ornamentation, including dragons. This evening, enter a traditional Norwegian lavvo (tent) to savor dinner made from local ingredients and served al fresco around a roaring fire. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

GEIRANGERFJORD

PANORAMIC FJORD CRUISE

Journey along Storfjord, taking in the extraordinary scenery and traversing the winding Eagle Road, which carries you up for views over rugged coastal terrain. View Seven Sisters Falls and gaze down upon the many ships in the fjord far below. Next, board a traditional ferry for a panoramic cruise along the wondrous Geirangerfjord, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Disembark in Hellysylt and continue toward the picturesque village of Loen, where you eat lunch accompanied

by stunning views at a skylift restaurant. Then settle into your waterside hotel with some free time before sampling one of Norway’s most sumptuous buffets. Meals: B L D

Hotel Alexandra (1 night)

DAY 6

NAEROYFJORD

MEET THE VIKINGS

Rise early for a drive along a route that includes a ferry crossing of the Sognefjord and a jaunt through the Laerdal tunnel, the world’s longest road tunnel. Arrive in the tiny village of Flam, located on the shores of the Aurlandsfjord, which you experience by RIB (rigid inflatable boat), and then cruise into the spectacular Naeroyfjord to Laegdafossen — a breathtaking waterfall in the heart of this UNESCO-listed natural wonder — the perfect vantage point for views into the spectacular fjord. Along the way, enjoy tales of the region’s history shared by your personal guide. Disembark in Gudvangen and enter the historic Viking village of Njardarheimr to view reconstructed Viking-style houses built using the tools and techniques of the Viking Age. Stop at the home of the resident Viking chieftain, your host for a private meal prepared with traditional Viking methods, on an A&K-exclusive experience. First, look on as the Viking style of combat is recreated for your enjoyment, and then savor

dishes flavored with the kinds of herbs and spices the Vikings brought back to the region from their seafaring forays. Afterward, continue to Bergen, a UNESCO World Heritage City, and check in at your hotel. Meals: B L

Skostredet Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 7

BERGEN HANSEATIC CITY

Travel outside Bergen to visit Fantoft, a stave church dating to the 13th century. Proceed to the Hanseatic Museum and Schotstuene in Bergen, two museums where you see how the merchants from the Hanseatic League traded stock, fish and grains from the 14th through 18th centuries. Continue to the Bergen Fish Market to enjoy a sampling of traditional local products. This evening, gather for dinner at a local restaurant. Meals: B D

DAY 8

COPENHAGEN, DENMARK SEASIDE CAPITAL

Fly to Copenhagen, the enchanting capital of Denmark, to discover its elegant contrast of medieval and modern architecture and examples of world-famous Danish design. Eat a typical Danish lunch at iconic Nyhavn Harbour, followed by a boating experience through the canals of the city. Settled as a small stonewalled fishing village in the 11th century, learn how Copenhagen grew into a sea-trading port city and later a center for elegant architecture throughout the Renaissance. Meals: B L

Hotel d’Angleterre (2 nights)

DAY 9

COPENHAGEN

EXCLUSIVE DANISH FAMILY VISIT

Venture outside Copenhagen to discover Frederiksborg Castle, former home of Denmark’s royal family. Discover five centuries of Danish history through its rich collection of paintings, furniture and applied art. Continue to the internationally known Louisiana Museum of Modern Art. View its 4,000-plus pieces, mainly paintings and sculptures, many juxtaposed with windows offering views onto the lovely Danish landscape. This afternoon, savor a relaxing “hygge Sunday” on a private visit with a local Dane’s family. Share afternoon tea and conversation with them on this A&K-exclusive experience. Later enjoy a farewell dinner at iconic Tivoli Gardens. Meals: B D

DAY 10

DEPART COPENHAGEN

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

May 16-25

May 23-Jun 1

Jun 4-13 Jul 11-20 Aug 7-16 Aug 15-24 Sep 12-21 Oct 3-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: Discover Fredriksborg Castle in Copenhagen; the natural beauty of a fjord near Flam; see the sculptures at Oslo’s Vigeland Park; hike in the rugged fjords.

NORWAY’S WILD LOFOTEN ISLANDS

The stunning coast of Norway rouses the adventurer’s spirit in all who cruise her fjords, hike her mountains and explore her Norse traditions. Venture north of the Arctic Circle to celebrate this intrepid spirit with active excursions on land and sea amid the far-flung islands of the Lofoten Archipelago. When you’ve worked up an appetite, the region’s finest chefs and producers are on hand to serve up the bounty of the sea and field.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,495 per person

$3,795 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

In Oslo, kick off the adventure with visits to a historic expedition vessel and an Olympic ski jump

Explore the scenic and cultural wonders of the remote Lofoten Islands, a vast Norwegian archipelago secluded above the Arctic Circle

Cruise rugged fjords in search of sea eagles, charming fishing villages and soaring coastal cliffs

Craft your own gourmet caviar course and sample fresh seaweed straight from the source, with help from local Lofoten culinary experts

Back on the Norwegian mainland, visit an artisan cheesemaker and a contemporary art gallery in the urban enclave of Trondheim

ARRIVE/DEPART

Lofoten

DAY 1

ARRIVE OSLO, NORWAY

Perhaps drawing inspiration from its apricot sunsets or the painterly, island-strewn fjord on which it sits, the Norwegian capital has a creative bent, epitomized in the new National Museum, replete with art and design objects, while Munchmuseet stands as a temple to the prolific artist who gave the world The Scream Art is not Oslo’s only specialty: Scandi-chic coffee shops and boutiques line the streets of Grunerlokka, while floating saunas bob among the fishing boats in the harbor. Meals: D

Amerikalinjen (2 nights)

DAY 2

OSLO NORSE ADVENTURERS

Begin your exploration of Oslo at the Fram Museum, home to one of the world’s most iconic polar expedition vessels. Here, discover the remarkable stories of Arctic and Antarctic explorers through interactive exhibits and authentic artifacts that bring their daring exploits to life. Next, follow in the footsteps of legendary explorer Thor Heyerdahl at the KonTiki Museum, where you relive his awe-inspiring journey across the Pacific Ocean by raft. Then, head to the iconic Holmenkollen ski jump,

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

star of the 1952 Winter Olympics. Take in the panorama of Oslo from the jump’s towering observation deck. At the nearby Ski Museum, browse Olympic memorabilia and winter sports artifacts spanning some 4,000 years. Return to the hotel, where the rest of the day is yours to relax or explore further on your own. Meals: B

DAY 3

HENNINGSVAER YOUR LOFOTEN ISLAND HOME

Fly to Svolvaer, your gateway to the Lofoten Islands. Stretching out into the Norwegian Sea, the sprawling archipelago of Lofoten is renowned for its majestic mountains, stunning fjords and timeless seaside villages. From Svolvaer, proceed to Henningsvaer, a charming fishing village known for its artsy vibe and breathtaking coastal scenery. Check in to your waterfront hotel and island home for the next three nights. After settling in, explore the village or relax with a night to yourself. Meals: B L

Henningsvaer Bryggehotell (3 nights)

DAY 4

SVOLVAER FJORDS AND FLAVORS OF LOFOTEN

Return to Svolvaer for a cruise through the

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HENNINGSVAER BRYGGEHOTELL

Modern boutique hotel set in a fishing village in Norway’s majestic Lofoten Islands.

AMERIKALINJEN

Contemporary luxury hotel located in the historic former headquarters of Oslo’s Norwegian America Line.

▼

BRITANNIA HOTEL

Classic luxury hotel centrally located on a leafy street in downtown Trondheim.

▼

Clockwise from far left: Overlooking the Lofoten Islands; savor Norwegian caviar; view the colorful dwellings of Trondheim.

stunning cliffs of Trollfjord. Keep watch for sea eagles as your expert guides share insights about the region’s unique geology and wildlife, then pay a lunchtime visit to the quaint island enclave of Skrova. Later, take a deep dive into the fascinating world of caviar, learning how flavors from the sea produce an array of unique tastes and making your own caviar blend, which you take home with you. Then, sit down to a gourmet dinner celebrating the flavors of Lofoten. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

HENNINGSVAER

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Explore Henningsvaer with your choice of these three Design Your Day options:

Hike Majestic Mountains as you take in breathtaking views of the Lofoten fjords. Kayak the Fjords, surrounded by dramatic mountains and boundless coastal beauty. Go Deep-Sea Fishing aboard Symra, a century-old traditional fishing cutter that embodies Lofoten’s rich maritime traditions.

In Svolvaer, get the scoop on the world’s next big sustainable superfood — seaweed. Later, delve into the history of the longhouse at the Lofotr Viking Museum. Then, cap the night off with a festive Viking-style feast. Meals: B D

DAY 6

STAMSUND

LOCAL WEAVERS’ WARES

Set out for your final day in the Lofoten Islands with a visit to the fishing village of Stamsund. Here, visit a local weaving workshop renowned for its fine woolen textiles. Explore the traditional processing practices that have sustained this family-run enterprise for generations. After picking out the perfect souvenir, bid farewell to the Lofoten Islands and fly to Trondheim, a former Viking capital with a youthful, urban vibe. This evening, stay in and unwind or head out on your own to explore the city’s pedestrianized heart with its cafés, restaurants and museums. Meals: B L

Britannia Hotel (3 nights)

DAY 7

KJERKNESVAGEN

HARBOR TOWN HISTORY

Set out on a day trip to Kjerknesvagen, a historic harbor town fronting the Inderoya Peninsula’s scenic northwestern shoreline. Begin with a history walk that brings the traditions, landmarks and folklore of this picturesque area to life. Next, visit an artisanal cheesemaker for a tasting of the region’s finest. Continue to Nils Aas Art, a local gallery

and workshop honoring the legacy of one of Norway’s most iconic sculptors. Back in Trondheim this evening, explore on your own, dipping in and out of drinking spots or trying out one of the city’s chic restaurants.

Meals: B L

DAY 8

TRONDHEIM

VIKING HERITAGE AND MODERN CHIC

Trondheim was Norway’s political and cultural heart during the Viking age, and today that revered heritage sits easily alongside a modern city of cozy cafés, bike-friendly streets and outstanding food, from freshly caught cod to creamy Munkeby cheese. Hit the streets of Trondheim with your expert guide to explore the city’s most iconic landmark, Nidaros Cathedral. Explore on your own in the afternoon, checking out the colorful wharves along the Nidelva River or Bakklandet, with its quaint wooden houses and cobblestone streets, then toast your journey with a festive farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

DEPART TRONDHEIM

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

9-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

from far left: At Oslo’s Opera House; visit a fishing village in Lofoten; view the Holmenkollen ski jump; the stunning Gothic Nidaros Cathedral.

Clockwise

FINLAND AND SWEDEN: ADVENTURES IN LAPLAND

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $19,995 per person

$7,295 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Explore two great northern European capitals, starting in charming Helsinki and finishing in magnificent Stockholm

Snowy, densely forested Lapland spans the frosty climes of fairy tale-beautiful northern Finland and Sweden. Experience it in style on an exhilarating winter adventure filled with fun outdoor activities like snowmobiling, snowshoeing and ice fishing. Roam from cosmopolitan Helsinki to Stockholm, meet indigenous Sami people on an exclusive reindeer-farm visit, go dog-sledding above the Arctic Circle and search for the wondrous northern lights.

Visit a Finnish family in their private forest home to learn about their life as moose hunters

Life among the nomads of the Arctic comes to vivid life as you join a young Sami couple who reveal the traditions, spirituality and history of their people in the small Swedish village of Jokkmokk

A hotel built over an Arctic river, glass-domed Aurora Cabins and suites set in the Finnish forest are just some of the exclusive and unusual stays featured on this journey

Savor dinner served in a glistening snow castle, newly created each winter like something out of a storybook

DAY 1

ARRIVE HELSINKI, FINLAND

Founded in 1550 and Finland’s capital since 1917, Helsinki is the country’s political, intellectual and cultural center, having helped nurture many achievements among its fiercely independent artists, artisans and architects. Arrive in Helsinki and settle in to your hotel. Later, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Hotel Kamp (2 nights)

DAY 2

HELSINKI

ROCK CHURCH AND FOOD MARKET VISIT

Get to know Helsinki, starting at the renowned Temppeliaukio Church; built directly into solid rock, it is fittingly known as Rock Church. Stroll the Old Market Hall to sample daily life before stopping at a restaurant for lunch. Meals: B L

DAY 3

KITTILA VENTURE ABOVE

THE ARCTIC CIRCLE

Fly to northern Kittila, a village set far above the Arctic Circle in the heart of Lapland — a vast, sparsely populated and pristine

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

wilderness that spans northern Europe. Start with a thrilling snowmobile safari that reveals stunning views of the Lappish countryside. Stop for a light barbecue snack served up fresh from the fire before completing your rousing ride to your hotel in Levi. Settle into a specially designed aurora cabin, its glass dome allowing you to search the skies for the northern lights as you drift asleep from a reclined vantage point. Meals: B D

Northern Lights Village Levi (2 nights)

DAY 4

LEVI

MUSH LIKE A MASTER SLEDDER

Visit a local reindeer farm to meet the family living there and hear stories of the seven generations that have worked this land. Ride a reindeer-drawn sled through the forest and enjoy lunch with the family. Proceed to a nearby husky farm owned by a couple who sustainably raise top sled dogs. Receive an introduction to sled-driving before setting out on a husky safari into the Lappish wilderness, pulled by an eager dog team. Return to the farm to sip hot berry juice by an open fire. Tonight, join a privately guided snowshoe trek, scanning the sparkling night sky for a possible appearance of the northern lights. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL KAMP

Traditional luxury grand hotel set in the stylish heart of Helsinki.

ARCTIC BATH (HARADS)

Unique, contemporary luxury retreat built over an Arctic river in Sweden.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Explore Lapland like the locals on a rollicking dogsled experience; stroll with a guide through the narrow streets of Stockholm’s historic Gamla Stan; meet with members of the Sami people and learn their traditions firsthand.

GRAND HOTEL

Luxury waterfront hotel overlooking the Royal Palace and Gamla Stan in Stockholm.

NORTHERN LIGHTS VILLAGE LEVI

Unique, glass-domed cabins with overhead views of the night sky.

ARCTIC TREEHOUSE HOTEL

Tranquil hotel designed in harmony with its natural surroundings of Rovaniemi.

▼

DAY 5

ROVANIEMI

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Journey overland to Rovaniemi, nestled on the Arctic Circle and renowned as the “home of Santa Claus.” Framed by the hauntingly beautiful Arctic wilderness, this enchanted wonderland beckons you. En route, stop at a private cabin, set in the woods beside a secluded lake, to enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Try Your Hand at Ice Fishing, learning tricks from the locals about catching fish through a hole in the frozen lake.

Snowshoe Through the Surrounding Woods, immersed in the quiet beauty of the untouched wilderness.

Experience Ice Floating, donning a survival suit for a surreally relaxing float in the lake’s icy Arctic waters.

Reenergize with a lunch of salmon cooked over a fire. Then settle into your hotel with time to relax or perhaps join your Resident Tour Director for a fun, all-ages visit to “Santa’s” house. Meals: B L

Arctic TreeHouse Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 6

ROVANIEMI

TWO EXCLUSIVE EXPERIENCES

Experience traditional life in Lapland up close when you visit Palovaara Farm, situated on 500 acres of private forest. Meet the family who lives there and learn how they provide for themselves by hunting moose. Then savor a homemade lunch prepared by your hosts, featuring fish caught from their own lake and meat from the moose they’ve hunted. Follow this A&K-exclusive experience with another as you proceed to Villa Vinkkeli, the studio of renowned photographer Kaisa Sirén, to view her works and hear her share her passion for the Arctic, on this rare insider-access opportunity. Dine tonight at the magical Snowland’s igloo restaurant, an ice structure freshly rebuilt every year. Afterward, hunt for the aurora borealis with a professional photographer who helps prepare you to capture the best possible shot of the everelusive phenomenon. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

HARADS, SWEDEN STORYBOOK GAMMELSTAD

Cross a far-north frontier into Swedish Lapland to explore Gammelstad, a UNESCO World Heritage Site. Walk its labyrinth of

narrow streets among hundreds of charming 400-year-old cottages to the impressive Gammelstad Church. Continue to Arctic Bath, your lodge with rooms suspended over a frozen wilderness river. It’s a memorable start to your explorations of Sweden, a country graced with boundless outdoor wonders that complement some of the most cosmopolitan cities in Europe. Meals: B L D

Arctic Bath (2 nights)

DAY 8

JOKKMOKK

DISCOVERING THE SAMI CULTURE

Journey to Jokkmokk, a village central to Sweden’s Sami people and culture that houses an office of the Sami Parliament. Meet a young Sami couple who introduce you to the modern realities of life for this traditionally nomadic people whose main activity is reindeer herding. Gather around the fire with them to listen to joik, the ancient Sami practice of storytelling through music. Learn about the Sami language and cuisine and then meet the couple’s reindeer, with the opportunity to hand-feed them. Return to Arctic Bath with time to relax or try the saunas. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

STOCKHOLM ELEGANT SCANDINAVIAN CAPITAL

Fly from nearby Lulea to Stockholm, the capital and commercial hub of Sweden. Stockholm has been called the “Venice of the North,” owing to the maze of channels and inlets that dissect this city. Situated on the Baltic Sea, it is one of the most important ports in Scandinavia. Upon arrival, set off on a guided stroll through Gamla Stan — a historic section of the city — strolling the cobblestone streets past shops, museums and galleries as well as the Royal Palace. Meals: B

Grand Hôtel (2 nights)

DAY 10

STOCKHOLM

HOME OF THE NOBEL PRIZE

Discover Stockholm at its most authentic alongside a local expert. Visit the Vasa Museum and City Hall, where the annual Nobel Prize ceremony takes place. Then bask in some free time, taking in this chic city’s many charms. Later, gather for a special farewell dinner. Meals: B D

DAY 11

DEPART STOCKHOLM

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 14-24

Jan 20-30 Jan 27-Feb 6

Feb 3-13

Feb 25-Mar 7 Mar 3-13

Mar 18-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 4 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain, snow and ice.

Clockwise from far left:

Discover the vital role reindeer still play in the Sami culture; search for the northern lights in snowy Lapland; experience the great outdoors full throttle by snowmobile; and tour the highlights of cosmopolitan Helsinki.

THE TIMELESS TOWNS OF THE BALTICS

Unravel the stories of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia, where medieval trade built some of Europe’s wealthiest cities, Soviet rule left its mark and vibrant national pride now shapes the future. Stroll through centuriesold castles, explore grand cathedrals and experience the artistry of modern creative districts. From tasting traditional countryside cuisine to stepping inside exclusive cultural landmarks, this journey blends past and present in the heart of the Baltics.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $9,995 per person

$2,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Discover the historic charm of Vilnius’ Old Town and visit the striking Trakai Island Castle

Experience an intimate farm-to-table lunch at Zipari Farm, with live kokle music and traditional Latvian dishes

Participate in an A&K-exclusive reforestation project at Vihula Manor

Enjoy exclusive access to the Iljinai Family House, a hidden gem of interwar modernist architecture

Tour Estonia’s National Museum with a curator, followed by a private discussion over lunch

Tallinn

Vilnius

Tartu Riga Liepaja

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE VILNIUS, LITHUANIA

DAYS 3-4

KAUNAS & LIEPAJA, LATVIA MODERNISM AND MARITIME TALES

DAY 5

KULDIGA AND JURMALA STORYBOOK STREETS

DAY 6

RIGA

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 7

CESIS AND TARTU, ESTONIA ECHOES OF THE PAST

DAYS 8-9

TARTU AND TALLINN ARTISTIC CITIES

DAY 10

LAHEMAA NATIONAL PARK PRESERVING PAST & PRESENT

DAY 11

DEPART TALLINN

GUARANTEED

Clockwise from far left:

Visit the Old Town in Riga; view the church in Liepaja; overlooking picturesque Kuldiga.

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

GRAND HOTEL VILNIUS

Iconic Grand Hotel Vilnius features classic luxury in a convenient Old Town setting.

HOTEL TELEGRAAF

Housed in a beautifully restored 19th-century telegraph building, the hotel offers elegant rooms and suites with refined décor and contemporary amenities in Tallinn.

GRAND HOTEL KEMPINSKI RIGA

The Grand Hotel Kempinski Riga enjoys a prime location across from Latvia’s National Opera.

HOTEL LYDIA

Tucked along a shop-lined street in Tartu, Hotel Lydia offers a prime location and an authentic sense of place.

PROMENADE HOTEL

Set in a renovated warehouse in the port city of Liepaja, artsy, canal-side Promenade Hotel resides on Latvia’s west coast.

ICELAND: REYKJAVIK AND THE GOLDEN CIRCLE

In recent years, Iceland’s volcanic landscapes, thermal pools and glacial rivers have vaulted it to the top of many travellers’ bucket lists. No one does this thrilling destination quite like A&K. From the natural wonders of the Golden Circle and South Iceland to the rich cultures of Reykjavik and Selfoss, our acclaimed guides get you closer, immerse you deeper and open more doors in this land of fire and ice.

7 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $12,995 per person

$4,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Hit the town with visits to Reykjavik‘s iconic Hallgrimskirkja Church, acclaimed Harpa performance center and a preserved medieval ship

Whale watch for blue, fin, minkes and humpbacks in Reykjavik Harbour

Your luxurious country retreat affords a front-row seat to Iceland’s breathtaking natural landscapes

Venture from the Golden Circle to South Iceland in search of breathtaking lava fields, geysers, hot springs, waterfalls and crater lakes

A Super Jeep tour through Thorsmork (the Valley of Thor) reveals snowy peaks, jadegreen slopes and glacial rivers

Have a farm-to-table lunch at a family-run greenhouse in Fridheimar

Select from a range of culinary and geothermal experiences during a final stop in Reykjavik

ICELAND

Reykjavik

Torfhus

Thorsmork

DAY 1

ARRIVE REYKJAVIK, ICELAND

The world’s northernmost capital, Reykjavik is a thriving cultural hub with international appeal. The city impresses with fascinating Nordic-inspired architecture and serves as the gateway to Iceland’s prodigious natural wonders. Settle into your modern hotel in the city center. Tonight, join fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Iceland Parliament Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 2

REYKJAVIK

TRUE COSMOPOLITAN

CAPITAL

Spend the day exploring both the contemporary and traditional sides of this cultured coastal capital. Start with a visit to the National Museum of Iceland, which tells the story of Iceland’s founding through some 2,000 objects, including a medieval ship of the type used to settle the island. You then visit Hallgrimskirkja Church, the city’s most prominent landmark. Pause to take in the exterior of the Harpa, a cutting-edge performance center built in 2011. This awardwinning structure features a striking coloredglass façade designed to evoke Iceland’s basalt landscape. This afternoon, embark on

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

a thrilling whale-watching boat ride. About 20 species — such as blue whales, fin whales, minkes and humpbacks, each with its own characteristics and behaviors — visit Icelandic waters throughout the year. Marvel as these magnificent giants surface, sometimes within a few yards of your vessel, affording you an unforgettable, up-close wildlife encounter.

Meals: B

DAY 3

GOLDEN CIRCLE SAGA SITES

Thingvellir National Park is that rare locale significant both as a scenic wonder and as a cultural treasure: a UNESCO World Heritage Site where the Vikings established the world’s first democratic parliament more than 1,000 years ago. It’s also one of the few places where you can straddle two continents at once, as the conjunction of the North American and Eurasian tectonic plates is exposed here. Next, visit the regularly erupting Strokkur Geyser and stunning Gullfoss, where milky green glacial water plummets down Iceland’s most famous waterfall. Then, visit greenhouse farmers at Fridheimar to learn how they grow tomatoes year-round using geothermal energy. Experience the diversity of Icelandic food as you enjoy lunch in the greenhouse. Tonight, check in to your luxury retreat nestled in the

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

TORFHUS RETREAT

Eco-luxury boutique resort with 25 cabins and suites, some featuring geothermally heated plunge pools, in the heart of the Golden Circle.

▼

ICELAND PARLIAMENT HOTEL

Contemporary luxury hotel conveniently located in Reykjavik’s city center, within minutes’ walking distance of restaurants, shops and attractions.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Catch a breathtaking eruption of the Strokkur Geyser; view the Harpa performance center in Reykjavik; see and hear the thundering cascades of Gullfoss.

wild Icelandic countryside, and raise a toast to the spectacular icy landscapes around you with a refreshing cocktail in hand. Meals: B L D

Torfhus Retreat (3 nights)

DAY 4 THORSMORK

JEEP ADVENTURE THROUGH WILD TERRAIN

After breakfast, embark on a Super Jeep tour through Thorsmork (Valley of Thor), a vast nature reserve of snowy peaks, jade-green slopes and glacial rivers trickling through dark volcanic earth. In a land already known for scenic beauty, Thorsmork is a gem among gems, a paradise for trekkers and photographers. Explore today with a skilled driver-guide, who leads you along the trails and rivers while discussing the reserve’s history, geology and wildlife. After working up an appetite in the great outdoors, stop in the midst of the wild for an al fresco barbecue lunch, taking in the fresh air and striking beauty of this rugged natural setting. Tonight, indulge in a chef-led culinary experience at your hotel. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

SOUTH ICELAND

FORCES OF NATURE AND SUPER FOODS

Today, witness majestic works of unchecked natural power, starting with the Urridafoss, the most voluminous waterfall in Iceland, watching as it plummets down to the sprawling Thjorsarhraun lava field. Then, visit Selfoss, where the past intertwines seamlessly with the present as 35 meticulously restored historic buildings have over time transformed into a bustling cultural hub. Inaugurated in 2021, this center fuses avant-garde architecture with the rich tapestry of Iceland’s heritage. Stop at the Old Dairy Selfoss food hall to savor contemporary Icelandic flavors for a delightful introduction to the nation’s evolving food culture. Continue to the Skyrland exhibition to sample skyr, Iceland’s distinct superfood, and take in a multi-sensory journey encompassing visuals, aromas and flavors related to this Viking dairy delicacy. Afterward, view Kerid, a volcanic crater lake. Its caldera is still intact and the lake never drains out because it is at the level of the groundwater. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

REYKJAVIK

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Return to Reykjavik and enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Embark on a Walking Foodie Tour of local markets and culinary hotspots to sample the best of Icelandic cuisine.

Thrill to the Icelandic Lava Show with VIP admission to safely view red-hot flowing lava up close.

Immerse Yourself in Geothermal Warmth as you sink into a natural hot tub in Sky Lagoon, overlooking the ocean.

Afterward, return to your hotel. Gather this evening for a farewell dinner at a local restaurant. Meals: B D

Iceland Parliament Hotel (1 night)

DAY 7

DEPART REYKJAVIK

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jun 9-15

Jul 7-13

Jul 20-26 Aug 5-11

Aug 31-Sep 6 Sep 17-23

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: The road winding through Thingvellir National Park; visit the incomparably designed Hallgrimskirkja Church; watch for humpback whales on a boat cruise along the coast; see the distinctive Icelandic horses.

ICELAND WINTER ADVENTURE

When the long days of summer have ebbed away, Iceland becomes a bewitching, frozen fairytale, its icy valleys and snow-bound thermal springs ripe for a new crop of winter adventures. On this thrilling journey, explore the volcanic and glacial wonders of Iceland in the quieter winter season, when the crowds have thinned and the northern lights often shine their brightest.

7 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$2,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Feel the heat of Vulcan at Reykjavik’s unique Lava Show

Hunt for the northern lights in Iceland’s remote countryside, far from the city lights

Experience the thrill of snowmobiling across Europe’s second-largest glacier

Soak in the therapeutic waters of Hvammsvik’s thermal sea baths

Explore the magnificent lava tube of Vidgelmir, Iceland’s largest volcanic cave ARRIVE/DEPART

Reykjavik

Husafell

Torfhus ICELAND

DAY 1

ARRIVE REYKJAVIK, ICELAND

DAY 2

HUSAFELL THERMAL POOLS

DAY 3

HUSAFELL FIRE AND ICE

DAY 4

THINGVELLIR GEYSERS AND WATERFALLS

DAY 5

SOUTHERN ICELAND STUNNING COASTAL DRIVE DAY 6

REYKJAVIK NORDIC CAPITAL DAY 8

DEPART REYKJAVIK

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE

DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

Jan 14-20

Feb 3-9

Mar 26-Apr 1

Clockwise from far left: Reykjavik, Iceland’s cosmopolitan capital; view glacial formations at Husafell; absorb the spectacular landscapes of Gullfoss.

Nov 10-16

Dec 8-14

Jan 12-18, ‘27

Feb 9-15, ‘27

Mar 2-8, ‘27

Mar 16-22, ‘27

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain, snow and ice.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ICELAND PARLIAMENT HOTEL

The Iceland Parliament Hotel offers a central location for those wishing to explore the capital, Reykjavik.

HOTEL HUSAFELL

Fronting western Iceland’s central highlands, Hotel Husafell puts the region’s glaciers and volcanic landscapes within easy reach.

TORFHUS RETREAT

Set in the heart of the Golden Circle, Torfhus Retreat blends authentic Icelandic style and relaxed eco-luxury inspired by the architecture of a nearby Viking farm.

IRELAND: LEGENDS

OF THE EMERALD ISLE

With its medieval castles, Celtic ruins, verdant fields and sparkling seas, Ireland beckons in a beguiling lilt worthy of a poem by William Butler Yeats. Revel in the legendary hospitality and warmth of the Irish people on a comprehensive journey across the Emerald Isle, taking in world-famous scenic backdrops, basking in traditional songs and stories and overnighting in a bona fide castle, all while celebrating a culture cherished on both sides of the Atlantic.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $9,795 per person

$3,695 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Explore Dublin, Ireland’s historic capital city, on a day that includes an intimate guided walk through Trinity College and an up-close look at the illuminated Book of Kells

A country pub in County Kilkenny provides the ideal setting for an introduction to beloved Irish culture, including a hands-on hurling lesson

Immerse yourself in authentic rural life on a farm visit, conversing with a local family over a farmhouse lunch

Venture around the Ring of Kerry, taking in its stunning landscapes and discovering this lively region’s traditional crafts

Taste oysters and gaze out from atop the soaring Cliffs of Moher as you follow the scenic coast of County Clare

Newmarket-on-Fergus

DAY 1

ARRIVE DUBLIN, IRELAND

Fronting the River Liffey on Ireland’s eastern coast, the cosmopolitan capital of Dublin complements its wealth of history with an unabashed wit and verve that define its irresistible personality. Stately public buildings, grand scholarly enclaves, cobbled boulevards and spacious squares teem with a diversity that proudly heralds Dublin’s status as a bustling global sophisticate. Tonight, gather for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Anantara The Marker Dublin Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 2

DUBLIN

BEHOLD THE BOOK OF KELLS

Begin with a privately led exploration of Trinity College, founded in 1592 by Queen Elizabeth I. View the legendary Book of Kells, one of the finest illuminated medieval manuscripts in existence. Discover more of the city with your expert guide, followed by free time this afternoon to relax or explore on your own. Meals: B

DAY 3

KILKENNY COUNTRYSIDE TRADITIONS

Travel south to the heart of County Kilkenny, a living, breathing time capsule of rolling green pastures, winding rivers, medieval towns, Norman castles and meandering back roads flanked by mossy stone walls. Visit a familyowned country pub, meet the owner and his family, and receive a hands-on introduction to the national Irish sport of hurling. Listen to a seannachi (traditional storyteller) spin tales and play music, eat a hearty lunch and learn how to pull a pint of Guinness for a full-on classic Irish pub experience. Meals: B L D

Castlemartyr Resort (2 nights)

DAY 4

CASTLEMARTYR

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Sample Classic Irish Whiskeys on a premium tour and tasting at Jameson’s Old Midleton Distillery.

Enjoy a Guided Coastal Walk on the cliffs around the scenic fishing village of Ballycotton.

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ANANTARA THE MARKER DUBLIN HOTEL

Contemporary landmark hotel in central Dublin.

CASTLEMARTYR RESORT

Five-star hotel set in an 18th-century manor house on immaculate grounds.

▼

SHEEN FALLS LODGE

Luxurious hotel outside Kenmare, overlooking a river and waterfalls.

DROMOLAND CASTLE

Luxury castle-turned-hotel on the Condé Nast Traveler Gold List, in Newmarket-on-Fergus.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

The Ring of Kerry is a scenic drive not to be missed; experience the verve of Dublin’s streets and pubs with a local guide; bask in the bucolic charms of the rolling Irish countryside.

Visit the Cobh Heritage Centre and peruse the English Market in Cork.

Later, dine at Ballymaloe House, one of Ireland’s culinary treasures. Meals: B D

DAY 5

WEST CORK

SCENIC SHORELINES AND LIVELY STORYTELLING

Drive Ireland’s wild southern shore through rugged West Cork to meet a sixth-generation Irish storyteller and join this colorful raconteur for a ferry ride to Whiddy Island. Listen as he leads you on a personally narrated tour of the island and its history, and then stop at a pub for lunch and a pint. Ferry back to the mainland and proceed to your hotel in Kenmare. Ideally positioned for explorations of the Ring of Kerry and the Beara Peninsula, Kenmare blends 18th-century roots with a modern array of boutiques, cafés and restaurants. Meals: B L D

Sheen Falls Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 6

KENMARE

AROUND THE RING OF KERRY

Cross through postcard-perfect Killarney National Park en route to the town of Killarney.

Ride in a traditional jaunting car for a closer look at the park’s natural beauty. Then, set out on the famed Ring of Kerry for a breathtaking coastal drive, where every turn in the road reveals new and ever-more-stunning vistas. Set atop cliffs that overlook the Atlantic, the ring circuits the Iveragh Peninsula from Killarney to Dingle Bay and beyond. Pause to peruse local handicrafts in the Gap of Dunloe, a ruggedly beautiful valley formed by glaciers. Meals: B

DAY 7

NEWMARKET-ON-FERGUS

LUNCH WITH A FARM FAMILY

Make a personal connection to Ireland when you visit a traditional family farm. Hear about rural life here from family members, and then join them for a homecooked farm lunch, on this A&K-exclusive experience. Afterward, in the heart of County Limerick, stop in Adare, often voted Ireland’s most beautiful village for its charming thatched-roof cottages and quintessentially Irish atmosphere. Then proceed to your majestic hotel. Meals: B L

Dromoland Castle (2 nights)

DAY 8

NEWMARKET-ON-FERGUS

THE TASTES OF GALWAY BAY

Journey to busy Galway, gateway to western Ireland, and then on to small, coastal Clarinbridge, where a special tasting introduces you to the quintessential pairing of Guinness stout with fresh Galway Bay oysters. Then drive the coast of County Clare, stopping to stand atop the soaring Cliffs of Moher, stark rugged expanses jutting straight up from the Atlantic and covered by a quilt of rich green farmland. Tonight, join your fellow guests for an elegant farewell dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

DEPART SHANNON

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 8-16

May 15-23

May 22-30

Jun 5-13

Jun 19-27

Jun 26-Jul 4

Jul 3-11

Jul 17-25

Aug 7-15

Aug 21-29

Sep 4-12

Sep 11-19

Sep 15-23

Sep 18-26

Sep 22-30

Sep 25-Oct 3

Oct 2-10

Oct 9-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: The soaring Cliffs of Moher beckon; discover more Irish history in the village of Cobh; drive the glacier-carved Gap of Dunloe; visit Trinity College to view the illuminated Book of Kells.

SCOTLAND: EDINBURGH AND THE HIGHLANDS

The windswept heather of the Scottish Highlands gives way to salty sea air, ancient stone castles and medieval architecture standing as silent witnesses to centuries of Celtic legends. This enchanting journey through Scotland’s landscapes and cultural heritage reveals rugged beauty and historic charm amidst stunning natural landscapes and iconic sites, complemented by a before-hours visit, uncommon access and deep insight into the country’s history from experts in the field.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $10,595 per person

$3,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Try your hand at Scotland’s most distinctive instrument with a hands-on lesson at the National Piping Center

Go where other travellers can’t on an exclusive experience at Inveraray Castle, a Gothic Revival masterpiece

Sample Scotland’s “water of life” at the distillery in Lindores Abbey, whisky’s “spiritual birthplace”

Imagine life aboard a former floating palace when you board the majestic Royal Yacht Britannia for a private, before-hours visit

May 18-26

Jun 8-16

Jun 22-30

Jul 6-14

Jul 20-28

Sep 7-15

Sep 14-22

Sep 21-29

Sep 28-Oct 6

Oct 5-13

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. DAY 1

DAYS 3-4

INVERNESS

LOCH NESS AND CULLODEN MOOR

DAY 5

INVERNESS & ST. ANDREWS

WILDLIFE & WHISKY

DAY 6

ST. ANDREWS

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 7

EDINBURGH

TRADITIONAL AFTERNOON TEA

DAY 8

EDINBURGH A PRIVATE ROYAL YACHT VISIT

DAY 9

DEPART EDINBURGH

Clockwise from far left: Journey through the misty, rugged Highlands; hear the drone of authentic Scottish bagpipes firsthand; visit the ruins of Urquhart Castle beside legendary Loch Ness.

WHERE YOU’LL

STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE BALMORAL

Classic luxury hotel with bespoke rooms in the heart of Edinburgh.

OLD COURSE HOTEL

Luxurious resort set at the 17th hole of the Old Course at St. Andrews.

HOTEL DU VIN GLASGOW

Iconic hotel in the city’s fashionable West End, devoted to your service.

NESS WALK

Contemporary luxury hotel on the banks of the Ness River in Inverness.

SCOTLAND: THE HIGHLANDS AND EDINBURGH’S MILITARY TATTOO

The rugged Highlands — steeped in ancient lore and rivalries — stand as a testament to Scotland’s indomitable spirit, while the misty lochs and rolling hills offer a serene escape. On this captivating journey through Scotland, witness the pageantry of the world’s oldest military tattoo, with premium seating; access sights normally closed to the public; and enjoy private and before-hours visits to storied sites free from crowds.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$4,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

At The Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo, enjoy a private, pre-show dinner, savor a whisky tasting and view the iconic spectacle up close with prime seating

Explore Culloden Battlefield on a private, before-hours tour and visit nearby Clava Cairns, a 4,000-year-old stone formation with an evocative mystique

Gain exclusive access to areas usually off limits to the public at majestic Inveraray Castle

Step aboard the iconic Royal Yacht Britannia in Edinburgh during an exclusive before-hours visit

DAY 1

ARRIVE GLASGOW, SCOTLAND

DAY 2

GLASGOW

ESTEEMED ART COLLECTION

DAY 3

INVERARAY ON THE SHORES OF LOCH LOMOND

DAY 4

INVERNESS

HISTORIC BATTLE SITES

DAY 5–6

ST. ANDREWS

WHISKY TASTING AND MORE

DAY 7

EDINBURGH

TRADITIONAL AFTERNOON TEA

DAY 8

EDINBURGH

INSPIRING MILITARY PAGEANTRY

DAY 9

DEPART EDINBURGH

Aug 3-11 Aug 10-18 Aug 17-25

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: Edinburgh Castle stands high over the city; witness the precision maneuvers performed by Highlanders; take in the Royal Edinburgh Military Tattoo from VIP seating.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

NESS WALK

Contemporary luxury hotel on the banks of the Ness River in Inverness.

THE BALMORAL

Classic luxury hotel with bespoke rooms in the heart of Edinburgh.

HOTEL DU VIN GLASGOW

Iconic hotel in the city’s fashionable West End, devoted to your service.

OLD COURSE HOTEL

Luxurious resort set at the 17th hole of the Old Course at St. Andrews.

GLORIOUS GARDENS OF ENGLAND AND CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW

The center of the horticultural universe might be England’s Chelsea Flower Show, a five-day extravaganza of brilliant blooms and expertly designed gardens. This journey is your ticket to the annual gathering of green thumbs, offering special Members’ Day access, along with visits to castles and estates known for their immaculately designed grounds.

9

DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,795 per person

$6,795 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Enjoy all-day access to an exclusive pavilion at the Chelsea Flower Show, complete with a gourmet breakfast, Champagne lunch and traditional high tea

Wander through the picturesque Arts and Crafts-style gardens of Sissinghurst Castle, designed by the legendary Vita Sackville-West

Explore the enchanting Hidcote Manor, one of England’s most celebrated gardens

Experience the thrill of thoroughbred racing at Jackdaws Castle, witnessing a master trainer put these elite athletes through their paces on an exclusive Cotswolds tour

Blenheim Palace, birthplace of Sir Winston Churchill, opens its doors for an exclusive private tour of areas closed to the public

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE LONDON, ENGLAND

DAY 2

WEST SUSSEX

HERITAGE GARDENS

DAY 3

SISSINGHURST & GREAT DIXTER ARTS AND CRAFTS GEMS

DAY 4

HAMPSHIRE

WEST GREEN HOUSE

DAYS 5-6

THE COTSWOLDS IDYLLIC ENGLAND

DAY 7

BLENHEIM PALACE CHURCHILL’S BIRTHPLACE

DAY 8

THE CHELSEA FLOWER SHOW A WORLD OF INSPIRATION

DAY 9

DEPART LONDON

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 13-21

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

Clockwise from far left: Visit the Heritage Gardens; lose track of the countless varieties of blossoms you encounter; take in the delightful architecture of the Cotswolds.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

OCKENDEN MANOR

Boutique hotel nestled amid gardens in the West Sussex countryside.

DORMY HOUSE

Luxury boutique hotel built into a 17th-century farmhouse and set in the heart of England’s scenic Cotswolds region.

▼

BROWN’S HOTEL

Historic classic luxury hotel set in London’s most exclusive borough.

A TULIP CRUISE THROUGH THE NETHERLANDS AND BELGIUM

The idyllic charms and natural beauty of Belgium and the Netherlands make cruising through them by riverboat a beloved European travel experience. Visit these two history-laden countries in flower-filled springtime, exploring amid vibrant blossoms and iconic windmills, and meet fascinating people who share the culture, cuisine and crafts unique to their homelands.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $8,295 per person

$1,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise through the finest cities and towns in the Low Countries, experiencing nine days of exclusive sightseeing led by your Resident Tour Director

Indulge in a full afternoon at stunning Keukenhof Gardens on a visit that includes lunch amid countless flowering bulbs

Let your tastebuds be your guide to local cuisine as you lunch on moules-frites and savor a tasting of hand-crafted Edam cheese

A living rainbow of blossoms stretches out all around you on a private visit to a family-owned tulip farm

Absorb vivid stories of people who lived through a terrible flood, recounted at the Watersnoodmuseum

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

DAYS 3-4

ARNHEM AND ZEELAND BATTLE SITES AND VILLAGES

DAY 5

BRUGES AND GHENT, BELGIUM HISTORIC CITY CENTERS

DAY 6

ANTWERP

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 7

DELFT AND KEUKENHOF, NETHERLANDS FLORAL GLORIES

DAY 8

Mar 29-Apr 6 Apr 8-16 Apr 25-May 3 May 3-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com.

Clockwise from far left: Roam through the Netherlands at tulip time; gaze out at colorful panoramas backdropped by iconic Dutch windmills; get in touch with daily life along Amsterdam’s idyllic canals.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ABOARD SHIP

Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience.

SOFITEL LEGEND THE GRAND AMSTERDAM

Classic luxury hotel occupying a historic former convent and royal guest house, situated between two quiet canals.

CRUISE THE DANUBE: BUDAPEST, VIENNA AND PRAGUE

The second-longest river on the continent, the Danube River weaves its way through central Europe like an unbroken thread of tranquil beauty. Cruise the Danube for seven nights in style, sampling the history and culture of five countries as you visit a centuries-old castle, attend a classical music concert in Vienna and finish amid the cobblestoned charms of Prague.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $10,495 per person

$2,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise the Danube for seven nights during 11 days of exclusive sightseeing, including a twonight stay in historic Prague

Historic Salzburg and its beautiful lakes region merit a full day of exploration with expert guides

A savory hands-on cooking experience in Budapest highlights eight meals ashore

Take in an intimate concert in Vienna’s historic Mozarthaus, from the vantage point of premier seating

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE BUDAPEST, HUNGARY

DAYS 2-3

BUDAPEST

BEAUTY ACROSS THE RIVER

DAY 4

BRATISLAVA, SLOVAKIA CHARMS OF THE OLD QUARTER

DAYS 5-7

VIENNA, DURNSTEIN AND MELK, SALZBURG, AUSTRIA

TREASURES ALONG THE DANUBE

DAY 8

REGENSBURG, GERMANY

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAY 9

CESKY KRUMLOV, CZECH

REPUBLIC

RADIANT CITY

DAYS 10-11

DEPART PRAGUE

May 18-28 Jun 6-16 Jun 27-Jul 7* Sep 7-17 Sep 17-27* Oct 15-25*

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com.

Clockwise from far left: Cesky Krumlov, a jewel of the Czech Republic; admire the detailed, tiled roof of Matthias Church in Budapest; visit historic Schönbrunn Palace in Vienna.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ABOARD SHIP

Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience.

MATILD PALACE

Located in a neo-Baroque palace that is declared a UNESCO World Heritage Site, Matild Palace stands proudly in the heart of Budapest.

FAIRMONT GOLDEN PRAGUE

Czech artistry and modern elegance combine in Fairmont Golden Prague, a great home base from which to experience Old Town’s charms.

CRUISE THE RHINE: AMSTERDAM TO SWITZERLAND

From the lowlands of the Netherlands, past the forested hills of Germany and onward to Switzerland’s snowcapped Alps, follow the Rhine River on this immersive cruise. Along the way, view immortal works by the Dutch Masters; walk the cobblestone streets of Strasbourg, France; and visit Heidelberg castle and the soaring Cologne Cathedral; all while sampling local beer, wine and chocolate for an authentic taste of Europe.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$3,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise the Rhine through four countries, experiencing 11 days of exclusive sightseeing in your private small-group vehicle, escorted by your Resident Tour Director

Explore the heritage of New England’s founding fathers with special access to Leiden’s American Pilgrim Museum

Ascend Mount Pilatus to take in 360-degree views of the Swiss Alps

Sample local food and wine during five specially arranged meals ashore, including wine tastings in Rüdesheim and Strasbourg

DAYS 1-2

ARRIVE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS

DAY 3

LEIDEN

PILGRIM MUSEUM

DAY 4

COLOGNE, GERMANY

DESIGN YOUR DAY

DAYS 5-6

COCHEM AND RUDESHEIM FORTRESSES AND GORGES

DAY 7

HEIDELBERG

CHARMING UNIVERSITY TOWN

DAY 8

STRASBOURG, FRANCE CULTURAL CROSSROADS

DAYS 9-10

ZURICH, SWITZERLAND LAKESIDE VIEWS AND CHOCOLATIER

DAY 11

DEPART ZURICH

May 17-27 Jun 7-17 Jul 19-29 Sep 6-16 Sep 20-30 Oct 18-28

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com.

Clockwise from far left:

Overlooking stately Zurich, Switzerland; take in the alpine beauty of Mount Pilatus; behold the Gothic triumph of Cologne Cathedral in Germany.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PILLOWS GRAND BOUTIQUE HOTEL MAURITS AT THE PARK Elegant boutique luxury hotel in Amsterdam.

ABOARD SHIP

Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience.

ALEX LAKE ZURICH

Contemporary luxury waterfront hotel with studios and penthouses.

A CULINARY CRUISE THROUGH FRANCE

It’s no secret that the wines and cuisines of France have been regarded among the world’s finest since time immemorial. Nowhere is this legacy of excellence more entrenched than along the banks of the Rhône. After whetting your appetite with a pre-cruise stay in Lausanne, cruise the Rhône and Saône with stops in the culinary enclaves and wine regions of Lyon, Burgundy and Provence, sampling all the finest along the way.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $12,995 per person

$3,895 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Explore Lausanne’s Chillon Castle and sample fine Swiss wines within its historic walls

Sample your way through Lyon’s market halls and taste a curated selection of Burgundy wines

Explore medieval Brancion and stroll the gardens of the Château de Cormatin

In the French Alps enclave of Annecy, sit down to a traditional Savoyard lunch at a mountain farm

A classic Land Rover transports you through the vineyards of Beaujolais to meet the locals and gather for a winemaker’s lunch

Ride a vintage Citroën 2CV through the vineyards of Châteauneuf-du-Pape, stopping for photos and tastings along the way

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

ANNECY,

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 12 years. Water levels may impact sailing and require changes to the itinerary. Please note that A&K guests and other passengers will be travelling onboard the ship simultaneously. For vessel details and deck plans visit abercrombiekent.com. DAYS

DAYS

LYON

May 31-Jun 10 Jul 5-15 Aug 30-Sep 9

Clockwise from far left:

Explore the vineyards of Beaujolais by Land Rover; sample some of the finest French pastries throughout your journey; visit the monumental Château de Cormatin in Burgandy.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

ABOARD SHIP

Spacious cabins and suites — all with French or walk-out balconies — and an open, modern design make for a superb, stylish cruising experience.

BEAU-RIVAGE PALACE

Beau-Rivage Palace, located in Lausanne, boasts an impressive 75,000-bottle wine cellar sourced from the Lavaux vineyard.

INTERCONTINENTAL LYON - HOTEL DIEU

Overlooking the Rhône from the heart of the city, the InterContinental Lyon - Hotel Dieu occupies a palatial Belle Epoque landmark dating back to the 18th century.

Celebrate the Season on a European River Cruise

The sparkling cities along the Rhine and Danube take on an added glow for the holidays, whether you’re strolling a festive Christmas market in Munich, basking in a holiday concert in Vienna or ringing in the New Year with fireworks in Budapest.

Cruise the Danube to Europe’s Christmas Markets

9 DAYS FROM $9,295

LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

DEPARTS NOV 27, DEC 4 & DEC 10

Holiday celebrating and shopping were never so delightful as on this festive Danube River cruise. Stay in handpicked boutique hotels in the hearts of Vienna and Munich, stroll through inviting local Christkindlmarkts and visit historic Melk Abbey as well as Vienna’s Imperial Treasury.

NEW Cruise the Rhine to Europe’s Christmas Markets

8 DAYS FROM $8,495

LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

DEPARTS DEC 2 & DEC 9

Little changed throughout the centuries, the holiday traditions of France and Germany harken back to the true spirit of the season. Celebrate these timeless European traditions on a festive Rhine cruise as you browse atmospheric Christmas markets, explore the historic streets of Strasbourg and Cologne, and sample fine regional wines along the way.

A Christmas Cruise on the Danube

9 DAYS FROM $9,795

LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

DEPARTS DEC 21

Cap off your year with a holiday cruise along the Danube River, a celebration perfect for a couple, friends or the whole family. Wake in festive Vienna on Christmas morning and experience charming local traditions. Visit holiday markets as well, and revel in an organ concert at the superb Abbey of St. Florian.

NEW A New Year’s Eve Cruise on the Danube

9 DAYS FROM $9,495

LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

DEPARTS DEC 28

Usher in a new year of possibilities on this engaging cruise into the culturally rich heart of Europe, gliding from Germany through Austria to Slovakia and back again, pausing to celebrate the New Year in Budapest — your vessel offering a ringside seat to a spectacular fireworks show over the Danube.

TO BOOK YOUR 2026 JOURNEY, CALL +800 4747 7700, VISIT ABERCROMBIEKENT.COM OR SPEAK TO YOUR TRAVEL ADVISOR.

Prices are per person, double occupancy and include internal air where applicable.

Torres del Paine National Park

THE AMERICAS

These two great continents have long lured adventurers with their epic landscapes and diverse cultures. North America is a land of super-sized adventures, sensational national parks and dynamic coasts, from Canada’s cold drama all the way down to Mexico’s fiery flavour. Meanwhile South America is, for many, the very embodiment of travel itself. Thrilling, eye-opening, alive with experiences, it is a place of ancient citadels high on mountain peaks, of glaciers and salt flats, of biodiverse archipelagos and rainforests, of effervescent food scenes and raucous, rainbowbright festivals.

Local woman at Sacsayhuamán

ALASKA: WILDERNESS AND WILDLIFE

On this adventure into North America’s most remote and untamed region, our guides immerse you in the epic grandeur of wild Alaska, exploring by road, sea, rail and air, and journeying deep into the interior of the state to reveal untouched landscapes and an enduring frontier spirit.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,295 per person

$2,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Fly north of the Arctic Circle to visit an isolated wilderness community and meet the intrepid locals who call it home

A scenic domed railcar affords breathtaking views of Denali National Park

Take off on a flightseeing adventure, landing and setting foot on a snow-covered glacier

Meet the Alaskan huskies of a six-time Iditarod race winner

Embark on an engaging, full-day cruise on Prince William Sound

ALASKA

Wiseman

Fairbanks

Denali National Park

Talkeetna

Anchorage Girdwood Whittier

DAY 1

ARRIVE FAIRBANKS, ALASKA

Touch down in Fairbanks, nicknamed the Golden Heart City, and settle into your hotel. Tonight, enjoy a reception and welcome dinner. Alaska, the 49th and largest of the United States, is a vast natural wonderland of craggy snow-capped mountains, shimmering ice-blue lakes, roaring rivers and coastlines frequented by magnificent marine life. In the Land of the Midnight Sun, where summer days are up to 21 hours long, Fairbanks is a cultural hub and your jumping off point for adventure. Meals: D

Pike’s Waterfront Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 2

FAIRBANKS

EXPLORING ABOVE THE ARCTIC CIRCLE

Start your day with a guided tour of historic Fairbanks, and then board a small plane for a sightseeing flight (weather permitting) that carries you over the majestic Brooks Range to a landing above the Arctic Circle. Visit the farflung outpost of Wiseman with a local guide and learn more about the Trans-Alaska Pipeline and the Koyukuk River, a tributary of the mighty Yukon River. Return to Fairbanks for an evening at your leisure. Meals: B L

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

TALKEETNA TRAIN RIDE THROUGH SCENIC DENALI

Journey overland through breathtaking scenery to Denali National Park. Take in the Denali Visitor Center before transferring to the train depot, where it’s “all aboard” a deluxe dome railcar. Get underway, gazing out spacious windows at the verdant wilderness. Savor lunch on board as you absorb the passing vistas of Denali’s pristine forests and snowcapped peaks. Arrive in Talkeetna, a charmingly quirky village set at the confluence of three rivers. Its location at the foot of Denali positions it perfectly for exploring the great outdoors. Tonight, gather with your fellow guests, relaxing with drink in hand. Meals: B L D

Talkeetna Alaskan Lodge (2 nights)

DAY 4

TALKEETNA WALKING ON A GLACIER

This morning, embark by jetboat on a thrilling excursion into the heart of the wilderness, going ashore to hike to an authentic trapper’s cabin, learning local folklore as you go. Afterward, return to the hotel with time to rest and relax. This afternoon, board an airplane

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PIKE’S WATERFRONT LODGE

Boutique lodge set on the banks of the Chena River, near downtown Fairbanks.

TALKEETNA ALASKAN LODGE

The only hotel in Talkeetna with clear views of Denali (Mount McKinley).

▼

HOTEL CAPTAIN COOK

In the heart of Anchorage, with views of Cook Inlet and the Chugach Mountains.

ALYESKA RESORT

Renowned resort surrounded by mountain peaks, forests and glaciers.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

An Alaskan brown bear stalks its domain in the Kenai Peninsula; fly into Fairbanks to kickstart your adventure; watch the skies for bald eagles and other amazing birdlife.

for a flightseeing adventure to the remote western end of Denali National Park, taking in marvelous views of Denali as well as Mount Foraker and Mount Hunter. Weather permitting, land on the slopes of Denali and step out onto a glacier for an exhilarating wilderness experience. Return to your lodge for an evening at leisure. Meals: B

DAY 5

ANCHORAGE

MEET THE FURRY HEROES OF THE IDITAROD

Start the day with a visit to the kennels of Iditarod champion Dallas Seavey’s family in Talkeetna. Go up close with members of their Alaskan husky sled-dog teams. Afterward, drive to Anchorage for lunch, followed by a visit to the Anchorage Museum, where you explore the diverse Alaska Native cultures through their art and design. Then, set out on a scenic drive to Girdwood, set at the base of Mount Alyeska. Surrounded by glaciers, peaks and rivers, Girdwood is a close-knit, welcoming community that thrives on hosting outdoor enthusiasts. Stay at a resort considered a world-class bastion for skiing and as a hub for year-round outdoor exploration. Meals: B L D

Alyeska Resort (2 nights)

DAY 6

KENAI PENINSULA INSPIRING GLACIER CRUISE

Board a boat to cruise the dramatic glacier and marine wildlife country of Prince William Sound. Spy calving glaciers, watch for whales and sea lions, and look overhead for a soaring bald eagle. Return to your hotel in the late afternoon for dinner on your own at any of the restaurants at the hotel or in nearby Girdwood. Meals: B L

DAY 7

MOUNT ALYESKA

PANORAMAS OF WILD ALASKA

Today, ride the Scenic Alyeska Tram from sea level up to 2,300 feet to take in spectacular views of the rugged surrounding landscapes. Later this morning, set out for the Alaska Wildlife Conservation Center, where you enjoy visiting with the native Alaskan species being rehabilitated there, including bison, moose and grizzly bears. Tonight, celebrate your Alaskan journey with a special farewell dinner, meeting with the chef for an engaging culinary experience. Meals: B D

Hotel Captain Cook (1 night)

DAY 8

DEPART ANCHORAGE

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

May 29-Jun 5

Jun 12-19

Jun 26-Jul 3

Jul 3-10

Jul 10-17 Jul 24-31 Aug 7-14 Aug 14-21 Aug 21-28 Sep 4-11

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements.

Clockwise from far left: Take in stunning glacier views on a flightseeing tour; sight caribou and other wildlife in Denali National Park; majestic landscapes backdrop Anchorage; watch for humpback whales while cruising Prince William Sound.

FAMILY ADVENTURE

IN ALASKA

When it’s time to put down the screens and unplug from the stresses of daily life, this Alaskan adventure is just the thing to help the family slow down and reconnect. Trust our acclaimed guides with your precious family time as you cruise majestic Prince William Sound, search for bears and other wildlife, and fly over Denali National Park — landing on a glacier at the foot of North America’s tallest peak.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 24 GUESTS

From $10,895 per person

$2,995 single supplement

Children 17 and under from $10,395

HIGHLIGHTS

Float down the Portage River, spotting wildlife amid the mountains and hanging glaciers

Cruise Prince William Sound to encounter calving glaciers and marine wildlife

A scenic domed railcar affords breathtaking views of Denali National Park

Search for wildlife on a floatplane wilderness trip

Take off on a flightseeing adventure, landing and setting foot on a snow-covered glacier

Meet the Alaskan huskies of a six-time Iditarod race winner

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

KENAI

KENAI

REDOUBT

TALKEETNA

Jun 6-13

Jun 13-20

Jun 27-Jul 4

Departures

Clockwise from far left: Watch for orcas on a cruise of Prince William Sound; get to know the huskies of an Iditarod champion; take in the beauty of Denali National Park by train and on foot.

Jul 4-11 Jul 18-25 Jul 25-Aug 1

Aug 8-15

Aug 15-22

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE HOTEL ALYESKA

Alaska’s best resort, with your deluxe room looking out on a lush valley surrounded by mountain peaks, deep green forests and glaciers.

TALKEETNA ALASKAN LODGE

The only hotel in Talkeetna with clear views of Denali (Mount McKinley).

HOTEL CAPTAIN COOK

In the heart of Anchorage, with views of Cook Inlet and the Chugach Mountains.

WONDERS OF THE GALAPAGOS AND MACHU PICCHU

This exciting South American adventure combines two bucket-list destinations in one incredible journey. Begin with a cruise of the Galápagos’ Northern Islands, our guides revealing giant tortoises, marine iguanas, blue-footed boobies and more with a host of exciting snorkeling, kayaking and shore excursions. Then, explore the enduring heritage of the Sacred Valley and join a site expert to discover the wonders of Machu Picchu.

12 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,995 per person

$8,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Cruise the Galápagos’ Northern Islands for four nights aboard a purpose-built adventure cruiser

Expert guides lead twice-daily shore excursions on your cruise

Choose from a range of cruise activities including kayaking, snorkeling, light trekking and beachcombing

Witness a Pachamama ceremony at a remote village in the Sacred Valley of the Incas

Add on an optional trek of the Inca Trail from KM 104 to Machu Picchu (for an additional fee)

Visit two projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

ECUADOR

DAY 1

ARRIVE

GUAYAQUIL, ECUADOR

Youthful, vibrant Guayaquil is Ecuador’s largest city. Caressed by intoxicating Pacific breezes, it is your gateway to the Galapagos.

Hotel del Parque (1 night)

DAY 2

GUAYAQUIL

BALTRA, THE GALAPAGOS

Fly to Baltra for an adventure beyond Darwin’s wildest dreams. Cruise the Galápagos on a four-night cruise through the chain’s northern islands. Snorkel through shoals, spot fantastical birds or ponder the mysteries of evolution as you gaze into the century-old eyes of a giant tortoise. Meet local students learning about their native islands on an initiative supported by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B L D

La Pinta (4 nights)

DAY 3

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS

EDEN AND SOMBRERO CHINO

After breakfast, get fitted for your wetsuit and snorkeling gear. Then, board a panga for an excursion to Eden Islet, a secluded, biodiverse

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

enclave off Santa Cruz. Here, observe the island’s iconic blue-footed boobies and enjoy the option to snorkel the reef or view marine life aboard a glass-bottom boat. At Sombrero Chino, yet another secluded islet of the Galápagos archipelago, hike wilderness trails, swim in a sandy cove and snorkel among white-tipped reef sharks and Galápagos penguins. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS BARTOLOME AND SANTIAGO

Roam Bartolomé Island, trekking up to a volcano’s summit to take in Pacific Ocean views. After a panga ride to visit the penguins of Pinnacle Rock, snorkel the reef, relax on the beach or observe the local marine life. Later, swim or snorkel along the white coral sand beach of Sullivan Bay. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

CRUISING THE GALAPAGOS GENOVESA ISLAND

View Genovesa Island’s cliffs before climbing the steep, rocky pass of Prince Philip’s Steps to reach a clifftop frequented by species such as the Nazca boobies, frigate birds, storm petrels and short-eared owls. Explore Darwin Bay, snorkeling along the cliffs among

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL DEL PARQUE

Quietly elegant boutique luxury hotel located in the heart of Guayaquil.

LA PINTA

Comfortable and stylish expedition ship featuring fine onboard cuisine.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Marvel at marine iguanas; visit a variety of islands, trekking up to a volcano on Bartolomé; and get up close to endemic species like colorful Sally lightfoot crabs, as you cruise through the widlife-rich Galápagos Islands.

INKATERRA HACIENDA URUBAMA

Hacienda-style hotel featuring luxury casitas with Andes mountain views.

THE SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL

Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT

Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO

Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city.

▼

inquisitive sea lions or paddling out in sea kayaks, looking out to see marine iguanas diving and surfacing around you. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

LIMA, PERU PERUVIAN ADVENTURE AWAITS

Fly to Lima, the capital of Peru. A worldrenowned culinary epicenter, Lima welcomes wayfarers with a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a laidback Pacific-Coast vibe. Meals: B L

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night)

DAY 7

CUSCO

LIFE IN THE SACRED VALLEY

Built in the shape of a puma by the Incas, Cusco stretches like a slumbering feline along the Huatanay valley. It’s your stepping stone to the Sacre Valley, where you visit the beautiful Hacienda Sarapampa for a savory lunch with the owner, who shares his family’s history in farming. Also visit the Inkariy Museum to gain insights into the culture, religion and technology of Andean Civilizations. Meals: B L D

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba (2 nights)

DAY 8

SACRED VALLEY A JOURNEY BACK IN TIME

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley is home to the ancient citadel of Machu Picchu and Quechua-speaking communities whose deeply traditional way of life endures. Explore Moray, a fascinating archaeological site comprising a series of concentric agricultural terraces, some almost 500 feet deep. Discover two projects supported by A&K Philanthropy: first visit a remote village where local residents provide a hands-on introduction to the customs and crafts that make up their way of life, and then continue to Niños del Arco Iris (Children of the Rainbow). Meals: B L D

DAY 9

MACHU PICCHU

THE INCAS’ STUNNING CITADEL

Start the day by exploring Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes. Board a train deep into the Andes toward Machu Picchu gazing out at the spectacular Peruvian countryside. The journey can unfold as you prefer: by rail all the way, getting in your first visit to the ruins this

afternoon or, alternatively, by disembarking en route at KM 104 to hike the Inca Trail to the Sun Gate overlooking the ruins. Meals: B L D

The Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel (1 night)

DAY 10

MACHU PICCHU

A MORNING WALK AMONG THE RUINS

Rise with the sun to walk through Machu Picchu in the early morning mist, an experience some consider the spiritual highlight of the journey. Built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire, it still retains a palpable air of mystery and remoteness. Meals: B L

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

DAY 11

CUSCO

PLAZA DE

ARMAS AND COLOSSAL

SACSAYHUAMÁN

The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Discover the city on an excursion that includes the Gothic Renaissance-style Cathedral Basilica on the Plaza de Armas and the Santo Domingo Temple, a Dominican church built on the foundations of the Koricancha, the Incas’ principal religious building. Later, visit the Sulca workshop en route to Sacsayhuamán, an Inca fortress compiled from colossal stones. Tonight’s farewell dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant is a fitting celebration of Peruvian cuisine. Meals: B L D

DAY 12

DEPART LIMA

DESIGN YOUR DAY

This morning, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities:

Visit the San Blas Neighborhood, a unique, bohemian enclave where you find the workshops of artisans.

Stroll San Pedro Market and Visit the Inca Museum for a taste of local fruits and cheese, and a glimpse into history.

Join a Photographer in Cusco who helps you capture authentic images of the city’s architecture and people.

Later today, fly to Lima. Then enjoy a short walk to the airport to connect with your homebound flight. Meals: B

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 11-22

Feb 8-19

Mar 8-19

Mar 22-Apr 2

Apr 5-16

May 3-14

May 17-28

May 31-Jun 11

Jun 14-25

Jul 12-23

Jul 26-Aug 6

Aug 9-20

Sep 6-17

Sep 20-Oct 1

Oct 4-15

Oct 18-29

Nov 1-12

Nov 15-26

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. Hike the Inca Trail starting at KM 104 as an optional activity on departures from April through December. This full-day Inca Trail hike is challenging, over steep, uneven terrain, at high altitude, requiring good physical fitness. La Pinta is an expedition vessel ideal for small-group exploration. The ship and its shore excursions are shared with other passengers. Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft. in Cusco.

Clockwise from far left:

Explore the Galápagos Islands by water and land; walk the sprawling Incan terraces at Moray; view Galápagos tortoises and other iconic species on various islands; and admire the exquisite architecture on display in Cusco.

PERU: MACHU PICCHU AND THE SACRED VALLEY

Over the years, this Peru adventure has marked many of our guests’ first journeys with A&K. And once they get to know our guides, our experiences and our seamless way of doing things, it’s also one of the reasons so many of them keep coming back. Explore the enduring heritage of the Incas as you interact with the people of the Sacred Valley, sample Peruvian culinary delights and discover the wonders of Machu Picchu with an expert on the mysterious site.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $8,495 per person

$2,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Begin with an exploration of Peru’s vibrant capital, Lima

A private culinary experience welcomes you to a local hacienda on the outskirts of Cusco

Witness a Pachamama ceremony at a remote village in the Sacred Valley of the Incas

A renowned Incan history scholar briefs you before you first set foot in mysterious Machu Picchu

A captivating private performance showcases Peru’s rich musical traditions

Add an optional trek of the Inca Trail from KM 104 to Machu Picchu (for an additional fee)

Visit two projects supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Machu Picchu

Sacred

Cusco

DAY 1

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU

The capital of Peru and a world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima welcomes wayfarers with a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laidback by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights)

DAY 2

LIMA

DISCOVER PERU’S

ONE-OF-A-KIND FLAVORS

Huaca Pucllana is an ancient clay and adobe pyramid sprawled in the midst of Lima’s urban Miraflores District. Take in panoramic views of its ongoing excavation before joining a local chef on a visit to a popular food market. Stop for a coffee tasting before strolling the city’s colorful Barranco, an artists’ haven, and visit the Osma Museum. Your gastronomic journey resumes when you assist the chef in preparing local dishes you then have for dinner.

Meals: B L D

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

SACRED VALLEY

LUNCH AT A HACIENDA IN CUSCO

The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Inca temples, churches, museums and colonial palaces are made more picturesque by locals dressed in traditional clothing, creating postcard-worthy photo ops. Visit the beautiful Hacienda Sarapampa to savor lunch with the owner. At the Inkariy Museum, gain insights into the culture, religion and technology of the most important pre-Hispanic Peruvian cultures (including the Nazca and Inca) before making your way to your hotel.

Meals: B L D

Inkaterra Hacienda Urubamba (2 nights)

DAY 4

SACRED VALLEY

TIME-HONORED INCAN TRADITIONS

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco, where snow-capped peaks make for a dramatic backdrop. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people due its alignment with the solar system and its exceptionally fertile land, the valley shares a kinship with nearby Machu Picchu. Discover two projects

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL

Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA

Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views.

▼

INKATERRA HACIENDA URUBAMA

Hacienda-style hotel featuring luxury casitas with Andes mountain views.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT

Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO

Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Walk the ruins of Machu Picchu in the morning light; learn about local weaving techniques at a village in the Sacred Valley; and stay two nights beside the beautiful Pacific Ocean in Lima.

supported by A&K Philanthropy: first visit a remote village where local residents provide a hands-on introduction to the customs and crafts that make up their way of life, before joining a local shaman in a traditional offering to Mother Earth (Pachamama), and then continue to Niños del Arco Iris (Children of the Rainbow). Later, listen as a renowned scholar and expert on the Incas sets the stage for your Machu Picchu visit.

Meals: B L D

DAY 5

MACHU PICCHU

JOURNEY TO THE LOST CITY

Explore Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes before boarding a train to Machu Picchu, the Incas’ mighty mountain citadel. The journey can unfold as you prefer: By rail all the way, getting in your first visit to the ruins this afternoon or, alternatively, by disembarking en route at KM 104 to hike the Inca Trail to the Sun Gate overlooking the sprawling citadel later in the day. Meals: B L D

The Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel (1 night)

DAY 6

MACHU PICCHU

MORNING MAGIC AMONG THE RUINS

Overlooking the Urubamba River, Machu Picchu was built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire and remained unknown to the wider world until 1911. Devote this morning to a walk of Machu Picchu led by a local expert, absorbing the breathtaking immensity and wonder of the ruins. Meals: B L

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

DAY 7

CUSCO

WHERE INCAN AND COLONIAL TRADITIONS COMBINE

Built in the shape of a puma by the Incas, Cusco stretches like a slumbering feline along the Huatanay valley. Far from sleepy, spirited cevicherias in San Blas add verve to the city’s UNESCO-protected historical quarter. From the heart of the city, where Spanish cathedrals anchor the Plaza de Armas, to the outskirts of the town where Sacsayhuamán — an Incan fortress built of colossal stones — still stands, diverse examples of centuries-old architecture abound. Visit an animal sanctuary to interact with the llamas and alpacas living there, and

learn about the valuable fibers created from their coats. Listen to a private presentation of haunting Andean music by a regional expert. A farewell dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant features innovative recipes that honor Peru’s culinary traditions. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

DEPART LIMA DESIGN YOUR DAY

This morning, experience one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit the San Blas Neighborhood, a unique, bohemian enclave where you find the workshops of artisans.

Stroll San Pedro Market and visit the Inca Museum for a taste of local fruits and cheese, and a glimpse of daily life, followed by a look back into Peru’s rich history.

Explore with an Expert Photographer who helps you refine your skills and capture Cusco as a local sees it, including its narrow streets and beautiful houses.

Fly to Lima, where you later take a short walk to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

Jan 16-23

Feb 6-13

Feb 20-27

Mar 6-13

Mar 17-24

Mar 24-31

Apr 10-17

Apr 21-28

Apr 24-May 1

May 5-12

May 8-15

Jun 2-9

Jun 12-19

Jun 19-26

Jun 26-Jul 3

Jul 10-17

Jul 17-24

Aug 7-14

Aug 14-21 Aug 28-Sep 4

Sep 11-18

Sep 25-Oct 2 Oct 9-16

Oct 20-27 Oct 30-Nov 6 Nov 6-13 Nov 13-20 Dec 11-18

Clockwise from far left:

Discover daily life in the Sacred Valley, meeting locals firsthand; take in the colonial grandeur of Cusco; join in a traditional Pachamama ceremony with local shaman; and marvel at the massive hand-carved stones that comprise Sacsayhuamán, a stunning Inca fortress.

PERU: MACHU PICCHU

AND AMAZON

CRUISE

Spanning the soaring stone walls of Machu Picchu and the remote reaches of the Peruvian rainforest, this exhilarating Peruvian adventure combines two bucket-list destinations in one incredible journey. First, explore the Sacred Valley with llamas at your side and discover the wonders of Machu Picchu. Then, cruise the Amazon Basin aboard Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, the region’s finest riverboat.

13 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,795 per person

$9,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Get a taste of Lima with a cycling foodie tour through the city, one of the world’s most vibrant culinary capitals

Set out on a light trek in the Sacred Valley accompanied by locals as well as llamas

Go by scenic rail to Machu Picchu, either riding all the way or disembarking your train at KM 104 to trek the Inca Trail to the “Lost City” (for an additional fee)

Cruise aboard our boutique riverboat Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, disembarking to explore the biodiverse Pacaya Samiria National Reserve

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

Iquitos

Nauta

Lima

Sacred Valley Machu Picchu Cusco

DAY 1

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU

The capital of Peru and world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima is a delightful mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laid back by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights)

DAY 2

LIMA

IMMERSION IN PERUVIAN CUISINE

Stroll among the locals at a bustling food market, and then bike ride through city streets, building an appetite for lunch at a fun restaurant. Then embark on a colonial city tour, finishing at a chocolate shop for a brief talk and a scrumptious tasting.

Meals: B L D

DAY 3

CUSCO

INTO THE SACRED VALLEY

The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Inca temples, churches, museums and picturesque colonial palaces. Head out to your

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

resort in the Sacred Valley, stopping at a town en route to meet locals. Meals: B L D

Tambo del Inka, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado (2 nights)

DAY 4

SACRED VALLEY

VILLAGE VISIT AND LLAMA WALK

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the green peaks of the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley has a kinship with the nearby ancient citadel of Machu Picchu as well as remote Quechua-speaking communities whose traditional way of life endures. Begin with a refreshing light trek — escorted by llamas — on a trail that overlooks a lake, and then proceed to a village, where a project is supported by A&K Philanthropy, to meet with members of the community. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

MACHU PICCHU

STUNNING CITADEL OF THE INCAS

Explore Ollantaytambo, a fortress of massive stone terraces that hug the mountain slopes before boarding a train to Machu Picchu, the Incas’ mighty mountain citadel. The journey can unfold as you prefer: by rail all the way,

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA

Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views.

PURE AMAZON, AN A&K SANCTUARY

State-of-the-art boutique riverboat with spacious cabins and panoramic windows.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Cruise in the Peruvian Amazon, taking excursions by skiff to experience nature’s wonders up close; explore the spectacular ruins of Machu Picchu alongside a local expert; and trek with locals and llamas to a village in the Sacred Valley near Cusco.

TAMBO DEL INKA, A LUXURY COLLECTION RESORT & SPA, VALLE SAGRADO

Luxury resort in the Sacred Valley of the Incas set beside a lagoon and riverside gardens.

THE SUMAQ MACHU PICCHU HOTEL

Deluxe hotel set on a riverbank in the valley below the stunning Incan citadel.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT

Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO

Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city.

▼

getting in your first visit to the ruins this afternoon or, alternatively, by disembarking en route at KM 104 to hike the Inca Trail to the Sun Gate overlooking the ruins. Meals: B L D

The Sumaq Machu Picchu Hotel (1 night)

DAY 6

MACHU PICCHU SUNRISE AMONG THE RUINS

Rise with the sun to walk through Machu Picchu in the early morning mist, an experience some consider a spiritual highlight. Built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire, this “Lost City” was revealed to the rest of the world by American Hiram Bingham in 1911, although its location was long known to locals. Return to Ollantaytambo by train, and proceed to Cusco. Meals: B L

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

DAY 7

CUSCO

PLAZA DE ARMAS AND EPIC SACSAYHUAMAN

Admire city highlights such as the remnants of Korikancha, once a major Incan religious center; the Cathedral on the Plaza de Armas;

and the Santo Domingo Temple. Listen as a local expert explains how clashes between the Incas and the Spanish helped form today’s Peruvian culture. Visit the Sulca workshop to learn about ancestral weaving techniques, before viewing Sacsayhuamán, an imposing Inca fortress compiled from colossal stones. Dine at a Cusco restaurant, where innovative recipes honor Peru’s culinary traditions.

Meals: B L D

DAY 8

CUSCO

DESIGN YOUR

DAY

Experience Cusco your way, enjoying one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit the San Blas Neighborhood, a unique, bohemian enclave where you visit the workshops of artisans.

Stroll San Pedro Market and Visit the Inca Museum, first glimpsing daily life, and then looking back into Peru’s rich history. Explore with an Expert Photographer who helps you refine your skills and capture Cusco as a local sees it.

This afternoon, depart for Lima. Meals: B Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night)

DAY 9

NAUTA CRUISING IN UTMOST STYLE

The Amazon Basin is one of the greatest remaining wildernesses on earth and there’s only one best way to explore it: aboard A&K Sanctuary’s boutique riverboat, Pure Amazon. Starting at remote Nauta, on the banks of the Marañón River, embark on a four-night river adventure in state-of-the-art comfort, with a staff-to-guest ratio of over 1:1, ensuring exceptional, personalized service. Meals: B D

Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary (4 nights)

DAY 10

PURE AMAZON

SEEKING

THE

LIFE OF THE FOREST

In this paradise for birders, where vividly colored macaws may be seen gliding over the river, set out on an expert-led birding excursion at dawn’s first light. Don’t miss the long-limbed spider monkey or an endearingly slow-moving sloth that may be peering back at you from the forest canopy. As the equatorial sun dips behind the treetops, you may opt for night safari by skiff, watching for the glowing yellow eyes of caimans. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

PURE AMAZON

VILLAGE VISIT AND PIRANHA FISHING

Each day along the ever-changing river brings with it new possibilities. You may spot the Amazon’s fabled pink dolphins or go ashore to visit a local village to learn about daily life deep in the Amazon. Then relax or go for a swim and enjoy another river foray. Meals: B L D

DAY 12

PURE AMAZON

A FINAL DAY ON THE WATER

A final day on board finds you once again with a choice of exciting options for exploration. Gather for a chat with your vessel’s expert guides, who recount stories of life in the Amazon, followed by a farewell dinner on board. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

DEPART LIMA

Disembark Pure Amazon in Nauta and return to Iquitos. Fly to Lima, where you enjoy the use of a dayroom before your short walk to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (dayroom)

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Mar 20-Apr 1 Jun 5-17

Jul 3-15

Jul 31-Aug 12

Oct 23-Nov 4 Dec 4-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. Hike the Inca Trail starting at KM 104 as an optional activity on departures from April through December. This full-day Inca Trail hike is challenging, over steep, uneven terrain, at high altitude, requiring good physical fitness. Maximum elevation is 11,200 ft. in Cusco.

Clockwise from far left:

Watch for monkeys, sloths and other wily residents of the Peruvian jungle canopy; spy diverse wildlife, including caimans, in the river; keep an eye out for life along its banks, such as capybaras; and peruse the produce at a neighborhood market in Lima.

ULTIMATE PERU BY RIVER AND RAIL

Exploring the Amazon basin by riverboat and the Andean Plateau by train, this exhilarating Peruvian adventure combines two bucket-list destinations in one incredible journey. Cruise the Amazon Basin aboard Pure Amazon, the region’s finest vessel. Then, explore the Sacred Valley, Machu Picchu and Cusco before boarding the Andean Explorer for a high-altitude rail journey to Lake Titicaca.

14 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $19,995 per person

$10,095 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Begin with an exploration of Peru’s vibrant culinary capital, Lima

Cruise for three nights aboard Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary, spotting wildlife on shore with your expert onboard guides and pausing to hike, swim or fish along the way

Our local experts reveal Machu Picchu and Sacsayhuamán, as well as the colonial legacy of Cusco

Cross one of the world’s highest rail routes aboard Andean Explorer, South America’s first luxury sleeper train

Cruise Lake Titicaca to meet the islanders of the Uros and visit Taquille Island

Watch the sunrise by the Lake Lagunillas before delving into the Sumbay Caves to see paintings dating back some 8,000 years

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

DAY 1

ARRIVE LIMA, PERU

The capital of Peru and world-renowned culinary epicenter, Lima is a mix of indigenous and colonial history, natural beauty and a Pacific-Coast vibe that’s laidback by day and electric by night.

Miraflores Park, A Belmond Hotel, Lima (2 nights)

DAY 2

LIMA

PURSUING PERU’S FLAVORS

Huaca Pucllana is an ancient clay-and-adobe pyramid sprawled in the midst of Lima’s urban Miraflores District. View its ongoing excavation before joining a local chef on a visit to a popular food market. Afterward, stop for a coffee tasting before strolling the city’s colorful Barranco and visit the Osma Museum. Later, help the chef prepare your dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 3

IQUITOS & NAUTA

CRUISING THE AMAZON BASIN

The Amazon Basin is one of the greatest remaining wildernesses on earth and the best way to explore it is aboard A&K Sanctuary’s boutique riverboat, Pure Amazon. Starting at

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

remote Nauta, on the banks of the Marañón River, embark on a three-night river adventure in state-of-the-art comfort, with a staff-toguest ratio of over 1:1 ensuring exceptional, personalized attention. Meals: B D

Pure Amazon, an A&K Sanctuary (3 nights)

DAY 4

PERU AMAZON EXPERT-LED WILDLIFE VIEWING

In this paradise for birders, where vividly colored macaws may be seen gliding over the river, set out on an expert-led birding excursion at dawn’s first light. Don’t miss the long-limbed spider monkey or an endearingly slow-moving sloth that may see in the forest canopy. Later, as the equatorial sun dips behind the treetops, you may opt for night safari by skiff, watching for the glowing eyes of caimans. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

PERU AMAZON VILLAGE VISIT AND PIRANHA FISHING

Each day along the ever-changing river brings with it new possibilities. You may spot the Amazon’s fabled pink dolphins or go ashore to visit a local village to learn about daily life deep in the Amazon. Tonight, gather for a farewell dinner on board. Meals: B L D

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MIRAFLORES PARK, A BELMOND HOTEL, LIMA

Luxurious hotel with Pacific Ocean views.

PURE AMAZON, AN A&K SANCTUARY

State-of-the-art boutique riverboat with spacious cabins and panoramic windows.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Absorb gorgeous mountain scenery during a two-night stay aboard elegant Andean Explorer; behold traditional reed boats used on Lake Titicaca’s man-made floating islands; and get to know some of the lake’s Uros people who build and maintain them by hand.

TAMBO DEL INKA, A LUXURY COLLECTION RESORT & SPA, VALLE SAGRADO

Luxury resort in the Sacred Valley of the Incas set beside a lagoon and riverside gardens.

WYNDHAM GRAND COSTA DEL SOL LIMA AIRPORT

Comfortable hotel within steps of the airport.

MONASTERIO, A BELMOND HOTEL, CUSCO

Historic luxury hotel set in the heart of the city.

ANDEAN EXPLORER, A BELMOND TRAIN, PERU

Contemporary luxury sleeper train on one of the world’s highest rail routes

▼

DAY 6

LIMA AKP PROJECT VISIT

Disembark and drive to Iquitos, where you visit a local project supported by A&K Philanthropy before flying to Lima. Meals: B D

Wyndham Grand Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night)

DAY 7

SACRED VALLEY

ELEVATING YOUR JOURNEY

The former capital of the Inca empire, Cusco is often considered the most beautiful city in Peru. Venture from here into the Sacred Valley to visit the village of Lamay. Meals: B L D

Tambo del Inka, a Luxury Collection Resort & Spa, Valle Sagrado (2 nights)

DAY 8

SACRED VALLEY

MEETING LOCAL RESIDENTS

The Sacred Valley of the Incas carves through the Peruvian Andes near Cusco. Deemed a spiritual epicenter by the Inca people, the valley is home to remote Quechua-speaking communities whose traditional way of life

endures. Begin with a light trek — escorted by llamas — on a trail that overlooks a lake, and then proceed to the Village of Flowers to meet with members of the local community and learn about some of the projects sponsored there by A&K Philanthropy. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

MACHU PICCHU

THE INCAS’ MYSTERIOUS LOST CITY

Explore the massive stone fortress of Ollantaytambo before boarding the Inca Rail First-Class Train for a journey to Machu Picchu through the verdant Peruvian countryside. Overlooking the Urubamba River, Machu Picchu was built in the 15th century at the height of the Inca Empire. Upon arrival, explore the ruins in depth with your expert guide. Return to Cusco via the Hiram Bingham train, savoring dinner en route. Meals: B L D

Monasterio, A Belmond Hotel, Cusco (2 nights)

DAY 10

CUSCO

DESIGN YOUR DAY

Discover Cusco on a city tour that includes the Cathedral on the Plaza de Armas and the Santo Domingo Temple. Listen as a local expert

explains how clashes between the Incas and the Spanish formed today’s Peruvian culture. Later, visit Sacsayhuamán, a testament to Incan architectural skill, with a stop at Sulca workshop en route. This afternoon, enjoy one of these Design Your Day activities.

Visit the San Pedro Market and Inca Museum to view daily life among the locals and learn more about the Incas.

Explore the Bohemian San Blas Neighborhood and visit Sapantiana, a hydraulic architecture. Stroll the Streets of Cusco with a photographer who shares tips for good shots.

Tonight, eat dinner at an elegant Cusco restaurant, where the chef’s recipes carry on Peru’s culinary traditions. Meals: B L D

DAY 11

ANDEAN EXPLORER

WALKING IN INCAN FOOTSTEPS

Step aboard Andean Explorer, the first luxury sleeping train in South America, to begin a relaxing trek across the Andean plains backdropped by Peru’s lofty landscapes. Get comfortable in your deluxe cabin as the train rolls southeast to Tinta Station. Disembark to discover Raqch’i, an Incan archaeological site. Back on board, view the La Raya mountain range en route to Lake Titicaca. Meals: B L D

Andean Explorer, A Belmond Train, Peru (2 nights)

DAY 12

ANDEAN EXPLORER

SECRETS OF THE FLOATING ISLANDS

Absorb the eclectic beauty and rich biodiversity of Lake Titicaca, the largest lake in South America. Ride by traditional boat to the islands of the Uros to view extraordinary floating manmade isles created from woven reeds. Eat lunch on Taquille Island, where many locals are Quechuan, followed by a visit to the sparkling sands of Collata Beach. Meals: B L D

DAY 13

ANDEAN EXPLORER

ANCIENT CAVE ARTWORK

Step inside the Sumbay caves, home to fascinating paintings estimated to be over 8,000 years old. Return to Arequipa by train before flying to Lima. Meals: B L D

Grand Wyndham Costa del Sol Lima Airport (1 night)

DAY 14

DEPART LIMA

Enjoy breakfast before your short walk to the airport to board your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Apr 13-26

Jun 15-28

Jul 6-19

Aug 3-16

Sep 21-Oct 4

Oct 19-Nov 1

Nov 30-Dec 13

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. Maximum elevation is 14,800 ft. in Lake Saracocha.

Clockwise from far left:

Take in the incredible variety of birdlife in the jungle as you glide through the Peruvian Amazon; explore magnificent Machu Picchu with a local expert; visit the Plaza de Armas and other examples of colonial architecture in Cusco; and cruise for three nights on our brand-new riverboat, Pure Amazon.

ULTIMATE BOLIVIA

Plunge into a journey through Bolivia that explores some of the most important cultural and historical landmarks of this fascinating country. Discover its rich cultural heritage and remarkable natural landscapes, including the soaring snow-capped Andes, as you meet with indigenous people and venture from mirrored salt flats to mystical islands on Lake Titicaca.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $9,395 per person

$1,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Attend a lecture by a local historian on Bolivia’s rich history before exploring a UNESCO-listed archaeological site and savoring a tasting of high-altitude wines

Visit Sucre, another UNESCO World Heritage Site, to admire its well-preserved colonial architecture

Discover the village of Puka Puka, where many of the traditions, language and customs of the Aymara people are still alive

Explore Potosí, one of the highest-altitude cities in the world, cited by UNESCO for its historical importance, colonial architecture and role in global economic history

Discover the Uyuni Salt Flats, appreciating its otherworldly beauty and captivating silence before enjoying breathtaking stargazing experiences

Immerse yourself in Bolivia’s indigenous culture with a visit to La Paz’s vibrant “witches market” before cruising Lake Titicaca by hydrofoil, exploring the mystical Moon and Sun islands

La Paz

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE SANTA CRUZ, BOLIVIA

DAY 2

SAMAIPATA

ARCHAEOLOGICAL TREASURES

DAY 3

SUCRE

CHARMS OF THE WHITE CITY

DAY 4

PUKA PUKA

MEET THE INDIGENOUS COMMUNITY

DAYS 5-6

POTOSI AND UYUNI

SILVER MINES TO SALT FLATS

DAY 7

UYUNI

SALT FLATS EXPLORATION

DAYS 8-9

LA PAZ AND LAKE TITICACA

MAGIC CITY AND MYTHICAL ISLES AND LAKE TITICACA

DAY 10

DEPART LA PAZ

Apr 23-May 2 May 18-27 Jun 22-Jul 1 Sep 8-17

Nov 23-Dec 2

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain. Maximum elevation is 12,500 ft. in Lake Titicaca.

GO

FURTHER

PERU PRIVATE EXTENSION

Meet with locals in the Sacred Valley and walk the ruins of Machu Picchu with an expert. 4 days from $5,195 per person

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

PALACIO DE SAL

One-of-a-kind boutique hotel set on the Uyuni Salt Flats featuring walls, floors, ceilings, furniture and sculptures all crafted from salt.

PARADOR SANTA MARIA LA REAL HOTEL

Clockwise from far left:

A glimpse of the architecture of UNESCOlisted Sucre; watch for steadfast alpacas roaming free; viewing the vast salt flats of Uyuni.

Boutique luxury hotel set in an 18th-century colonial mansion in Sucre.

LOS TAJIBOS

Deluxe hotel situated in Bolivia’s lively Equipetrol district in Santa Cruz de la Sierra.

HOTEL MUSEO CAYARA

Intimate boutique hotel with 15 wood-trimmed guest rooms located just outside Potosí.

CASA GRANDE HOTEL

Deluxe hotel nestled in the heart of La Paz’s South Zone, surrounded by majestic mountains.

CHILE AND BOLIVIA: ATACAMA TO UYUNI SALT FLATS

Embark on an extraordinary journey through the heart of South America, where Chile’s arid Atacama Desert meets Bolivia’s ethereal Uyuni Salt Flats and the serene beauty of Lake Titicaca. From the world’s driest desert, sculpted into otherworldly landscapes, to the planet’s largest salt flat and the highest navigable lake, this adventure stirs the soul.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $11,995 per person

$3,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Explore the Atacama Desert’s otherworldly landscapes through excursions, hikes and hot air balloon rides

Discover the Uyuni Salt Flats, appreciating its otherworldly beauty and captivating silence

Witness breathtaking stargazing in the Atacama Desert and atop the Uyuni Salt Flats

Cruise Lake Titicaca by hydrofoil, exploring mystical Moon and Sun Islands

Immerse yourself in Bolivia’s indigenous culture with a visit to La Paz’s vibrant Witches Market

DAY 1

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE

Nestled in a valley embraced by the Andes, Santiago is a captivating city, a panorama of ochre rooftops, verdant parks and the distant, shimmering cordillera, all bathed in the brilliant sunlight of the Chilean high desert. Begin your exploration at La Moneda, the presidential palace, and the nearby Court of Justice and National Congress. Discover ancient civilizations at the Museum of Pre-Columbian Art, then experience the city’s heart at Plaza de Armas, where the Cathedral and City Hall reside. Finally, escape to the tranquil Lastarria neighborhood, with its bohemian spirit, Fine Arts Museum, and Forestal Park along the river. Meals: L D

Mandarin Oriental Santiago (1 night)

DAY 2

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA LUNAR LANDSCAPE

Fly to Calama in northern Chile and journey to San Pedro de Atacama, an oasis village where time seems to pause. Nestled near the Cordillera de la Sal, Nayara Alto Atacama emerges, a haven overlooking the preColumbian ruins of Quitor. Here, silence reigns, broken only by the colors painted across the

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

rugged mountains. This afternoon, venture into Vallecito, a lunar landscape in the Ckamur zone. End the day stargazing at your hotel’s open-air observatory. Meals: B L D

Nayara Alto Atacama (3 nights)

DAY 3

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA VIBRANT PLUMAGE

Wake up to the otherworldly beauty of the immense Salt Flats. Journey into its heart, discovering Laguna Chaxa, a haven for flamingos in the National Reserve, their vibrant plumage set against the desert’s stark beauty. The quaint village of Toconao offers a glimpse into local life, from its unique architecture to its agricultural heritage. As the afternoon paints the landscape, venture into the Rainbow Valley in the Domeyko Mountains. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

SAN PEDRO DE ATACAMA STARK, WHITE DREAMSCAPE

Take to the skies by hot air balloon as the first rays of light kiss the desert. Drifting above the awakening world, the Andes loom, their peaks catching the fiery hues of sunrise, while the vast Cordilleras stretch endlessly toward the horizon. Below, the Salt Flat is a blinding

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

MANDARIN ORIENTAL SANTIAGO

Contemporary luxury hotel located in the exclusive Las Condes neighborhood, steps from the city’s essential sites.

NAYARA ALTO ATACAMA

Boutique hotel with 47 rooms featuring private terraces, nestled at the base of the breathtaking Salt Mountains.

▼

CASA GRANDE HOTEL

Deluxe hotel in he heart of La Paz’s South Zone, surrounded by stunning mountains.

PALACIO DE SAL

Boutique hotel in Uyuni’s salt flats featuring 30 rooms with walls, floors, ceilings, furniture and sculptures all crafted from salt. ▼

Clockwise from far left:

Board a hydrofoil to explore islands on Lake Titicaca; geometric shapes are just part of the appeal of Bolivia’s salt flats; explore the rich history and impressive culture of Santiago, Chile.

white canvas. A Champagne breakfast awaits upon landing. The afternoon unfolds at leisure, whether you relax at the hotel or embark on an adventure. Later, San Pedro de Atacama beckons, its bohemian spirit alive in the warm glow of the setting sun. Meals: B L D

DAY 5

UYUNI, BOLIVIA

VOLCANIC BEAUTY

From the Chile-Bolivia border at Hito Cajón, the Eduardo Avaroa Andean Fauna National Reserve reveals Bolivia’s surreal beauty. Laguna Verde shimmers beneath Licancabur Volcano, its dazzling waters a stark contrast to the arid landscape. The Sol de Mañana geysers erupt in geothermal fury, a primordial scene of steaming fumaroles and volcanic craters, while the Red Lagoon blazes with flocks of flamingos. Journeying toward Uyuni, the vast Rock Valley and Dali Desert are dotted with vicuñas, llamas and vizcachas. Meals: B L D

Palacio de Sal (2 nights)

DAY 6

UYUNI

SALT FLAT ADVENTURES

While at Palacio del Sal, a hotel built of salt on the shores of the Salar de Uyuni, travel by jeep

to visit some of the most iconic sites of the Uyuni Salt Flats. Venture from the Incahuasi Island, home to thousands of giant cacti and remnants of an ancient coral reef that was once part of a prehistoric lake, to the village of Coquesa at the foot of the Tunupa Volcano. Learn about the mummies of Coquesa, and then continue to the subaquatic caves of “Chiquini,” famous for their rock art. Finish with the chance to enjoy the mirroring phenomena on the Salar before a sunset cocktail and a dinner on the salt flats. Meals: B L D

DAY 7

LA PAZ

VIBRANT CITYSCAPES

Fly to La Paz, a city brimming with history and culture. Begin in resilient El Alto, where vibrant Cholets showcase local artistry and MamaniMamani’s murals ignite the senses. Ascend by cable car for breathtaking panoramic views of the city and the imposing Andes. Immerse yourself in La Paz’s heart, exploring the bustling Indian Market and the mysterious Witches Market. Discover the remarkable Moon Valley, sculpted by time, with Illimani Mountain towering in the background. Meals: B L Casa Grande Hotel (2 nights)

DAY 8

LAKE TITICACA LIFE ON THE WATER

Lake Titicaca’s serene beauty surrounds you at Huatajata. Upon settling in, visit the Altiplano Museum and see unique mud igloos. Discover the Uru Chipayas’ intriguing mortuary towers and meet the famed Limachi family, builders of reed boats that once braved the Atlantic. Keep watch for vicuñas, llamas, alpacas and the mythical Suri bird before a hydrofoil carries you to Moon Island, home to the sacred Inak Uyu Temple. Sun Island then calls, where the Inca Grand Stairs lead to the fabled Sacred Fountain. After lunch, a cruise to Copacabana ferries you to the shrine of the Dark Indian Virgin and a lively market. On the scenic drive back to La Paz, take in stunning views of the snow-capped Andes. Cap your journey at a farewell feast that celebrates Bolivia’s culinary diversity. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

DEPART LA PAZ

After breakfast, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Apr 18-26 May 2-10

Jun 6-14 Sep 11-19

Oct 17-25 Nov 8-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads. Active elements include walking over uneven terrain. Maximum elevation is 12,500 ft. in Lake Titicaca.

GO FURTHER

EASTER ISLAND PRE-TOUR PRIVATE EXTENSION

Explore Rapa Nui culture and view the iconic moai statues up close with experts in this remote destination.

6 days from $5,295 per person

Clockwise from far left:

Epic Laguna Verde; see flamingos wading in Salar de Uyuni; go stargazing in the dazzling night sky of the Atacama Desert; visit unique markets to observe daily life in La Paz.

SOUTH AMERICAN ADVENTURE: CHILE, ARGENTINA AND BRAZIL

Travel to three inspiring South American countries on this exploration of diverse cultures, cuisines and natural wonders such as Iguazu Falls. Our local guides open the doors to food and wine experiences in Chile’s Casablanca Valley and Argentina’s enchanting Mendoza winelands, and give you an insider’s look at Rio’s raucous Carnival celebration.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $15,195 per person

$4,495 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

In Mendoza’s idyllic wine country, take a cooking class in a private estate and blend your own wine

Our local guides lead the way in Valparaiso’s UNESCO-recognized historic quarter

At Buenos Aires’ renowned Rojo Tango, thrill to a professional tango show in one of the city’s hottest nightspots

Situated steps away, your hotel affords stunning views of Iguazu Falls

View both sides of the falls from Brazilian and Argentinian vantages

Gain exclusive backstage access at one of Rio’s first Carnival group schools to learn how the iconic costumes and floats are created

Enjoy the option to visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

CHILE

ARGENTINA

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE

DAY 2

SANTIAGO

GUIDED WALK OF VALPARAÍSO

DAYS 3-5

MENDOZA

SCENIC WILDS AND WINE TASTING

DAY 6

BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA

TANGO SHOW WITH DINNER

DAYS 7- 8

IGUAZU FALLS, BRAZIL UP CLOSE TO A NATURAL WONDER

DAY 9

RIO DE JANEIRO

SUGARLOAF AND BARBECUE

DAY 10

RIO DE JANEIRO

TOTAL IMMERSION IN RIO

DAY 11

DEPART RIO DE JANEIRO

Jan 21-31 Mar 4-14 Oct 7 -17 Nov 4-14

Dec 2-12

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain.

Clockwise from far left: Feel the power of mighty Iguazu Falls; view Rio’s iconic Christ the Redeemer; take in a sensational tango show in Buenos Aires.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

FAIRMONT RIO DE JANEIRO, COPACABANA

Contemporary luxury hotel in an iconic neighborhood, set a short walk from Ipanema Beach and offering views of Sugarloaf Mountain and the Atlantic.

HOTEL DAS CATARATAS, A BELMOND HOTEL, IGUASSU FALLS

Luxury hotel with falls views. ▼

PARK HYATT MENDOZA

Contemporary luxury hotel on the city’s iconic Plaza Independencia.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BUENOS AIRES

Celebrated luxury hotel set in the exclusive Recoleta neighborhood.

MANDARIN ORIENTAL SANTIAGO

Elegant luxury hotel located in the exclusive Las Condes Neighborhood.

BRAZIL WILDLIFE ADVENTURE: THE AMAZON AND PANTANAL

When you’re venturing into a wilderness as vast as this, it pays to have the best guides. With our team leading the way, Brazil’s iconic rivers, wetlands and waterfalls immerse you in a world of stunning natural wonders, majestic jaguar and other exotic species.

11 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $16,795 per person

$5,795 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

In the vast Pantanal wetlands, our expert naturalists reveal tapirs, giant anteaters, caimans, jaguars and other elusive species

A&Ks partnership with Onçafari’s Jaguar Conservation Team affords a thrilling day and night of tracking this elusive predator in the field

Canoe along a major black-water tributary of the Amazon in search of pink river dolphins

Nighttime safaris in the Amazon uncover the spine-tingling drama of predator and prey

Feel the mist of Iguazu Falls from both the Brazilian and Argentinian sides

Visit a project supported by Abercrombie & Kent Philanthropy

BRAZIL

Manaus/Amazon

The Pantanal

Campo Grande

Anavilhanas

Iguazu Falls

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE MANAUS, BRAZIL

DAY 2

BRAZILIAN AMAZON

DELVING DEEP INTO THE JUNGLE

DAYS 3-4

BRAZILIAN AMAZON

NOCTURNAL AND RIVER SAFARIS

DAY 5

CAMPO GRANDE

GATEWAY TO THE PANTANAL

DAYS 6-7

THE PANTANAL WETLANDS AND WILDLIFE

DAY 8

THE PANTANAL TRACK JAGUARS WITH THE EXPERTS

DAYS 9-10

IGUAZU FALLS

EYEWITNESS TO NATURE’S MAJESTY

DAY 11

DEPART IGUAZU FALLS

Apr 11-21

May 9-19

May 23-Jun 2 Jun 13-23 Jun 27-Jul 7 Jul 18-28

Sep 12-22

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain.

Clockwise from far left:

Seek jaguars with a conservation team; the flora is as spectacular as the fauna; explore life in the ever-changing Amazon.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL VILLA AMAZONIA

Boutique hotel occupying a mansion dating back to Manaus’s rubber boom.

ANAVILHANAS JUNGLE LODGE

Secluded along a vast, pristine stretch of the Rio Negro, this boutique lodge brings refined comfort to the wilds of the Anavilhanas Archipelago.

Centrally located contemporary gem.

CAIMAN ECOLOGICAL REFUGE

Boutique eco-lodge nestled in the heart of Brazil’s Pantanal wetlands.

HOTEL DAS CATARATAS, A BELMOND HOTEL, IGUASSU FALLS

Luxury hotel overlooking Iguazu Falls.

HOTEL DEVILLE PRIME CAMPO GRANDE

NEW BRAZIL: ULTIMATE RIO CARNIVAL EXPERIENCE

How do you improve on the world’s biggest party?

Start with a spirited city to rival any on Earth, pour in all the pageantry of Carnival, add a healthy dose of exclusive experiences and you have a red-carpet spectacular only A&K could serve up. Claim your VIP pass to Carnival’s colorful street parties, lavish galas and a box seat to the main event itself — as well as special access to Christ the Redeemer, a private cruise of Rio’s waterfront and five nights at the legendary Copacabana Palace.

6 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $19,995 per person

$10,995 single supplement

HIGHLIGHTS

Experience a once-in-a-lifetime spectacle of rhythm, color and dance as you witness the unbridled spectacle of Rio’s Carnival Parade, the biggest on earth, from the comfort of your VIP box

Go behind the scenes at one of Rio’s renowned samba school warehouses the day before the big parade

Beat the crowds with a before-hours tour of Christ the Redeemer in the first light of dawn

Try out your moves during a private samba class, party like the locals at Rio’s street carnival and attend the exclusive Carnival Ball at the Copacabana Palace

Celebrate the Carnival Ball, Rio style, in a custom-made mask specially created just for you by a local artist

Explore Guanabara Bay on a private cruise of Rio’s waterfront with a private DJ and open bar

ARRIVE/DEPART

BRAZIL

Rio de Janeiro

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE RIO DE JANEIRO, BRAZIL

DAY 2

RIO DE JANEIRO

CHRIST THE REDEEMER AT SUNRISE

DAY 3

RIO DE JANEIRO

CARNIVAL BALL AT THE ICONIC

COPACABANA PALACE

DAY 4

RIO DE JANEIRO

CARNIVAL PARADE

DAY 5

RIO DE JANEIRO

WATERFRONT FAREWELL ON A PRIVATE YACHT

DAY 6

DEPART RIO DE JANEIRO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Feb 12-17

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

COPACABANA PALACE, A BELMOND HOTEL, RIO DE JANEIRO

Having first opened its Art Deco doors in 1923, this storied grand luxury hotel remains a glamorous Rio landmark.

▼

Clockwise from far left: Take in the magic of Carnival from a VIP seat; stay beside iconic Copacabana Beach; make an exclusive dawn visit to Christ the Redeemer.

PATAGONIA: THE LAST WILDERNESS

Following our hallmark formula of adventure by day and luxury by night, our guides reveal a vast frontier of mountains, glaciers, fjords, forests, grasslands and lakes while opening the doors to the region’s finest hotels, eco-lodges and resorts. From viewing Perito Moreno Glacier up close and horseback riding in Puerto Natales to cruising the Beagle Channel and spotting condors in Torres del Paine National Park, this adventure is as active or relaxing as you like.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $14,695 per person

$5,195 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Begin your adventure with a one-night stay in Argentina’s vibrant capital, Buenos Aires

In Ushuaia, sail through the Beagle Channel in search of Magellanic penguins

Choose your own Patagonian adventure at a ranch, mountain or glacier with A&K’s Design Your Day feature

Hike the Patagonian forest, sail Argentino Lake and explore Perito Moreno Glacier

The jagged peaks, pristine forests and turquoise lakes of Torres del Paine National Park beckon a call to adventure

Cap things off with a day of exploration and an elegant night’s stay in Santiago

ARGENTINA

DAY 1

ARRIVE BUENOS AIRES, ARGENTINA

Few cities can match the unbridled energy of Buenos Aires. Sun-bleached boulevards, fascinating neighborhoods, cutting-edge restaurants and sultry dancehalls set the stage for a festive expression of Argentine identity. Get to know Buenos Aires in the company of your expert Resident Tour Director. Recoleta Cemetery, the Plaza de Mayo, the San Telmo neighborhood and La Boca each add a layer to the city’s mystique. A walk along Caminito Street, with its brightly colored houses and diverse museums, offers easy-going cultural immersion. This evening, gather for a welcome dinner served family style. Meals: D

Four Seasons Hotel Buenos Aires (1 night)

DAY 2

USHUAIA

ENGAGING COLONIAL CAPITAL

Fly to Ushuaia, arriving with enough free time to enjoy your resort’s amenities such as hiking trails and thermal pools. Later, relax with a cocktail before dinner. Meals: B D

Arakur Ushuaia (2 nights)

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

USHUAIA

WALKING AMONG MAGELLANIC PENGUINS

The world’s southern-most city, Ushauia is the perfect jumping off point for exploring the Beagle Channel and magnificent Tierra del Fuego. Discover the rich family legacy of Estancia Harberton, a sixth-generation farm and Argentine National Historical Monument. Cruise to Martillo Island for a walk through a teeming rookery of Magellanic penguins, mingling with doting parents and empty nesters alike. Later, relax and embrace the solitude of the primal landscape of Gable Island, where wind, waves and birds make the only sounds. Meals: B L D

DAY 4 EL CALAFATE GATEWAY TO GLACIERS

Take in some of Ushaia’s highlights before flying to El Calafate, a town of well-kept gardens and pretty homes that presents a rustic slice of Patagonian rural life. Serving as the gateway to glacial adventure, El Calafate is nestled on pristine Argentino Lake. Meals: B L D

Kau Yatún Hotel Boutique (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Roam awe-inspiring Patagonian landscapes of lakes, mountains and glaciers; discover the vibe of the La Boca neighborhood in Buenos Aires; and hike through ruggedly beautiful Torres del Paine National Park.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

THE RITZ-CARLTON, SANTIAGO

Luxurious, relaxing lodgings in Santiago’s best neighborhood.

THE SINGULAR PATAGONIA

Contemporary luxury hotel overlooking the Patagonian fjords.

▼

KAU YATUN HOTEL BOUTIQUE

Boutique lodge set in an authentic Patagonian estancia.

ARAKUR USHUAIA

Surrounded by ancient woodlands, built to blend in with the landscape.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL BUENOS AIRES

Celebrated hotel set in the historic Recoleta district.

▼

DAY 5

EL CALAFATE STUNNING ICY SPECTACLE

Behold in the rugged natural beauty that surrounds you on a cruise on Argentino Lake that showcases the scenic inlet of Seno Mayo. Get up close to limestone rock formations and take an interpretive walk in the biodiverse Andean Patagonian forest. Continue to Perito Moreno Glacier for a hike along walkways that provide diverse perspectives on the ancient, irresistible mass of ice. Meals: B L

DAY 6

PUERTO NATALES, CHILE TREKKING, HIKING AND BIKING

Crossing from Argentina into Chile, arrive in Puerto Natales, in Torres del Paine National Park. Horseback riding, trekking and mountain biking are all on tap at your elegant hotel, so you discover the wild outdoors on your own terms. Meals: B L D

The Singular Patagonia (3 nights)

DAY 7

PUERTO NATALES

TORRES DEL PAINE NATIONAL PARK

Jagged, snow-capped peaks with glaciers

sprawled between them soar over deep, rocky fjords filled with icy waters rich in marine life. Along with evergreen forests and the occasional ranch, these are the natural wonders that beckon you to once again roam through Torres del Paine — a UNESCO Biosphere Reserve renowned for its granite spires and deserted pampas. Scan the serrated peaks and you may glimpse a soaring Andean condor riding an updraft. By night, the Patagonian sky is awash with starlight. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

PUERTO NATALES DESIGN YOUR DAY

Today, A&K makes it possible to personalize your experience with one of these Design Your Day activities.

Cruise the Patagonian Fjords to Two Glaciers (weather permitting), witnessing their majesty and power up close.

Ride Horseback at Puerto Consuelo, the first ranch in the region, and roam through the surrounding landscapes.

Trek to Condor Lookout on Mount Benitez, viewing rock paintings en route and watching condors in flight.

Any choice is sure to build an appetite for the interactive experience awaiting you as you help

a chef prepare a barbecue and savor the result for dinner. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

SANTIAGO

CHILE’S COSMOPOLITAN CAPITAL

Fly to Santiago, Chile’s capital, a history-laden city set against the backdrop of the Andes that sits some 2,000 feet above sea level. Your hotel is located in El Golf, Santiago’s most prestigious and refined neighborhood. Meals: B D

The Ritz-Carlton, Santiago (1 night)

DAY 10

DEPART SANTIAGO

Colonial-era architecture takes center stage on visits to the Palacio de La Moneda (presidential palace) and the Plaza de Armas, with its impressive Metropolitan Cathedral and Central Post Office. Ride by cable car up San Cristóbal Hill to behold the graceful statue of the Virgin Mary and take in the expansive views of Santiago for a suitably spectacular finish to your Patagonian adventure. Your touring completed, take your private transfer to the airport for your departing flight. Meals: B

Clockwise from far left: View the craggy blue-ice face of Perito Moreno Glacier from several vantage points; stroll among the Magellanic penguins of the Beagle Channel; watch for guanacos and other wild residents of Torres del Paine; and take in the skyline of the Chilean capital of Santiago.

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 10-19*

Jan 23-Feb 1*

Jan 30-Feb 8

Feb 6-15

Feb 13-22

Feb 20-Mar 1

Feb 27-Mar 8

Mar 7-16

Mar 13-22

Mar 20-29

Oct 16-25

Oct 23-Nov 1

Oct 30-Nov 8

Nov 6-15

Nov 13-22

Dec 4-13

Dec 11-20

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. This journey contains some active elements. *Days 2-3 at Los Cauquenes Resort & Spa.

GO FURTHER

EARLY ARRIVAL IN BUENOS AIRES

Arrive ahead of your grand Patagonian adventure for a two-night sojourn in vibrant Buenos Aires, Argentina, birthplace of the tango and home to a combination of European-influenced history, culture and cuisine unique in all of South America. 3 days from $2,495 per person

ATACAMA DESERT PRIVATE EXTENSION

Experience some of Patagonia’s most remarkable natural environments, from the stark, remote beauty of the Atacama Desert to the steaming fumaroles of the Tatio Geysers. Explore historic San Pedro and early human settlements, meeting village residents along the way, and stay at an incredible lodge for three nights in magnificent San Pedro de Atacama, home to salt flats and geothermal wonders. 5 days from $5,795 per person

EASTER ISLAND AND THE TAPATI FESTIVAL

Few travellers experience the eerie gaze of Easter Island’s moai statues in person. Fewer still delve into the vibrant culture and traditions that have evolved under the watchful eyes of the moai over the last eight centuries. Join A&K’s renowned team on a journey to one of the world’s most isolated destinations, going beyond the moai to celebrate the vibrant Tapati Rapa Nui Festival and forge meaningful cultural connections in this remote paradise untouched by time.

8 DAYS | LIMITED TO 18 GUESTS

From $14,495 per person

$4,295 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Kick things off in Santiago with an exploration of the bohemian Barrio Lastarria neighborhood, an exclusive culinary experience in a local chef’s home and a night at The Ritz Carlton

Fly to Easter Island, a remote outpost isolated some 2,300 miles from the nearest populated point

The finest local guides reveal the mysteries of moai that have guarded the island for over 800 years

Witness the Tapati Rapa Nui Festival, a vibrant cultural celebration of Polynesian song, dance and storytelling that unfolds beneath the stars

Make authentic connections with a traditional dinner hosted at a local Rapa Nui home

WHERE YOU’LL GO

DAY 1

ARRIVE SANTIAGO, CHILE

DAY 2

EASTER ISLAND

AN ISLAND MOST REMOTE

DAY 3

EASTER ISLAND THE MOAI OF THE COAST

DAY 4

EASTER ISLAND TAPATI TRADITIONS

DAY 5

EASTER ISLAND AT THE SPECTACULAR FESTIVAL

DAY 6

EASTER ISLAND

THE SEVEN MOAI OF AHU AKIVI

DAY 7

SANTIAGO A PARTING GLIMPSE

DAY 8

DEPART SANTIAGO

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 31-Feb 7 Feb 9-16

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

NAYARA HANGAROA

Ocean-view boutique hotel set within Easter Island’s only town.

▼

Clockwise from far left:

Explore remote, fascinating Easter Island with experts; gaze upon the enigmatic moai statues up close; feel the authentic excitement of a Rapa Nui festival.

THE RITZ-CARLTON, SANTIAGO

Contemporary luxury hotel nestled between the Pacific and the Andes.

HIDDEN WONDERS OF COLOMBIA

Harboring 10 percent of the entire planet’s biodiversity, Colombia bursts with vibrant wildlife at every turn. Pair this with a pleasant climate, unique natural wonders, rich culture and a flourishing culinary scene, and you have a destination that’s one of South America’s bestkept secrets. Pull back the curtain as our expert guides reveal exotic bird species, rare animals, fine coffees and rums, culinary marvels from Bogotá to Cartagena and Medellín’s inspiring journey to peace.

10 DAYS | LIMITED TO 14 GUESTS

From $9,795 per person

$3,495 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Begin in Bogotá, where you view the world’s largest collection of pre-Hispanic gold artifacts and sample the region’s distinctive coffees

In La Macarena, your tropical forest eco-lodge affords a front row seat to Caño Cristales, dubbed “The River of Five Colors”

An exclusive culinary experience at Medellín’s acclaimed El Cielo highlights ancestrally inspired dishes with paired local wines

Gain insight into Medellín’s incredible journey to peace at Comuna 13 as locals recount their moving stories

Choose between active and cultural options at a mountain lodge, from hiking to a foodie experience

Cruise Cartagena’s scenic harbor for an unforgettable experience at sunset

COLOMBIA

Cartagena

Medellín Marinilla

Bogotá

La Macarena

DAY 1

ARRIVE BOGOTA, COLOMBIA

DAY 2

BOGOTA

DAYS 3-4 LA

DAY 5

MEDELLIN A CITY’S RENEWAL

DAYS 6-7

MARINILLA

DAYS 8-9

MOUNTAINS

CARTAGENA COLOMBIA’S CROWN JEWEL

DAY 10

DEPART CARTAGENA

GUARANTEED

Jul 23-Aug 1 Aug 20-29 Sep 17-26 Oct 22-31

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Active elements include walking over steep, uneven terrain. Maximum elevation is 8,600 ft. in Bogotá.

Clockwise from far left:

View the vividly hued waters of the Caño Cristales; watch for dazzling birdlife like this trogon in La Macarena; discover the rich history and culture of beautiful Cartagena.

WHERE YOU’LL

STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

CASA PESTAGUA

Boutique luxury hotel, part of the Relais & Châteaux collection in Cartagena.

FOUR SEASONS HOTEL CASA

MEDINA BOGOTA

Historic luxury hotel with beamed ceilings, hand-carved furnishings and cozy fireplaces, in the upscale Barrio Rosales neighborhood.

LA MANIGUA LODGE

Secluded, sustainable mountain eco-lodge with private cabins near Caño Cristales.

CANNUA LODGE

Boutique luxury mountain eco-lodge with 18 rooms and cabañas in the Andes.

ELCIELO HOTEL

Spacious contemporary luxury hotel nestled in the heart of Medellín.

CRUISING AND WILDLIFE IN COSTA RICA

A mix of rainforests, beaches and out-of-the-ordinary wildlife both on land and in the water, Costa Rica is an adventure destination for every explorer. Explore for three nights by boutique yacht, glide along winding canals in search of exotic animals and zipline through a rainforest canopy with breathtaking views of Arenal Volcano. With the perfect balance of adventure and relaxation, this journey lets you embrace pura vida in style.

9 DAYS | LIMITED TO 16 GUESTS

From $14,495 per person

$7,995 single supplement HIGHLIGHTS

Discover mischievous monkeys, brilliant birds and majestic marine life as you glide through the waterways of Tortuguero National Park

Your exclusive charter of the Kontiki Wayra yacht sails the Osa Peninsula, including daily excursions to remote beaches and rainforests

Soar above Arenal’s towering peak and watch the sun melt into the Pacific on a journey through Costa Rica’s most breathtaking landscapes

COSTA RICA

San José

La Fortuna

Golfo Dulce Arenal Quepos

Corcovado National Park

Cano Blanco

Golfito

Tortuguero

ARRIVE/DEPART

DAY 1

ARRIVE SAN JOSE, COSTA RICA

Costa Rica’s bustling capital greets you with a year-round, spring-like climate, nestled in the fertile Central Valley. This evening, gather with fellow guests for a welcome dinner. Meals: D

Hotel Grano de Oro (1 night)

DAY 2

TORTUGUERO

WILDLIFE WONDERS

Travel to Tortuguero National Park, a pristine paradise teeming with wildlife and accessible only by boat or plane. Glide through the park’s winding canals, spotting exotic birds and caimans. In the afternoon, visit the Sea Turtle Conservancy Center to learn about vital conservation efforts, then stroll the colorful streets of Tortuguero Village, where artisan shops and warm hospitality await. As the sun sets, step aboard Katonga, a floating restaurant surrounded by the park’s tranquil waters. Dine on local Caribbean cuisine, with the soft sway of the boat and the melodies of live calypso music creating an unforgettable experience beneath the stars. Meals: B L D

Tortuga Lodge & Gardens (2 nights)

READY TO BOOK?

Contact A&K or your travel advisor for up-to-date information on pricing, dates, extensions and special offers.

+800 4747 7700 abercrombiekent.com

DAY 3

TORTUGUERO NATURE’S PLAYGROUND

Take a private boat expedition to the Cerro Tortuguero trailhead, where a serene rainforest hike awaits. Along the way, spot howler monkeys, sloths and other Costa Rican creatures, with your guide sharing fascinating insights about the biodiversity around you. Visit Tortuguero Hill this afternoon, and later, relax at the lodge and soak in sweeping views of the Caribbean coastline. Meals: B L D

DAY 4

LA FORTUNA INTO THE WILD

Wake to the peaceful sounds of nature and enjoy a leisurely morning at Tortuga Lodge and Gardens, where the river’s gentle currents and vibrant bird calls provide a serene start to the day. Later, board a private charter and take in breathtaking aerial views as you fly to La Fortuna, home to the towering Arenal Volcano. Upon arrival, settle into your resort — surrounded by lush rainforest and thermal springs — before gathering for dinner, where the flavors of Costa Rica come to life against a stunning volcanic backdrop. Meals: B D

Nayara Gardens (2 nights)

Clockwise from far left:

Lush, verdant flora supports hidden fauna in Corcovado National Park; snorkel in the Pacific, on the lookout for denizens like this spotted eagle ray; zipline through the forest backdropped by Arenal Volcano.

WHERE YOU’LL STAY

The best hotels in each location, including:

HOTEL GRANO DE ORO

Boutique hotel in a converted Victorian mansion with a cozy, colonial feel.

TORTUGA LODGE & GARDENS

Twenty-seven-room boutique hotel with gardens spanning 146 riverfront acres.

▼

NAYARA GARDENS

Contemporary luxury resort with 50 guest rooms and villas surrounded by rainforest.

KONTIKI WAYRA

Luxurious private sea expedition yacht built to sustainably access natural coastal settings.

▼

DAY 5

LA FORTUNA ARENAL ADVENTURE AND MALEKU CULTURE

Feel the rush as you zipline above La Fortuna waterfall, framed by breathtaking views of Arenal Volcano. Later, connect with the traditions of the Maleku people in a hands-on painting workshop, creating your own personal keepsake. Pause for a picturesque picnic surrounded by lush greenery and end the day with a chef-curated tasting dinner at Amor Loco Restaurant, showcasing Costa Rica’s finest local flavors. Meals: B L D

DAY 6

LA FORTUNA JUNGLE LIFE

The lush embrace of Costa Rica surrounds you on a peaceful sloth tour, a chance to spot these fascinating creatures alongside other extraordinary jungle inhabitants. Afterward, take a charter flight to the Pacific coast, where you board Kontiki Wayra, a private yacht offering sunlit decks, refined comfort and sweeping ocean views. Meals: B L D

Kontiki Wayra (3 nights)

DAY 7

PACIFIC COAST DISCOVER CORCOVADO

Arrive in Corcovado National Park, Costa Rica’s crown jewel of biodiversity, where dense rainforests meet the stunning Pacific coastline, promising an unforgettable journey. Hike lush trails brimming with wildlife, from playful monkeys to striking macaws, against a backdrop of ocean views. Later, return to your yacht to enjoy the water slide, oceanic pool and other activities in the pristine waters of the Pacific. Meals: B L D

DAY 8

PACIFIC COAST DESIGN YOUR DAY

Spend your final day in Costa Rica exploring Golfo Dulce, its unspoiled tropical waters teeming with marine life and surrounded by lush rainforest. Choose your Design Your Day activity:

Glide through the tranquil waters in a tandem kayak, paddling past mangrove forests and spotting playful dolphins along the way.

Try paddleboarding, skimming across the sparkling surface of the bay as you take in panoramic coastal views.

Snorkel in nutrient-rich waters, where vibrant coral reefs and schools of jewel-toned fish create an underwater paradise.

Experience the thrill of a Seabob, effortlessly propelling yourself through the crystal-clear water for an up-close encounter with marine life.

After a day of adventure, unwind with a farewell dinner at Marina Bahía Golfito, relishing your last taste of Costa Rica as you reflect on your unforgettable journey. Meals: B L D

DAY 9

DEPART GOLFITO

After breakfast, take a private charter from Golfito to San José International Airport to meet your departing flight. Meals: B

GUARANTEED DEPARTURE DATES

Jan 25-Feb 2 Feb 22-Mar 2 Mar 15-23 Apr 15-23 Jul 12-20 Nov 15-23

Departures are guaranteed to operate with a minimum of 2 guests. Minimum age is 10 years. Travel in this remote region includes extended drives over unpaved roads.

Clockwise from far left:

A view from Manuel Antonio National Park near Quepos; look closely and you may spot a three-toed sloth; admire natural wonders like this waterfall in La Fortuna; catch the antics of white-faced capuchin monkeys in Tortuguero National Park.

The Ultimate Around-theWorld Journeys

A step above extraordinary, an A&K Private Jet Journey is not just a once-in-a-lifetime experience, but a series of once-in-a-lifetime experiences strung together like pearls. Join a select group of no more than 48 like-minded adventure-seekers aboard our A&K Boeing 757, where the crew is like a second family and every seat is firstclass, fully reclining into a lie-flat bed. An experienced Tour Director leads the way, assisted by Tour Managers along with resident guides, wildlife trackers and local experts. In every destination, you stay in the best hotels and exclusive camps, in palaces and on private islands, and food and drink are superlative from start to finish.

Experience a journey like no other with the pioneering company that wrote the rules for over-the-top adventure.

PRIVATE JET JOURNEYS

2026 Journeys by A&K Private Jet

Wildlife Safari: Around the World by Private Jet

FEB 4-28, 2026 | 25 DAYS

PORTLAND | JAPAN | THE PHILIPPINES

BORNEO | INDIA | MADAGASCAR

RWANDA | KENYA | BOSTON

Tropics to the Arctic: Around the World by Private Jet

MAY 1-26, 2026 | 26 DAYS

BOSTON | COLOMBIA | EASTER ISLAND

FRENCH POLYNESIA | SOLOMON ISLANDS

SOUTH KOREA | MONGOLIA | KAZAKHSTAN

ARMENIA | ICELAND | BOSTON

Around the World with Geoffrey Kent: An Inspiring Expedition by Private Jet

OCT 2-25, 2026 | 24 DAYS

LOS ANGELES | COOK ISLANDS | AUSTRALIA

SUMATRA | INDIA | MOZAMBIQUE

COTE D’IVOIRE | MADEIRA | BOSTON

TO RESERVE YOUR PLACE OR FIND OUT MORE, CALL +800 4747 7700, VISIT ABERCROMBIEKENT.COM OR SPEAK TO YOUR TRAVEL ADVISOR.

Crystal: exceptional at sea

Crystal’s relationship with sister brand A&K is a true meeting of minds, with both committed to excellence on land and at sea, offering guests soul-stirring experiences in the utmost comfort.

Imagine taking to the high seas with all the comforts of a five-star hotel – food created by Michelin-rated chefs, Broadway-standard shows, TED-style lectures given by experts, an elegant suite with butler service — and a new destination beyond your window every morning. Welcome to cruising — the Crystal way.

For 35 years, Crystal has been setting the standard on the high seas. Service is so warm and intuitive that guests liken it to being welcomed into a family. Our two ships — Crystal Symphony and Crystal Serenity — are among the most spacious at sea, with an industry-leading staff to guest ratio of nearly one to one, and butler service in every room and suite category.

And then there’s the food. Each Crystal ship has multiple dining options, including the only Nobu restaurants at sea, the only oceanbound venue for international dining sensation Beefbar, and an exclusive partnership with the Alajmo brothers, whose restaurants include one of only eight in Italy to hold three Michelin stars.

Onboard, there’s never a dull moment, with worldclass singers, musicians, and speakers, an indulgent spa, outdoor pool, and sports facilities. For those who like a flutter, Le Casino de Monte-Carlo is a unique and sophisticated gaming room inspired by the legendary casino on the Monaco riviera. Onshore, meanwhile, Crystal’s sister brand A&K brings unparalleled expertise and insights to the destinations visited, offering next-level shore excursions that take guests on one-of-a-kind experiences. It’s another way in which Crystal is making itself exceptional on land and at sea.

Book one of our exceptional itineraries by contacting your preferred travel advisor, visiting crystalcruises.com, or calling +800 5036 4000.

CHOOSE YOUR 2026 JOURNEY

MIDDLE EAST AND NORTH AFRICA

ASIA AND AUSTRALASIA

Mahal and the Treasures of India | Private Journey Available

India: A Feast for the Senses

South India: Temples and Backwaters

Sri Lanka: Treasures of the Spice Island

Bhutan and Nepal: Heart of the Himalaya

and New Zealand: An Epic Adventure

EUROPE

Southern Italy: Sicily, Puglia and the Amalfi Coast

Italy’s Great Cities: Rome, Florence and Venice

Northern Italy: Cinque Terre, Lake Como and Venice

Venice and the Dolomites

THE

MORE WAYS TO TRAVEL WITH A&K

Beyond our Small Group Journeys, we offer a world of adventure to choose from. Go by land, sea, river or air; see the distant reaches of the planet or its most thrilling cities. Whatever your travel dream, we can make it happen.

TAILORMADE JOURNEYS

Every private journey we design is bespoke. Tell us where you want to go, what you’re curious about and what excites you, and our travel specialists will craft the adventure you’ve always dreamed of, packed with exhilarating, once-in-a-lifetime experiences created exclusively for you.

EXPEDITION CRUISES

From Antarctica’s soul-stirring icescapes to the islands of the Galápagos, Greece or Japan, seeing the world from the water brings a whole new perspective. Our exclusively chartered expedition ships are stylish and state-of-the-art, and our top-notch Expedition Team leads eye-opening experiences on and off shore.

PRIVATE JET JOURNEYS

A&K Private Jet Journeys are the most exciting, exclusive group itineraries in modern adventure travel. Hop from one showstopping hotspot to another with once-in-a-lifetime experiences all the way when you board our sleek A&K Boeing 757, an extraordinary team seeing to your every need and wish.

PRIVATE CHARTERS

Charter your own plane or yacht, and the world really is your oyster. Some destinations can only be explored by air or from the water, and chartering your own gives you total freedom and a trip you will never forget. Wherever you want to go, we will find the perfect charter for you and your crew.

Clockwise from top:

Charter a private yacht with A&K; fly on our private jet; cruise the Nile on Zein Nile Chateau, an A&K Sanctuary; create your own Tailormade Journey and see Italy’s Amalfi Coast.

To experience the world in utmost style in the company of like-minded travellers, choose any 2026 Small Group Journey with Abercrombie & Kent. Call us, visit us online or speak to your travel advisor today.

abercrombiekent.com

+800 4747 7700